Dear Bidder, Attached along-with is the Tender document for

Dear Bidder, Attached along-with is the Tender document for “Supply of Gensets & Allied works”. You are advised to purchase this tender document from M/s S W Mone & Associates having office at 3, Swaroop Complex, Karve Road, Pune 411 004 ( Contact no. 020‐25447185) from 9th Jul 2013 to 15th Jul 2013. Purchased tender document only shall be considered as valid bid. Following is the format that shall be submitted to M/s S W Mone & Associates while purchasing of tender. (This should be issued on firm’s Letterhead). The Authorized person should carry the Government of India issued Photo ID and a photo copy of the same while purchasing the Tender.

(FORMAT TO BE PRINTED ON FIRM’S LETTERHEAD)

To, Purchase Officer, The Automotive Research Association of India. We request you to issue us the tender document for -------------------------------- Enclosed herewith (Details of Demand Draft/ Pay order/ Banker’s Cheque ) dated ……..drawn on -------------. towards non- refundable cost of Blank Tender document. We are authorizing Mr./Ms …………………….. for collecting the same. Following is the information of the personnel who shall be responsible for all further communication with respect to these tenders. Name of the Firm : Type of the Firm : Prop / Partnership / Pvt Ltd / Public Ltd Name & Designation of the contact person Concerned with this Tender : Tel no. : Cell Phone no. : E- mail : CC : S W Mone & Asso

Name & Signature Designation

Date Place

S W Mone & Associates ARAI – Chakan Project Consulting Engineers

Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 2

THE AUTOMOTIVE RESEARCH ASSOCIATION OF INDIA

Survey No.102, Vetal Hill, Off Paud road, Kothrud , Pune ‐411038

TENDER DOCUMENT

FOR

SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING &COMMISSIONING OF

GENSETS AND ALLIED WORKS.

R & D Laboratory Buildings at Plot no. E1/1, MIDC, Chakan, Phase‐III, Pune.

Tender No. ID/Elect./GENSETS/6159

Tender document issued to

___________________________________ (Name of Purchaser)

___________________________________ (Address of Purchaser)

Signature of officer issuing the Document with Designation and date of issue.

Consulting Engineers -

S.W.Mone & Associates

3, Swaroop Complex, Karve Road,

Pune 411 004

TEL: 020 25447185 / 25464197

E mail – [email protected]


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 3


TENDER AND CONTRACT DOCUMENT

CONTENTS

Sr. No. Details Page No.

PART – 1

SECTION No. 1 Notice Inviting Tender and Instruction to Tenderers 4

SECTION No 2 Tender and Contract Form 24

SECTION No 3 Eligibility criteria and bid evaluations 28

SECTION No 4 General Conditions of Contract 61

SECTION No 5 Clauses of Contract 68

SECTION No 6 Special Conditions of Contract 145

SECTION No 7 Schedules A to F 152

SECTION No 8 ARAI Safety codes 159

SECTION No 9 ARAI Model Rules For Protection Of Health And Sanitary

Arrangements For Workers

164

SECTION No 10 Contractor’s Labour regulations 171

SECTION No 11 Technical specifications 179

SECTION No 12 List drawings & Approved make list 267

PART – 2 SCHEDULE (BILL) OF QUANTITES (FINANCIAL BID)


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 4

SECTION 1

NOTICE INVITING TENDER AND INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 5

SECTION 1

NOTICE INVITING TENDER AND INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS

1.0 GENERAL

1.1 Tender Notice:

Item rate Tenders are invited by The Automotive Research Association of India, (ARAI) an

autonomous body, formed under the guidance of department of Heavy Industries Govt. Of India,

and Automobile manufacturers, from contractors for the work of Design, Supply, Installation,

Testing & Commissioning DIESEL GENERATING SET & ALLIED WORKS for R & D Laboratories at Plot

no. E1/1, MIDC, Chakan, Phase‐III, Pune.

1.2 Duration for completion the work:

The time allowed for Design, Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning DIESEL GENERATING

SET & ALLIED WORKS at site will be 20 weeks Five (5) Calendar months starting from the 15th day

after the date of issue of Letter of Acceptance.

1.3 Brief Scope of Work:

The scope of work shall include but not be limited to the supply, installation, testing and

commissioning of the following items. The supplier shall study the requirements stipulated in the

specification and also to suit the site conditions and offer a complete system with guaranteed

performance under the severest operating conditions specified.

DG set with all required accessories, Spares & necessary Approvals to ensure Satisfactory

Installation, Testing, commissioning and handover of the DG Set as specified in BOQ.

DG Set 1: Prime Power ‐ 2000 KVA, 415 V, 50 HZ, 0.8 PF, 3 Ph + Neutral – 2 Nos.

DG Set 2: Prime Power ‐ 380 KVA, 415 V, 50 HZ, 0.8 PF, 3 Ph + Neutral – 1 No.

1.3.1 ENGINE:

The diesel engines shall be of approved make, direct injection, four stroke, multi cylinder, air,

radiator type, turbo charged, after cooled, operating at a nominal speed of 1500 R.P.M and

capable of developing requisite BHP.

The engine and the governing system shall be suitable for Prime power and shall conform to IS:


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 6

10000/BS: 5514/ISO: 3046: Specification for reciprocating internal combustion engines. IS: 4722 /

IEC‐60034 BS‐5000 Rotating electrical machine. IS: 3043 for Code of practice for Earthing. The unit

shall be suitable for operation on high speed diesel oil available in Indian Market.

1.3.2 STARTING SYSTEM:

Engine Mounted Electric starter (24 VDC / 2‐pole).

1.3.3 BATTERY CHARGER:

Engine mounted, V Belt driven, Battery charging Alternator with Guard, (28 VDC / 100 A, 2 pole).

1.3.4 BATTERIES

i. The batteries shall be of heavy duty, high performance low maintenance lead acid, type for

starting the engine. Each battery shall be rated 12V. The number and AH capacity shall be

selected to suit the engine requirements.

ii. Battery shall be suitable for six successive starting attempts of 10 seconds each with a gap of

5 seconds between successive starts.

iii. The batteries shall be supplied complete with electrolyte and accessories as, Battery stand,

Battery leads with terminal ends, acrylic cover, inter battery connectors, glass funnel, glass

jug, pair of gloves, cell testing voltmeter and hydro meter type syringe.

1.3.5 EXTERNAL BATTERY CHARGER:

Suitable to operate on Single Phase AC Supply to charge 24 V DC Battery in Boost and Trickle

Mode. Should have protection against short circuit, Overvoltage.

1.3.6 FUEL SYSTEM:

Fuel system shall be

a) For 2000KVA : ‐

"CRDI” fuel injection system OR Low / High pressure Injection Full Authority Electronic Fuel System.

b) For 380KVA : ‐

"CRDI'' fuel injection system OR Low / High pressure Injection Digitally controlled fuel system.

The Governor shall be Electronic and with Digital Voltage Regulation.

1.3.7 FUEL STORAGE :

Fuel Day Tank: 990 Ltr Fuel Day Tank with floor mounting stand with 6 mm Thick CRCA Sheet for

2000 KVA DG sets & 475 Ltr Fuel Day At base frame Fabricated with 2 mm Thick CRCA Sheet for

380KVA DG Set. Total fabrication material will be cleaned with 14 Tank Method.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 7

Subject Tank will be tested for leakage if any with pressurized water and finally will be

painted.

Accessories: Glass Tube Level Indicator, Fuel Inlet, outlet Connection, Drain Valve with suitable

flanges, breather, Manhole for cleaning, "Very high", "High" "Low" "Very Low" level sensor with

potential free contacts etc. to be provided.

1.3.8 LUBE OIL SYSTEM:

Forced‐feed lubrication system with piston cooling, Lube oil circulation pump with safety valve,

Lube oil multi‐stage filter, Lube oil heat exchanger, Oil filler neck and oil dipstick for measurement

on non‐running engine, Closed crankcase venting system, Lube oil drain system during service, with

Manual / electric pump.

1.3.9 COMBUSTION AIR SYSTEM:

Exhaust turbochargers with insulation, Intercooler, Exhaust flexible bellows, Hospital Grade Exhaust

Silencers, Set of dry‐type air filters with contamination indicator.

1.3.10 COOLING SYSTEM:

Coolant circulation pump with thermostat for jacket water cooling, for charge air cooling, Coolant

thermostat for charge air cooling system, Radiator, fan guard.

1.3.11 ENGINE MOUNTING:

Set of engine mounting brackets at engine free end and driving end Resilient engine mounts

(Rubber Elements) on engine free end and driving end, Alternator mounts (Rubber Elements) (AVM

Pads between Engine / Alternator and base frame or as per standard design by the approved

Vendor to ensure minimum vibrations while running the set on load.

1.3.12 ENGINE MONITORING SYSTEM:

Digital type Engine Monitoring System to display, RPM, Hour meter, Oil pressure, Water

temperature, Over speed, Emergency stop, Customer connection terminal strip, Fault Indications.

1.3.13 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM :

Integrated electronic engine control and monitoring system for, Engine speed control, Engine

monitoring and display of Engine operating parameters and alarms, Engine protection against

critical operating parameters, Automatic start sequence control, Acquisition and display of plant‐

related measuring data, Communication with an external system. System must log the past Engine

operating Data for ease in fault analysis. to meet sound level as per CPCB Norms.

1.3.14 ALTERNATOR :

1.3.15 Synchronous alternator, suitable for continuous duty operation, generating 415 Volts at 0.8 PF


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 8

(Lag), with 50 Hz Frequency, 3 phase, 4‐wire system. The Alternator shall be brushless Static Exciter

type, self excited and self regulated through an Electronic AVR. Separately Excitation system with

PMG is recommended. Alternator should have IP: 23 protections with class "H" insulation with “H”

Class Temperature rise. Single Bearing Alternator must have Permanent lubricating bearing.

i. The salient features of the Brushless Separately Excited Alternator are as following: ‐

ii. ±1% voltage regulation (max) in static conditions.

iii. Permissible overload of 10% for one hour in 12 hours of operation.

iv. Frequency variation: <1%

v. Frequency at stable state: <0.5%

vi. Frequency deviation at instantaneous state: ≤+10%

vii. Frequency returns time: ≤3s

viii. Voltage deviation at stable state: ≤±1%

ix. Voltage deviation at instantaneous state: ≤+20%

x. Voltage returns time: ≤4s

xi. Voltage modulation: ≤0.3%

xii. Suitable to synchronize with any other make of Alternator or Grid in Droop or

xiii. Isochronous Mode.

xiv. RTD, BTD & Space Heater is required.

1.3.16 ACOUSTIC ENCLOSURE

i. Acoustic Enclosure, meeting all the Pollution Norms stated by CPCB & MPCB.

ii. Insulation material: Rockwool / foam – with Best sound absorbent quality.

Protection: Suitable for Outdoor application with Sound & weather proof Fabrication: 2 mm Thick

Sheet with 14 Tank process and Powder coated Airflow: Radial / Axial.

1.3.17 INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING:

a. EXHAUST PIPING:

Fixing & Installing MS Class ‐ C Exhaust Pipe and all fixing accessories and hardware’s. The Exhaust

pipes shall be insulated with 75 mm Thick mineral Wool (Density 150 KG / M3) insulation wrapped

in chicken mesh and clad with 26 gauge aluminium sheet including all hot dip galvanized support

structural as required.

a. SITC of earthing system as per IS 3043.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 9

b. Switchgear panel as specified.

c. Obtaining approval of the installation from pollution control board and all other statutory

authorities. All Statutory charges paid by Contractor on behalf of ARAI shall be reimbursed at

actual on submission of original documents.

d. Preparation of related schematic and GA drawings for DG installation exhausts piping, fuel

piping, ventilation system, acoustic enclosure, etc.

e. Co‐ordination with other agencies to ensure timely completion.

f. Obtaining Diesel Engine manufacturer’s approval of the installation with specific emphasis on

alignment, exhaust & fuel piping and ventilation before commissioning.

g. Equipment must be Satisfactory Installed following all the Statutory Norms by MPCB, CPCB,

Electrical Inspector all other Authorities as, when & where required.

h. Testing shall be carried out at factory for 1hour for 100% load and 1hour for 110% load. Testing

on site shall be carried out for 8hour for 100% load and 1hour for 110% load. The necessary

arrangements for testing at Manufactures factory and ARAI Chakan site including Fuel, Load

Bank, Consumables, Cables and cable terminations etc.

i. Housekeeping during the installation work and removal of debris & unwanted materials on day

to day basis and clearing the site on completion.

j. Any related work covering supply of installation materials, consumables, etc. whether specified

or not, to render the system fully functional and conforming to the best engineering standards.

This shall include battery charging.

k. Please refer attached list of standards, to ensure that, the equipment, Panel and there

accessories offered, are in line with these.

b. 2 years warranty with AMC and additional 3 years component AMC cost.

1.4 Site Description:

The site is located at Chakan Industrial Estate developed by Maharashtra Industrial Development

Corporation (MIDC) Phase III Plot E1/1 the Site is well connected by road network with NH 4 and

Pune ‐ Nasik Highway. The typical tropical climate prevails at the site, with Temperature ranging

between 10°C to 45°C, Relative Humidity 30 RH to 95 RH.

1.5 Inspection of Site:

The Tenderer shall visit inspect and examine the site of Works to acquaint himself with the site

conditions and shall satisfy himself regarding the various conditions and all other relevant

information required for the preparation and submission of his Tender. All expenses incurred in this


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 10

connection shall be borne by the Tenderer. Acceptance of the Tender shall mean that the

Contractor acknowledges that he has satisfied himself as to the aforesaid details. Any failure of the

Contractor to acquaint himself as above will not relieve him from the responsibility for estimating

properly or successfully performing the works.

1.6 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDER

1.6.1 The Bidder firm shall be a registered firm (Proprietary or Partnership or Public limited or Private

limited) & must have appropriate registrations such as PF, Service Tax, Value Added Tax & any

other relevant registration required under statutory & regulatory requirements.

1.6.2 A set of Tender Document shall be purchased from S.W.Mone & Associates, Consulting Engineers

having office at 3, Swaroop Complex, Karve Road, Pune 411 004. from 9 July 2013 to 15 July 2013

for a non refundable fee per set of Rs.15000/‐ (Rupees Fifteen Thousand only) + service tax @

12.36% amounting to Rs.1860/‐ (Rupees one Thousand eight hundred sixty only) Total Rs. 16860/‐

(Rupees sixteen Thousand eight hundred sixty only) in the form of Demand Draft / Pay Order/

Banker’s cheque drawn on any Scheduled Bank payable at Pune in favor of S.W.Mone &

Associates, on submission of bid. The purchase receipt of this tender document require to be

submit while bid submission in packet A Envelope 1.

i. All pages of the bid document including Annexures, enclosures, as well as attachments shall be

stamped and signed by authorized signatory.

ii. All columns of the Form shall be duly, properly and exhaustively filled in, additional pages may be

used as Annexures duly referred in column, in case of space found is inadequate.

iii. No bid shall be considered for evaluation unless all the required documents are furnished.

iv. Only those bids shall be opened, which have been received by the due date and time. The ARAI

shall not be responsible for postal or any other delay.

v. If any information furnished by the Bidder is subsequently found to be incorrect, misleading, or

deceptive or if there is a breach of any of the terms & conditions at any time on the part of

successful bidder or any other reason considered by The Director, ARAI, the Contract with that

contractor shall be terminated summarily by the ARAI, No representitative for this shall be

entertained.

vi. Bidders are expected to read and understand the requirement of eligibility as well as evaluation

process before submitting the bid.

vii. The Bidder are expected to examine carefully all the contents of the scope of the work,

technicalities involved in it, bid format and contents. Incomplete and ambiguous bid shall be

rejected.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 11

viii. The Bidder shall be evaluated for eligibility based on the information provided in the bid document

submitted by the bidder. Therefore, it is imperative that thorough information along with

appropriate objective evidences for the claims made; be attached with the application.

ix. The bid submitted on behalf of a Firm, shall be signed by all the Partners of the Firm or by a Partner

who has the necessary authority through “Power of Attorney” (Refer Annexure IV) on behalf of the

Firm to submit the bid.

x. The Bidders are advised that bids shall be submitted in a Two Packet System.

Packet A: Technical Bid.

Packet B: Financial bid.

In Packet A bidders eligibility criteria & bidders compliance to Technical specifications shall be

verified through the bid documents submitted in Packet A, if found acceptable bid shall be further

evaluated as per the subsequent clauses.

The Packet B, of the bidder shall be opened who qualify through the evaluation of bid documents

submitted in Packet A.

The successful bidder shall enter into contract for execution of the complete scope of work with

ARAI.

xi. The decisions and / or the exercise of discretion by ARAI shall not be challenged by any bidder’s

and are final.

xii. The Director, The Automotive Research Association of India, Pune – 38, reserves the right to cancel

all or any bids, without assigning any reason whatsoever.

2.0 CONTENTS OF TENDER DOCUMENT:

Each set of Tender or Bidding Document will comprise the Documents listed below:

Sr. No. Details

PART – 1

SECTION No. 1 Notice Inviting Tender and Instruction to Tenderers

SECTION No 2 Tender and Contract Form

SECTION No 3 Eligibility criteria and bid evaluations

SECTION No 4 General Conditions of Contract

SECTION No 5 Clauses of Contract

SECTION No 6 Special Conditions of Contract

SECTION No 7 Schedules A to F

SECTION No 8 ARAI Safety codes

SECTION No 9 ARAI Model Rules For Protection Of Health And Sanitary Arrangements For Workers

SECTION No 10 Contractor’s Labour regulations

SECTION No 11 Technical specifications

SECTION No 12 List drawings & Approved make list

PART – 2 SCHEDULE (BILL) OF QUANTITES (FINANCIAL BID)


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 12

3.0 CLARIFICATIONS ON TENDER DOCUMENTS & PRE‐BID MEETING

3.1 CLARIFICATIONS ON TENDER DOCUMENTS

The Tenderers are required to submit any question in writing or by telefax or by E‐mail so as to

reach at the Office of Assistant Director ,Projects & Infrastructure Department, ARAI, S.no.102,

Vetal Hill, off paud road, Kothrud, Pune ‐ 411038 (India). Email [email protected],

[email protected] before eight days of date of pre‐ Bid Meeting.

3.2 PRE‐BID MEETING

3.2 The bidder or his official representative will attend a pre‐bid meeting which shall take place at the

Office of Assistant Director, Projects & Infrastructure Department , ARAI, S.no.102, Vetal Hill, Pune

‐411038.

3.2.1 The purpose of meeting is to clarify queries raised.

3.2.2 Minutes of meeting including the text of the queries submitted (without identifying the source

enquiry) and the responses given will be E mailed. Any modifications of the bid document which

may become necessary as a result of pre‐bid meeting shall be made exclusively through the issue of

an addendum/corrigendum and not through the minutes of pre‐Bid meeting. The minutes of

meeting as described above and the addendum /corrigendum, if any will be emailed to each bidder

who has purchased tender document. The MOM addendum/Corrigendum shall become a part &

parcel of the Tender Document.

3.2.3 Non‐attendance at the Pre‐bid Meeting will not be a cause for disqualification of a bidder.

4 AMENDMENT OF TENDER DOCUMENT

4.1 Before the deadline for submission of tenders, the Tender Document may be modified by The ARAI

by issue of addenda/corrigendum.

4.2 Any addendum / corrigendum issued shall be part of the Tender Documents; there shall not be any

press notification on amendment / corrigendum. The purchaser of the tender shall be notified

these amendments / corrigendum thru E mail only.

4.3 To provide prospective bidders reasonable time for taking into consideration effects of the

addenda / corrigenda into account in preparing their tenders, extension of the deadline for

submission of bids may be given as considered necessary by ARAI.

5 BID VALIDITY

5.1 The bid shall be valid for a period of 60 days from the due date for submission of bid or any

extended date as indicated in sub Para below.

5.2 Under exceptional circumstances, prior to the expiry of the original time limit for bid Validity, the


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 13

ARAI may request that Bidders to extend the period of bid validity for a specified additional period.

The request and the Bidders response shall be made in writing. Bidder may refuse the request

without forfeiting his Earnest Money. Bidder agreeing to the request extension will not be required

or permitted to modify his Financial Bid, but will be required to extend the validity of the Earnest

Money for the period of the extension.

6 EARNEST MONEY

6.1 Bid shall be accompanied by Earnest Money of Rs. 10.0 Lacs (Rupees ten Lacs only) in any of the

forms given below:‐

Banker’s Cheque / Pay Order/ Demand Draft payable at Pune drawn on Scheduled or Nationalized

Bank issued in favor of The Automotive Research Association of India.

Any bid not accompanied by Earnest Money in an acceptable form shall be rejected by ARAI as non‐

responsive.

6.2 Bidder whose bid is accepted shall be required to furnish Performance Guarantee equivalent to 5%

of contract Value within the period as specified in Schedule F (Section 7). This guarantee shall be in

the form of Banker’s cheque / Demand Draft / pay order / Bank Guarantee of any Scheduled bank

or Nationalized Bank in accordance with the prescribed form (Ref. Annexure –I). In case successful

bidder fails to deposit the said Performance Guarantee within the period as specified in Schedule F

(Section 7), including the extended period if any, the Earnest Money deposited by the bidder shall

be forfeited automatically without any notice to the said bidder.

6.3 Refund of Earnest Money

The Earnest Money of the bidders, whose eligibility is found not to be adequate, shall be returned

as soon as evaluation of Packet A has been completed by the ARAI subject to provisions of Para 6.4

(b).

6.4 The Earnest Money is liable to be forfeited

a) If after bid opening, during the period of bid validity or issue of Letter of Acceptance,

whichever is earlier, any bidder ‐

i) Withdraws his bid or

ii) Makes any modification in the terms and conditions of the tender which are not

acceptable to the ARAI.

b) In case any statement/information/document furnished by the bidder is found to be

incorrect or false.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 14

c) In the case of a successful bidder, if the bidder

i) Fails to furnish the Performance Guarantee within the time limit stipulated in

schedule F (Section‐7) after the date of issue of Letter of Acceptance.

In case of forfeiture of EMD as prescribed hereinabove, the bidder shall not be allowed to

participate in the retendering process of the work.

7.0 ALTERNATIVE PROPOSALS BY THE BIDDERS

The Bidders shall submit offers which comply strictly with the requirements of the Tender

Document. Alternatives or any modifications shall render the bid invalid.

8.0 SEALING, MARKING & SUBMISSION OF BIDS

If the envelopes and packets are not superscripted and sealed as indicated below, the ARAI shall

assume no responsibility for the misplacement or premature opening of the Tender. In case of

premature opening of a bid, that bid shall render disqualified.

Two Packet System

The bidder shall submit the bid in original in two packets as under:‐

8.1 PACKET A: ‐ Technical bid.

The Packet A shall be marked as

“Packet A: ‐ Technical bid: Tender no. ID/Elect./GENSETS/6159

Bidders Name: _____________ “

And shall contain the following

Envelope 1:‐ Marked as “Envelope 1 : EMD” and contain earnest money in a form

Specified in a 6.1 of this Section‐ 1 & purchase receipt of this tender document. Envelope 2:‐ Marked as “Envelope 2: Declaration & PoA” & Contain Declaration by the

bidder in the format specified. (Ref Performa 1 Section 3) & PoA Power of Attorney in a

format specified – Ref Annexure IV.

Envelope 3: Marked as “Envelope 3: Forms A to F”.

And Contain duly filled.

FORM A: Financial information.

FORM C: Details of Works.

FORM D: Performance report.

FORM E: Basic information.

FORM F: Testing facility & Type test Certificates.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 15

All above forms shall be duly filled with enclosure and its attachments and objective

evidences as applicable.

If the information provided by the bidder in the `ènvelope 3’’ is not found in line with

tender requirements, the bid shall be summarily rejected, `Ènvelope 4’’ & Packet ‘B’‐

financial bid will not be opened.

Envelope 4:‐ Marked as “Envelope 4: Acceptance of tender terms & conditions”

Shall contain a copy of complete set of as‐purchased tender document including blank BOQ

(Part‐2) duly signed & stamped on each page, as token of understanding & acceptance of

all tender requirements & specifications. Further, this envelope shall contain duly filled

technical Specifications. (Ref. – Section – 11 & Data Sheet Sr.no.1.55 & 2.57).

Tender and Contract for works (form of Tender) shall be duly signed and stamped on each

page of Bidder's Letterhead and put in Envelope 4. Of Packet A"

Note: In this envelope, No financial information related to part‐2 financial bid of the tender

shall be provided.

PACKET B: ‐ FINANCIAL BID

The Packet B shall be marked as

“Packet B: ‐ Financial bid: Tender no. ID/Elect./GENSETS/6159

Bidders Name: _____________ “

It shall contain Schedule (Bill) of Quantities, each page of which shall be stamped and signed by the bidder.

On the last page of Financial Bid, at the end, the bidder should sign in full with the name of the Company,

Seal of the Company and Date.

Each Correction, Cutting, Addition should be initialed by the bidder. On each page bidder should write

number of corrections/ cuttings / additions. Overwriting shall not be allowed. Item rate found over written

shall be considered as free supply with rate as zero.

The rates shall be quoted in decimal coinage. Amounts shall be quoted in full rupees by ignoring fifty paise

and less and considering more than fifty paise as rupee one. If the same item figures in more than one

section/part of Schedule of Quantities, the bidder should quote the same rate for that item in all

sections/parts. If different rates are quoted for the same item, the lowest of the rates quoted only shall be

considered for evaluation of that item in all sections / parts of the Schedule of Quantities.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 16

All two packets A, B should be put inside an outer envelope and sealed. This envelope should be

superscribed with the following details:

i) Tender for (Name of work)

ii) Tender number

iii) Date and time of opening of Tender

iv) From (Name of bidder & Address)

v) Addressed to Assistant Director, Purchase Department, ARAI, and S.No. 102, Vetal Hill, off

Paud road, Kothrud, Pune ‐411038 (India).

8.2 Authority to Sign

a) If the bidder is an individual, he should sign above his full type written name and current address.

b) If the bidder is a proprietary firm, the Proprietor should sign above his full type written name and

the full name of his firm with its current address.

c) If the bidder is a firm in partnership, the Documents should be signed by all the partners of the firm

above with their full type written names and current addresses. Alternatively the Documents

should be signed by a partner holding Power of Attorney.

d) If the bidder is a limited Company, or a Corporation, the Documents shall be signed by a duly

authorized person holding Power of Attorney for signing the Documents in the prescribed Format.

8.3 Points to be kept in mind while furnishing details

While filling the documents and the Financial Bid, following should be kept in mind:

i) There shall be no additions or alterations except those to comply with the instructions

issued by the ARAI.

ii) Conditional Offer / Bid shall be rejected. Unconditional rebate / discounts in the Financial

offer will however be accepted.

iii) The ARAI reserves the right to reject any indirect benefit. While evaluating the Bid Price,

the indirect benefits offered which are in excess of the requirements of the bidding

documents or otherwise result in accrual of unsolicited benefits to the ARAI shall not be

taken into account.

8.4 Sealing and marking of tender:‐Same as above Sr. no. 8.1.

8.5 Deadline for submission of Bids

8.5.1 Bids must be received by the ARAI at the following address not later than 14.00 Hrs. on. 01 Aug

2013 In the event of the specified date for the submission of the Tender being declared a holiday /


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 17

Strike / Bandh or on any account by the ARAI, the Tenders will be received up to the appointed

time on the next working day.

Address for submission of Tender: Assistant Director, Purchase Department, ARAI, S.No. 102, Vetal

Hill, off Paud road, Kothrud, Pune. ‐ 411038 (India).

8.5.2 The bids received by Email (soft submission) shall be summarily rejected.

The ARAI may extend the deadline for submission of bids by issuing an amendment in writing or

conveying electronically (E‐mail) in which case, all rights and obligations of the ARAI and the bidder

previously subject to the original deadline shall be subject to new deadline.

8.5.3 Any bids received by the ARAI after the specified date and time of receipt of bid will be returned

unopened to the bidder.

8.5.4 Schedule of activities related to bid

Activity Date Time

Purchase of Tender document 9 July 2013 to 15 July 2013 10.30 am to 5.00 pm.

Receipt of bidder’s queries 17 July 2013 5.00 pm.

Pre bid meeting 18 July 2013 2 pm at ARAI

Submission of bids 01 Aug 2013 2 pm at ARAI

Opening of Packet A 01 Aug 2013 3 pm at ARAI

Opening of Packet B Shall be conveyed later

9.0 BID OPENING, EVALUATION AND CLARIFICATIONS OF APPLICATIONS

9.1 The ARAI shall open all the bids received as described below, in the presence of the bidders or their

representatives who choose to attend the office of Assistant Director, Purchase Department, 2nd

floor ‘A’ building, ARAI, S.No. 102, Vetal Hill, off Paud road, Kothrud , Pune .‐ 411038 (India ).

In the event of the specified date of the opening being declared a holiday by the ARAI, the Tenders

will be opened at the appointed time and location on the next working day.

9.2 Two Packet System

(a) (i) The PACKET A shall be opened and Envelope 1 containing EMD & purchase receipt of this tender


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 18

document shall be opened of all the bidders. If the EMD furnished is not of the stipulated amount

or is not in an acceptable form, the bid shall be disqualified. The same shall be return to the

representative without further processing the same.

The Envelopes 2 of PACKET A containing declaration & PoA of remaining bidders who have

furnished EMD of correct amount in acceptable form shall then be opened. The bidders name, the

presence of EMD and Authority to sign and such other details as the ARAI may consider appropriate

shall be announced by the ARAI at this juncture.

Further Envelope 3 of Packet A containing duly filled forms A, C, D, and E & F (Section‐03) shall be

opened.

Subsequently Envelope 4 containing blank copy of tender document including blank BOQ (Part‐2)

duly signed & stamped on each page & duly filled technical data sheets.

Tender and Contract for works (form of Tender) shall be duly signed and stamped on each page of

Bidder's Letterhead and put in Envelope 4 Packet A".

If required, the ARAI may ask any such bidder for clarifications on information submitted; whose

submitted information needs additional information or clarification for effective bid evaluation.

The request for clarification and the response from the bidder shall be made in writing. If a bidder

does not submit the clarification/document requested, by the date and time set in the ARAI’s

request for clarification, the bid of such bidder shall be rejected.

The information submitted in packet A & Subsequent clarification if any shall be analyzed and

evaluated to identify the eligible (Meeting eligibility criteria) & qualified bidders through evaluation

process. The outcome of evaluation process shall be shared with the bidders.

Packets B shall be opened for such qualified bidders only. The EMD and Packet B (FINANCIAL BID)

shall be returned unopened for Bidders whose Bids are not found qualified through evaluation

process.

Once the Eligibility / Qualification of the evaluation process is over then Packet B shall be opened in

the presence of bidders or representative who choose to be present on the date & time specified

by ARAI.

(b) Bidders whose Technical bid is found acceptable, Packet B (Financial Bid) will be opened. Bidders

name, amount quoted shall be announced.

Lowest (L1) will be decided considering a & b at given below.

a. Diesel consumption expenses of DG Set for 5 years will be calculated as below:

(Declared by OEM)


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 19

A B C D E

1 FUEL CONSUMPTION AT 75% LOAD LTRS.PER HOURS

C1 for 2000 KVA D1 for 2000 KVA E1 for 380 KVA

2 1ST YEAR

2.1 RUNING HOUR PER YEAR 2400 2400 2400

2.2 DIESEL PRICE IN RUPEES 51 51 51

2.3 TOTAL RUNNING COST 1ST YEAR

F1 = C1 X C2.1 X C 2.2 F2 = D1 X D2.1 X D 2.2 F3 = E1 X E2.1 X E 2.2

3 2ND YEAR


3.2 DIESEL PRICE IN RUPEES 56.1 56.1 56.1

3.3 TOTAL RUNNING COST 2ND YEAR

G1 = C1 X C 3.1 X C 3.2 G2 = D1 X D3.1 X D 3.2 G3 = E1 X E3.1 X E 3.2

4 3RD YEAR



4.3 TOTAL RUNNING COST 3RD YEAR

H1 = C1 X C4.1 X C 4.2 H2 = D1 X D4.1 X D 4.2 H3 = E1 X E4.1 X E4.2

5 4TH YEAR


5.2 DIESEL PRICE IN RUPEES 4TH YEAR

67.88 67.88 67.88

5.3 TOTAL RUNNING COST J1 = C1 X C5.1 X C 5.2 J2 = D1 X D5.1 X D 5.2 J3 = E1 X E5.1 X E 5.2

6 5TH YEAR



6.3 TOTAL RUNNING COST 5TH YEAR

K1 = C1 X C 6.1 X C 6.2 K2 = D1 X D 6.1 X D 6.2 K3 = E1 X E 6.1 X E 6.2

7 TOTAL RUNNING COST FOR

5 YEARS

L = F1+G1+H1+J1+K1 M = F2+G2+H2+J2+K2 N = F3+G3+H3+J3+K3

(Note: If the Diesel consumption as measured on the DG Sets during factory testing found in excess of

as per above duly filled values by the Bidder, ARAI may reject the DG sets.).

b. Total cost as per Part‐2 FINANCIAL BID Annexure A, B & C.

Bidder should have supplied and maintained, in last five years, minimum 5 Numbers of D.G.sets of

1250KVA and above located in and around Pune. And shall be capable of providing service support

within 24 hours. The bidder should have Sales and Service Office in Pune Territory.

Bidder shall submit information about installations carried out for 1250KVA and above in form ‘C’.

The engine offered should have presence at minimum 25 locations in India with proper service

backup. List of installations in India is to be enclosed.

Commonly required spares should be in stock in Pune / Mumbai Office.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 20

10.0 INSPECTION OF SITE BY THE TENDERERS ‐ Refer Para 1.5 above.

11.0 ARAI RIGHT ON ACCEPTANCE OF ANY BID

11.1 The bidders shall quote rates for all items, components of the items for completion of scope of the

work. It shall be obligatory on the part of the bidder to sign the bid document for all the

components (The schedule of quantities, conditions and special conditions etc.).

If required, the ARAI may ask any bidder the breakdown of unit rates. If the bidder does not submit

the clarification by the date and time set in the ARAI request for clarification, such bid shall be

rejected.

11.2 The competent authority on behalf of the ARAI does not bind itself to accept the lowest or any

other bidders and reserves to itself the authority to reject any or all the bids received without the

assignment of any reason. All bids in which any of the prescribed condition is not fulfilled or any

condition including that of conditional rebate is put forth by bidder shall be summarily rejected.

12.0 CANVASSING PROHIBITED

Canvassing whether directly or indirectly, in connection with bidder is strictly prohibited and the

tenders submitted by the Contractors who resort to canvassing shall be liable to rejection.

13.0 ARAI RIGHT TO ACCEPT WHOLE OR PART OF THE BID

The competent authority on behalf of the ARAI reserves to himself the right of accepting the whole

or any part of the bid and the bidder shall be bound to perform the same at the rate quoted.

14.0 MISCELLANEOUS RULES AND DIRECTIONS

14.1 The bidder shall not be permitted to bid for works if his near relative is working with ARAI. He shall

also intimate the names of persons who are working with him in any capacity or are subsequently

employed by him and who are near relatives to any senior level officer in the organization of the

ARAI. Any breach of this condition by the bidder would render his bid to be rejected.

No Engineer or Officer employed in Engineering or Administrative duties in the Organization of the

ARAI is allowed to work as Contractors for a period of one year after his retirement from the ARAI

service without the previous permission of the ARAI in writing. The contract is liable to be

cancelled if either the contractor or any of his employees is found any time to be such a person

who had not obtained the permission of the ARAI as aforesaid before submission of the bid or

engagement in the contractor’s service.

14.2 If required by the ARAI, the bidders shall sign a declaration under the officials Secret Act 1923, for

maintaining secrecy of the bid documents drawings or other records connected with the work


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 21

given to them. The unsuccessful bidders shall return all the drawings given to them.

14.3 Use of correcting fluid anywhere in bid document is not permitted. Such bid is liable for rejection.

14.4 In the case of Item Rate bids, only rates quoted shall be considered. Any bid containing percentage

below/above the rates quoted is liable to be rejected. Rates quoted by the contractors in item rate

bid in figures and words shall be accurately filled in so that there is no discrepancy in the rates

written in figures and words. However, if a discrepancy is found, the rates which correspond with

the amount worked out by the contractors shall unless otherwise proved be taken as correct. If the

amount of an item is not worked out by the contractor or it does not correspond with the rates

written either in figures or in words then the rates quoted by the contractors in words shall be

taken as correct. Where the rates quoted by the contractors in figures and in words tally but the

amount is not worked out correctly, the rates quoted by the contractors will, unless otherwise

provided, be taken as correct and not the amount.

14.5 In the case of any bid where unit rate of any item/items appear unrealistic, such bid shall be

considered as unbalanced and in case the bidder is unable to provide satisfactory explanation, such

a bid is liable to be disqualified and rejected.

14.6 All rates shall be quoted on the bid form. The amount for each item should be worked out and

requisite totals given. Special care should be taken to write the rates in figures as well as in words

and the amount in figures only, in such a way that interpolation is not possible. The total amount

should be written both in figures and in words. In case of figures, the word ‘Rs.’ should be written

before the figure of rupees and word ‘P’ after the decimal figures, e.g. Rs.2.15 P and in case of

words, the word, ‘Rupees’ should precede and the word ‘Paise’ should be written at the end.

Unless the rate is in whole rupees and followed by the word ‘only’ it should invariably be up to two

decimal places. While quoting the rate in schedule of quantities, the word ‘only’ should be written

closely following the amount and it should not be written in the next line.

14.7 Sales‐tax / VAT, purchase tax, Service Tax or any other tax / Cess on material, labour and Works in

respect of this Contract shall be payable by the bidder and the ARAI shall not entertain any claim

whatsoever in respect of the same. Labour cess shall be recovered from Contractors bill at

prevailing rates.

14.8 The Bid for the work shall not be witnessed by a Contractor or Contractors who himself /

themselves has / have bid for the same work. Failure to observe this condition would render bid of

the contractors tendering, as well as witnessing the bid, liable to summary rejected.

15 SIGNING OF CONTRACT AGREEMENT


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 22

15.1 The Bidder whose bid has been accepted shall be notified of the award by the ARAI by issue of a

`Letter of Acceptance’ ‘prior to expiration of the Bid Validity period, in the form at Annexure VI.

Within the Stipulated duration (Section‐7 Schedule‐F) from the issue date of Letter of Acceptance,

the successful bidder shall submit the Performance Guarantee (As specified in Section‐5 Cl. No. 1)

to ARAI.

The Letter of Acceptance shall be sent to the bidder in two copies one of which he should return

promptly, duly signed and stamped. The Letter of Acceptance will be a binding Contract between

the ARAI and the contractors till the formal Contract Agreement is executed.

15.2 The bidder whose bid is accepted shall be required to submit stamp papers of appropriate value as

per the provisions of Indian Stamp Act within 15 days of the date of issue of Letter of Acceptance.

The cost of the stamp papers shall be borne by the bidder.

15.3 At the same time the ARAI notifies the successful bidder that his bid has been accepted, the ARAI

will direct him to attend the ARAI’s office within 28 days of issue of Letter of Acceptance for signing

the Agreement in the Proforma at Annexure VII.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 23

SECTION 2

TENDER AND CONTRACT FORM


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 24

SECTION 2

TENDER AND CONTRACT FOR WORKS

To

The Accepting Authority

(Refer Schedule F Section‐7)

FORM OF TENDER

1 I/We have received, read and examined the complete document set issued as tender which includes

the Notice Inviting Tender and Instructions to Tenderers, Conditions of Contract, Clauses of Contract,

Special Conditions / Specifications, Schedule of Rates, Schedules A to F, Specifications applicable,

Drawings and Designs, Schedule of Quantities, other documents and rules referred to in the Conditions

of Contract and all other contents contained in the Tender Document for the work.

2 I/We hereby tender for the execution and completion of the work and remedy any defects therein,

specified in the Schedule of Quantities within the time specified in Schedule “F”, and in accordance in

all respects with the specifications, designs, drawings and instructions in writing referred to in Notice

Inviting Tender and Instructions to Tenderers and in Section 5 Clause 11 of the Clauses of Contract and

with such materials as are provided for by and in respects in accordance with, such conditions so far as

applicable.

3 We agree that our tender shall remain valid for a period of sixty days (60 days) from the due date of its

opening or from the date of opening of financial bid and not to make any modifications in its terms and

conditions.

4 A sum of Rs. 10.0 Lacs (Rupees Ten Lacs only) is hereby forwarded in the form of Banker’s

cheque/Demand Draft / Pay order issued in favour of The Automotive Research Association of India,

payable at Pune, as the Earnest Money.

5 If I/We withdraw my/our tender during the period of tender validity or before issue of Letter of

Acceptance whichever is earlier or make modifications in the Terms and Conditions of the Tender

which are not acceptable to the ARAI, then the ARAI shall, without prejudice to any other right or

remedy, be at liberty to forfeit entire Earnest Money absolutely.

6 If I/We fail to furnish the prescribed Performance Guarantee within prescribed period, I/We agree that

the said ARAI shall, without prejudice to any other right or remedy, be at liberty to forfeit the said


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 25

Earnest Money absolutely.

7 If, I/We fail to commence the work within the specified period, I/We agree that the ARAI shall, without

prejudice to any other right or remedy available in law, be at liberty to forfeit the Earnest Money and

Performance Guarantee absolutely.

8 Further, I/We hereby agree that in case of forfeiture of Earnest Money or both Earnest Money &

Performance Guarantee as aforesaid in paras 5 to 7 above, I/we shall be debarred for participation in

re‐tendering process of the work.

9 On issue of Letter of Acceptance by the ARAI, I/We agree that the said Earnest Money shall be retained

by the ARAI towards Security deposit, to execute all the works referred to in the Tender document

upon the Terms and Conditions contained or referred to therein and to carry out such deviations as

may be ordered, up to maximum of the percentage mentioned in Schedule F, and those in excess of

that limit at the rates to be determined in accordance with the provisions contained in section 5 Clause

12 of the tender form.

10 I/We hereby agree that I/ We shall sign the Formal Agreement with the ARAI within 28 days from the

date of issue of Letter of Acceptance. In case of any delay, I/We agree that we shall not submit any Bill

for Payment till the Contract Agreement is signed.

11 I/We hereby declare that I/We shall treat the tender documents, drawings and other records

connected with the work as secret/confidential documents and shall not communicate information

derived there from to any person other than a person to whom I/We am/are authorized to

communicate the same or use the information in any manner prejudicial to the safety of the

ARAI/State.

12 I/We hereby declare that I/We have not laid down any condition/deviation to any content of Technical

Bid and/or Financial Bid. I/We agree that in case any condition is found to be quoted by us in the

Technical and/or Financial Bid, my/our Tender may be rejected.

13 I/We understand that the ARAI is not bound to accept the lowest or any tender he may receive. I/We

also understand that the ARAI reserves the right to accept the whole or any part of the tender and

I/We shall be bound to perform the same at the rates quoted.

14 Until a formal agreement is prepared and executed, this bid together with ARAI’s written acceptance


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 26

thereof shall constitute a binding contract between us and ARAI.

15 I am/We are signing this Tender offer in my / our capacity as one/those authorized to sign on behalf of

my/our company..

Signature of Authorized Person/s

Date

Name/s & Title of Signatory

Name of Bidder

Postal Address

Seal

Witness

Signature

Name

Postal Address

Occupation


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 27

SECTION 3

ELEGIBILITY CRITERIA AND BID EVALUATION


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 28

SECTION 3

ELEGIBILITY CRITERIA AND BID EVALUATION

The Purpose of the bid evaluation is to ascertain Technical & financial capacities & capabilities of

the prospective bidders to undertake the scope of work specified in section‐1:‐

The Evaluation process shall be performed in two steps. In the first step of evaluation, the

documents submitted shall be verified by ARAI for their adequacy towards fulfillment of Eligibility

criteria specified in clause 1.1 below. In case the Bidder’s proposal fails in demonstrating fulfillment

of those Eligibility criteria or its equivalence to them, his offer shall be rejected. In the second step,

the bids will be further quantitatively evaluated & marks given as per the criteria specified in Clause

No. 1.4 of this section and scores are obtained.

The evaluation shall be performed based on the information submitted along with the Bid including

the supportive objective evidences attached with the Bid.

(NOTE: The bid shall be evaluated based on the information provided therein for short listing the

potential contractors. Therefore, it is imperative that exhaustive, correct and appropriate

information along with objective evidences for the claims made; be attached with this bid).

Type and other requirements mentioned in Technical Specifications (Section 11).

1.1 ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA

(Information provided by the Bidder in Forms “A” to “F” will be considered)

a) The Bidders’ firm shall be a registered firm (Proprietary or Partnership or Public limited or Private

limited) & shall have appropriate registrations such as ESI PF, Service Tax, Value Added Tax & any

other relevant registration. The Bidder shall provide the Registration details of the above.

b) The Bidder shall have average turnover of the firm not less than Rs.400 Lacs in last three financial

years. Note that minimum turnover of any year during last 3 financial years shall not less than 80%

of minimum average turnover (Rs.400 Lacs)to be supported by audited balance sheet for last three

financial years & certificate by charted accountant to this effect.

c) The bidder’s shall have properly established office(s) having well qualified engineering and

technical staff on his roles, Computer set up with required software like Auto Cad etc, Internet

facility to facilitate speedy communications.

d) Requirements of Human Resources are:

i. Project Manager with degree in corresponding field of Engineering of 10 years of

experience: 1nos.

ii. Engineer with diploma in corresponding field of Engineering of 5 years of experience: 1 nos.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 29

iii. Site engineer with degree / diploma in corresponding field of Engineering of 5 years of

experience: 2 nos.

iv. Administrative support: 3 Nos.

e) Bidder should have supplied and maintained, in last five years, minimum 5 Numbers of D.G.sets of

1250KVA. And shall be capable of providing service support within 24 hours. The bidder should

have Sales and Service Office in Pune Territory.

Bidder shall submit information about installations carried out for 1250KVA and above in form ‘C’.



f) The bidder should have satisfactorily completed in last five years ending on last day of March 2012.

i. Minimum Three installations of DG sets ,each costing Minimum Rs 210 Lacs OR

ii. Two installations of DG sets ,each costing minimum Rs 315 Lacs OR

iii. One installation of DG set costing minimum Rs 420 Lacs.

Please mention the relevant information in form ‘C’.

g) The bidder’s shall not have incurred any loss in more than two years during the immediate last five

consecutive financial years, duly certified by the Chartered Accountant.

h) Commonly required spares should be in stock in Pune / Mumbai Office.

i) Bidders should have the required facilities for testing the DG sets as per ISO 3046 / ISO 8528 for

engine & IS 4722 for Alternators and also agree to inspection by ARAI or any other agency

nominated by ARAI. Or produce necessary test certificates from OEM.

j) In case the bidder is not the OEM manufacturer, a certificate from the manufacturer to the effect

that the manufacturer possesses the required facilities for testing the quoted equipment/ material

should be enclosed along with the techno‐commercial bid.

k) Brief on litigation of ongoing and completed works shall be provided for all the works in last five

years which are listed in this application for all works. (Only for information).

1.2 DISQUALIFYING CRITERIA

Any Bidder failing in demonstrating the eligibility criteria & not having the necessary experience,

Technical & Financial to undertake the work shall be disqualify.

ONLY AFTER MEETING ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA, FURTHER EVALUATION WILL BE CARRIED OUT.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 30

1.3 QUANTITATIVE EVALUATION

a) Financial Strength:‐The Bidder shall have average turnover of the firm not less than Rs.400 Lacs in

last three financial years. Note that minimum turnover of any year during last 3 financial years shall

not less than 80% of minimum average turnover (Rs.400 Lacs).

b) Experience: ‐ Bidder should have supplied and maintained minimum 5 Numbers of D.G.sets of

1250KVA. And shall be capable of providing service support within 24 hours (at least the service

person should visit within 24 hours to identify the problems). The bidder should have Sales and

Service Office in Pune Territory.

Bidder shall submit information about installation carried out for 1250KVA and above in form ‘C’.



c) Performance:‐The bidder’s should provide a Customer feedback of a work mentioned earlier

(minimum 5 customer feedback).

d) Plant & Equipment:‐The bidder’s shall own equipment as per list required for the effective and

timely execution of the work. Else, he shall certify that he would be able to manage the equipment

by hiring etc., and submit the list of firms from whom he proposes to hire.

e) Personal & Establishment:‐ Requirements of Human Resources are:

v. Project Manager with degree in corresponding field of Engineering of 10 years of

experience: 1nos.

vi. Engineer with diploma in corresponding field of Engineering of 5 years of experience: 1 nos.

vii. Site engineer with degree / diploma in corresponding field of Engineering of 5 years of

experience: 2 nos.

viii. Administrative support: 3 Nos.

1.4 QUANTITATIVE EVALUATION AND METHOD OF EVALUATION

For the evaluations of the bid, the bidder shall be awarded points on the following parameters in the

manner as stated below.

QUANTITATIVE EVALUATION FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF CONTRACTOR FOR PRE‐QUALIFICATION:

Attributes Evaluation

A Financial Strength ( 20 Marks)

(i) Average Annual Turnover ‐ 20 Marks

60 % marks for minimum eligibility

criteria

100% Marks for twice the minimum

eligibility criteria or more

In between above : on Pro‐ rata basis


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 31

B Experience in similar (20 Marks) Class of

works

60 % marks for minimum eligibility

criteria

100% Marks for twice the minimum

eligibility criteria or more

In between above : on Pro‐ rata basis

C Performance of works (Quality) (15 Marks)

(i) Very Good

(ii) Good

(iii) Fair

(iv) Poor

15

10

5

0

D Personnel and Establishment (10 Marks)

(i) Project Manager with 10 yrs of

experience

(ii) Diploma Engineer with 5 yrs of

Experience

(iii) Diploma / Site Engineer with 5 yrs of

Experience

(iv) Administrative support

0.5 Mark for each up to Max 2




E Plant & Equipment (Max 15 Marks)

Steel / Aluminum Ladder 1.5 m to 8 m

Chase cutting machines

Electrical wire drawing equipment

Torque wrench for nut /bolt/screw

Crane

Pipe vice / Bench vice

LT Meggar 1000 volts / 200 m ohms

0.25 Marks for each upto 1 Mark

0.25 Marks for each upto 0.5 mark

0.25 Marks for each upto 1 mark






Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 32

Tong tester / Clamp tester

Angle grinder / Chopsaw machine

Multi meter

Hydraulic / hand operated crimping tools

Earth tester 0 – 10 ohms

Portable drilling machine

Rotary hammer drilling machine up to

20mm

Welding machine 5 kva Capacity

Gas cutter set

Overhead conduit puller

Cable drum Jack

Chain pulley block up to 5 M T Capacity

Scaffolding structure (Set) (Up to 30m

height)






0.25 Marks for each up to 0.5 mark

0.25 Marks for each up to 0.5 mark







To become eligible for short listing the bidder must secure at least 60% percent marks in each. In case, the

evaluation of the received applications does not result minimum three numbers of bidders as qualified and

shortlisted, further decision shall be at the discretion of Director ARAI.

Even though any bidder satisfying the above requirements, he would be liable to disqualification

(a) It is found subsequently that made misleading or false representation or deliberately suppressed the

information in bid forms, statements and enclosures required in the eligibility criteria document, and he

has Poor contract performance abandoning like work, not properly completing the contract etc.

The ARAI reserves the right, without being liable for any damages or obligation to inform the bidders, to:

(a) Amend the scope and value of contract to the bidders.

(b) Reject any or all the bids without assigning any reason.

Any effort on the part of the bidders or his agent to exercise influence or to pressurise the ARAI would

result in rejection of his prequalification. Canvassing of any kind is prohibited.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 33

1.5 INFORMATION REQUIRED FROM BIDDER’S FOR QUANTITATIVE EVALUATION

1.0. Financial information

Annual financial Statement for the last five year in (Form “A”)

2.0. Technical Information

List of all works of similar nature successfully completed during the last five years in (Form

“C”).

Particulars of completed works and quality performance of the bidder’s duly authenticated

/certified by an officer not below the rank of Executive Engineer or equivalent should be

furnished separately for each work completed or in progress in (Form “D”).

Basic information should be filled properly ( Form ‘E’):

o Bidder should have supplied and maintained minimum 5 Numbers of D.G.sets of

1250KVA.

o Details of Spare Part Warehouse which support above said Project Site Location.

o Whether bidder is OEM?

o Testing facilities for DG sets as per ISO 3046 / ISO 8528 for engine & IS 4722 for

Alternators. Or produce necessary test certificates from OEM.

o Minimum requirements of Human Resources:

3.0. Details of plant and equipment likely to be used in carrying out the work

Bidder Should Provide The Details Of Plant And Equipment Likely To Be Used In Carrying Out The

Work (In Form “F”).


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 34

FORM ‘A’

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

1 Financial Analysis – Details to be furnished duly supported by figures in balance sheet/ profit and

loss account for the last five years duly certified by the Chartered Accountant, as submitted by the

bidder’s to the Income Tax Department ( Copies to be attached).

Years

2007 – 2008

2008 – 2009

2009 ‐ 2010

2010 – 2011

2011 ‐ 2012

Gross annual

turnover on

SITC of DG Set

works

Profit /Loss

NOTE: ‐ SITC means Supply, Installation, Testing & commissioning

Signature of Chartered Accountant with seal Signature & Stamp of bidder’s(s)


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 35

FORM B (Not Applicable)

Form ‘C’

DETAILS OF ALL WORKS OF SIMILAR CLASS COMPLETED DURING THE LAST

5 YEARS ENDING LAST DAY OF THE MONTH

Sr.No

Name of

work/project

and Location

Owner or

sponsoring

organization

Cost of

work in

Lacs of

rupees

Date of

commencement

as per contract

Stipulated

date of

completion

Actual

date of

completion

Litigation/arbitration

cases pending / in

progress with

details*

Name and

address/Email/telephone

number of officer to

whom reference may be

made

Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

* Indicate gross amount claimed and amount awarded by the Arbitrator.

Signature & Stamp of Bidder’s(s)


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 36

FORM ‘D’

PERFORMANCE REPORT OF WORKS REFERED TO IN FORMS “C”

FEEDBACK FORM TO BE FILLED IN BY CUSTOMER / CLIENT

Bidder name:

1. Details of work / project and location

2. Agreement no.

3. Tendered cost

4. Date to start

5. Date of Completion

i. Stipulated date of completion

ii. Actual date of completion

6. Amount of compensation levied for delayed completion if any

7. Amount of reduced rate items, if any due to inferior quality.

8. Performance report ( Tick the appropriate )

(1) Quality of work :

Excellent/Very good/Good/Fair (Marks 15/10/5/0)

(2) Capability and competence of the organization:


(3) Promptness in response:


(4) Customer relations:


(5) Quality of Human resources deployed for the project:


(6) Timely completion of planed activities :


(7) Smoothness in co‐ordination at site and with various contractors / utilities providers:


(8) Effective use of resources :



Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 37

(9) Whether litigations or Court Cases :

Yes/No

(10) Overall performance of the Contractors for the purpose :

Excellent/Very good/Good/Fair

Dated: Executive Engineer or Equivalent

Note: Performance report of works shall be considered in section‐3 1.4 (C).


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 38

FORM ‘E’

BASIC INFORMATION

1. Name of the bidder’s :

2. Nationality :

3. Address of the Bidder’s :

Regd Office:

Head Office:

Other Offices:

4. Telephone no./Telex no./Fax no.

5. Email Address :

6. Legal status of the bidder’s ( attach copies of original document defining the legal status)

a) A Proprietary firm

b) A Firm in Partnership

c) A Public Limited company or Corporation

d) A Private Limited company

7. Particulars of registration with various Government Bodies ( attach attested photocopy)

Organization/Place of registration Registration No.

8. Brief on Plant manufacturing facilities and testing facilities ( may use separate sheets to provide

details)

9. Particulars of registrations for ESI / PF, Service Tax, Value Added Tax & Pan Card ( attach attested

photocopy)

10. Names and titles of Directors and Officers with designation to be concerned with this work.

11. Proprietary / Partnership/Public limited / Private limited / director of company:

a. Dismissed Government Servant Yes / No

b. Removed from Approved List of Contractors Yes / No

c. Demoted to lower class of Contractors Yes / No

d. Having business banned / suspended by Yes / No

any Government in the past

e. Convicted by the court of Law Yes / No

f. Retired Engineer / official from Engineering Yes / No

Dept. of Govt. of India within last two years

g. Director or partner of any other company/ firm Yes / No


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 39

Enlisted with CPWD or any other department

h. Member of Parliament or any State Yes / No

Legislative Assembly

If any answer of the above is ‘Yes’, furnish details on separate sheet.

12. Was the bidder ever required to suspend work for a period of more than six months continuously

after he commenced the work? If so, give the name of the project and reasons of suspension of the

work.

13. Has the bidder or any constituent partner in case of partnership firm, ever abandoned the awarded

work before its completion? If so, give name of the project and reasons for abandonment.

14. Has the bidder or any constituent partner in case of partnership firm, ever been debarred/

blacklisted for tendering in any organization at any time? If so, give details.

15. Bidder should have supplied and maintained minimum 5 Numbers of D.G.sets of 1250KVA

Yes / No

16. Service support provision within 24 hours : Yes / No

a. If Yes, Provide a map of showing the location of all service support offices.

b. Provide Contact Person Name, Contact Number and Office Address which support for

above said Project Site Location.

17. Details of Spare Part Warehouse which support above said Project Site Location

a. Address :

18. Whether bidder is OEM? YES/NO

a. If No provide authorization Certificate for exclusive Distribution ship / system integrator

with duration validity.

19. Testing facilities for DG sets as per ISO 3046 / ISO 8528 for engine & IS 4722 for Alternators. OR

produce necessary test certificates from OEM.‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐.

20. Minimum requirements of Human Resources are:

a. Project Manager with degree in corresponding field of Engineering of 10 years of experience: 1nos.

YES/ NO

b. Engineer with diploma in corresponding field of Engineering of 5 years of experience: 1 no.

YES/ NO

c. Site engineer with degree / diploma in corresponding field of Engineering of 5 years of experience:

2 Nos. YES/ NO

d. Administrative support: 3 Nos. YES/ NO.

21. Any other information considered necessary but not included above.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 40

l) Maintenance Contracts: Provide Details of Maintenance Contracts as following Table :

SR. NO. NAME OF

CUSTOMER

NO. OF

DG SETS

RATINGS

OF DG SET START DATE FINISH DATE

1

2

3

4

5

Signature & Stamp of Bidder’s(s)


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 41

FORM ‘F’

DETAILS OF PLANT AND EQUIPMENT LIKELY TO BE USED IN CARRYING OUT THE WORK

SR. NO.

Name or equipment

Nos. Capacity or type

Age Condition Ownership status Current location

Remarks

Presently owned

Leased To be purchased

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 42

PROFORMA ‐ 1

DECLARATION BY THE BIDDER

(Affidavit on Non‐Judicial Stamp Paper of 100/‐ duly attested by Notary / Magistrate)

This is to certify that We, M/s. __________________________, in submission of this offer and application

submitted for Supply, Installation Testing and commissioning of DG SET AND ALLIED WORKS confirm that:‐

i) We have not made any misleading or false representation in the forms, statements and

attachments in proof of the qualification requirements;

ii) We do not have records of poor performance such as abandoning the work, not properly

completing the contract, inordinate delays in completion, litigation history or financial

failures etc.

iii) Business has not been banned with us by any Central / State Government Department/

Public Sector Undertaking or Enterprise of Central / State Government.

iv) We have submitted all the supporting documents and furnished the relevant details as per

prescribed format.

v) The information and documents submitted with the tender by us are correct and we are fully

responsible for the correctness of the information and documents submitted by us.

vi) We understood that in case of any statement /information/document furnished by us or to

be furnished by us in connection with this offer is found to be incorrect or false, our EMD in

full will be fortified and business dealings will be banned.

vii) We understood and agree all tender condition & specification and no deviations are sought. As a

token of our acceptance of tender document each page has been endorsed. We also agree that if any

deviations sought, the tender will be rejected.

viii) Each page of bill of quantities is duly filled and enclosed in commercial / financial bid.

ix) We shall maintain complete confidentiality as per official Secret Act 1923 regarding tender document,

drawings and records related to work if assigned to us.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 43

x) We have valid Licence to carry out the work and we will ensure that our registration and licence will

be valid when work is complete.

SEAL, SIGNATURE & NAME OF THE BIDDER SIGNING THIS DOCUMENT

Witness 1:

Name: Address:

Occupation:

Witness 2:

Name: Address:

Occupation:


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 44

ANNEXURE ‐ I FORM OF PERFORMANCE SECURITY BANK GUARANTEE BOND

In consideration of the Employer having agreed under the terms and conditions of agreement

No…………………………………… dated ………………. made between …………………………( the employer ) represented

by ARAI Ltd for and on behalf of the employer as an Agent/Power of Attorney Holder and

……………………………… (Hereinafter called "the said Contractor(s)") ………. for the work ……………………………

(Hereinafter called the said agreement") the Contractor having agreed to production of a irrevocable bank

guarantee for `. …………………. (Rupees ……………………. Only) as a Security/Guarantee for compliance of his

obligations in accordance with the terms and conditions in the said agreement.

1. We …..……………………………………………. (hereinafter referred to as " the (indicate the Name of the Bank)

Bank") hereby undertake to pay to the ARAI for and on behalf of the employer as an Agent/Power of

Attorney Holder an amount not exceeding Rs. _____________……………………………… (Rupees

………………………………………………only) on demand by ARAI for and on behalf of the employer as an

Agent/Power of Attorney Holder.

2. We …………………….………………………… do hereby undertake to pay the (indicate the Name of the Bank)

amounts due and payable under this guarantee without any demur, merely on a demand from by

ARAI for and on behalf of the employer as an Agent/Power of Attorney Holder stating that the amount

claimed is required to meet the recoveries due or likely to be due from the said Contractor(s). Any such

demand made on the bank shall be conclusive as regards the amount due and payable by the bank

under this guarantee. However, our liability under this guarantee shall be restricted to an amount not

exceeding Rs. …………………………. (Rupees ………………………………………….only).

3. We, the said Bank further undertake to pay to the employer represented by The Automotive Research

Association of India for and on behalf of the employer as an Agent/Power of Attorney Holder any

money so demanded not withstanding any dispute or disputes raised by the Contractor(s) in any suit or

proceeding pending before any court or Tribunal relating thereto our liabilities under this present being

absolute and unequivocal. The payment so made by us under this bond shall be a valid discharge of

our liability for payment there under and the Contractor(s) shall have no claim against us for making

such payment.

4. We …………….……………………….. further agree that the guarantee herein (indicate the Name of the Bank)

contained shall remain in full force and effect during the period that would be taken for the

performance of the said agreement and that it shall continue to be enforceable till all dues of the

employer represented by ARAI for and on behalf of the employer as an Agent/Power of Attorney


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 45

Holder under or by virtue of the said agreement have been fully paid and its claims satisfied or

discharged or till Engineer‐in‐charge on behalf of the employer represented by ARAI for and on behalf

of the employer as an Agent/Power of Attorney Holder certified that the terms and conditions of the

said agreement have been fully and properly carried out by the said Contractor (s) accordingly

discharges this guarantee.

5. We …………………..…………………….. further agree with the employer (indicate the Name of the Bank)

represented by ARAI for and on behalf of the employer as an Agent/Power of Attorney Holder that the

employer shall have the fullest liberty without our consent and without affecting in any manner our

obligations hereunder to vary any of the terms and conditions of the said agreement or to extend time

of performance by the said Contractor (s) from time to time or to postpone for any time or from time

to time any of the powers exercisable by the Employer against the said Contractor (s) and to forbear or

enforce any of the terms and conditions relating to the said agreement and we shall not be relieved

from our liability by reason of any such variation, or extension being granted to the said Contractor (s)

or for any forbearance, act of omission on the part of the Employer or any indulgence by the Employer

to the said Contractor (s) or by any such matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to

sureties would, but for this provision, have effect of so relieving us.

6. This guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of the Bank or the

Contractor (s).

7. This guarantee will neither be cancelled nor revoked by the bank without the written authorization of

the beneficiary (The Automotive Research Association of India). For this purpose the beneficiary would

inform the Bank of their authorized signatories together with the specimen signatures.

8. This guarantee shall be valid up to ……………… unless extended on demand by the employer

represented by ARAI for and on behalf of the employer as an Agent/Power of Attorney Holder.

Notwithstanding anything mentioned above, our liability against this guarantee is restricted to Rs.

…………………….(Rupees ……………………………………. Only) and unless a claim in writing is lodged with

us within six months of the date of expiry or the extended date of expiry of this guarantee, all our

liabilities under this guarantee shall stand discharged.

Dated the …………………….. day of ……………………….. for ……………………… (Indicate the name of the Bank)".

Note: To be put in sealed cover by Bank and addressed to officer of The Automotive Research Association

of India.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 46

ANNEXURE ‐ II

PROFORMA FOR BANK GUARANTEE FOR MOBILIZATION ADVANCE

(On Non‐Judicial Stamp Paper of Appropriate Value)

To,


1. In consideration of, The Automotive Research Association of India acting for and on behalf of as

Agent/Power of Attorney Holder of _____ (hereinafter called "the Employer") (which expression

shall unless repugnant to the subject or context include its successors and assigns having agreed

under the terms and conditions of the Contract Agreement No. _______ dated ___________ with *

______ in connection with the work of "____________________________" (hereinafter called "the

said Contract") to make at the request of the Contractor a lumpsum advance of Rs. ______/‐

(Rupees ____________ only) for utilizing it for the purpose of the Contract on his furnishing a

guarantee acceptable to the Employer, we, ______ Bank incorporated under _________ and having

one of our branches at ___________________ (hereinafter referred to as "the said Bank") do

hereby guarantee the due recovery by the Employer of this said advance with interest thereon as

provided according to the terms and conditions of the Contract. If the said Contractor fails to utilize

the said advance for the purpose of the Contract and / or the said advance together with Interest

thereon as aforesaid is not fully recovered by the Employer, we, ___________ Bank hereby

unconditionally and irrevocably undertake to pay to The Automotive Research Association of India

on demand and without demur to the extent of the said sum of Rs.________/‐ (Rupees

____________ only), any claim made by the Employer on us for the loss or damage caused to or

suffered by the Employer by reason of the Employer not being able to recover in full the said sum

of Rs._____/(Rupees ________________ only) with interest as aforesaid.

2. We, ___________ Bank further agree that the Employer shall be the sole judge of and as to

whether the said Contractor has not utilized the said advance or any part thereof for the purpose

of the Contract and the extent of loss or damage caused to or suffered by the Employer on account

of the said advance together with interest not being recovered in full and the decision of the

Employer that the said Contractor has not utilized the said advance or any part thereof for the

purpose of the Contract and as to the amount or amounts of loss or damage caused to or suffered

by the Employer shall be final and binding on us.

3. We, the said Bank, further agree that the Guarantee herein contained shall remain in force and

effect during the period that would be taken for the performance of the said Contract and till the


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 47

said advance with interest has been fully recovered and its claims satisfied or discharged and till

the Employer certifies that the said advance with interest has been fully recovered from the said

Contractor, and accordingly shall have no claim under this Guarantee after 30 (thirty) days from the

date of satisfactory completion of the said Contract (as per the mutually agreed Work Schedule) i.e.

upto and inclusive of _______ (date) unless a notice of the claim under this Guarantee has been

served on the Bank before the expiry of the said period i.e. _______ (date) in which case the

same shall be enforceable against the Bank notwithstanding the fact, that the same is enforced

after the expiry of the said period.

4 The Employer shall have the fullest liberty without affecting in any way the liability of the Bank

under this Guarantee or Indemnity, from time to time, to vary any of the terms and conditions of

the said Contract or the advance or to extend time of performance by the said Contractor or to

postpone for any time and from time to time any of the powers exerciseable by it against the said

Contractor and either to enforce or forbear from enforcing any of the terms and conditions

governing the said Contract or the advance available to the Employer and the said Bank shall

not be released from its liability under these presents by any exercise by the Employer of the

liberty with reference to the matters aforesaid or by reasons of time being given to the said

Contractor or any other forbearance, act or omission on the part of the Employer or any

indulgence by the Employer to the said Contractor on any other matter or thing whatsoever which

under the law relating to sureties would, but for this provision, have the effect of so releasing the

Bank from its such liability.

5 It shall not be necessary for the Employer to proceed against the Contractor before proceeding

against the Bank and the Guarantee herein contained shall be enforceable against the Bank

notwithstanding any security, which the Employer may have obtained or obtain from the

Contractor shall at the time when proceedings are taken against the Bank hereunder, be

outstanding or unrealized.

6 We, the said Bank, lastly undertake not to revoke this Guarantee during its currency except with

the previous consent of the Employer in writing and agree that any change in the Constitution of

the said Contractor or the said Bank shall not discharge our liability hereunder.

If any further extension of this Guarantee is required the same shall be extended to such required

periods on receiving instructions from M/s.________________ on whose behalf this Guarantee is

issued.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 48

Notwithstanding anything contained herein before our liability under this Guarantee is restricted to

Rs._____ (Rupees ___________ only) together with interest ____. Our undertaking shall commence

from the date of execution and shall remain in force upto ______ Dated this __________ day of

_________

In presence of For and on behalf of (the Bank)

WITNESS Signature ____________________________

1.______________________ Name________________________________

2.______________________ Designation ___________________________

Authorization No._______________________ Seal of the Bank ________________________

The above guarantee is accepted by the Employer

For The Automotive Research Association of India________________

For and on behalf of ______________ (the Employer) ‐‐‐NOTES

*For Proprietary Concerns

Shri _____________ son of ______________ resident of _____________________

_________________________ carrying on business under the name and style of _________ at

_____________ (hereinafter called "the said Contractor" which expression shall unless the context requires

otherwise include his heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives).

For Partnership Concerns

*M/s. ________________ a partnership firm with its office __________ (hereinafter called "the said

Contractor" which expression shall unless the context requires otherwise include their heirs, executors,

administrators and legal representatives); the names of their partners being

(i) Shri ______________________ S/o__________________________ (ii) Shri ______________________ S/o _________________________ etc. For Companies

• M/s. ________________ a company under the Companies Act, 1956 and having its registered office

at ____ in the State of _______ (hereinafter called "the said Contractor" which expression shall

unless the context requires otherwise include its administrators, successors and assigns).


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 49

ANNEXURE‐III (Refer Clause 47.9)

INDEMNITY BOND (On Non‐Judicial Stamp paper of appropriate value)

Name of the work

KNOW all men by these presents that I/We _________________ (Name of Contractor with address)

____________ do hereby execute this Indemnity Bond in favour of ARAI having their office at

______________ (hereinafter called the Employer)

On this ________ day of _______.

THIS DEED WITNESSED AS FOLLOWS:

I/We, _______________ (Name of Contractor)_____________‐‐ hereby do indemnify and save

harmless the Employer and the Employer from

1 Any third party claims, civil or criminal complaints/liabilities site mishaps and other accidents or

disputes and/or damages occurring or arising out of any mishaps at the site due to faulty work, negligence,

faulty construction and/or for violating any law, rules and regulations in force, for the time being while

executing/executed civil works by me/us.

2 Any damages, loss or expenses due to or resulting from any negligence or breach of duty on the

part of me/us or any sub‐Contractor/s if any, servants or agents.

3 Any claims by an employee of mine/ours or of sub‐Contractors if any, under the workman

compensation act and employers' Liability act, 1939 or any other law rules and regulations in force for the

time being and any acts replacing and/or amending the same or any of the same as may be in force at the

time and under any law in respect of injuries to persons or property arising out of and in the course of


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 50

execution of the Contract work and/or arising out of and in the course of employment of any

workman/employee.

4 Any act or omission of mine/ours or sub‐Contractor/s if any, our/their servants or agent which may

involve any loss, damage, liability, civil or criminal action.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF THE _______________________

HAS SET HIS/THEIR HANDS ON THIS DAY OF __________________

SIGNED AND DELIVERED BY THE

AFORESAID

IN THE PRESENCE OF WITNESS:

1.______________

2.______________


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 51

ANNEXURE IV

FORMAT FOR POWER OF ATTORNEY TO AUTHORISED SIGNATORY

POWER OF ATTORNEY

(To be executed on non‐judicial stamp paper of the appropriate value in accordance with relevant Stamp

Act. The stamp paper to be in the name of the firm/ company who is issuing the Power of Attorney).

We, M/s.______ (name of the firm/company with address of the registered office) hereby constitute,

appoint and authorize Mr./Ms.______ (Name and residential address) who is presently employed with us

and holding the position of ______, as our Attorney to do in our name and our behalf all or any of the acts,

deeds or things necessary or incidental to our bid for the work _____ (name of work), including signing and

submission of application proposal, participating in the meetings, responding to queries, submission of

information / documents and generally to represent us in all the dealings with ARAI or any other

Government Agency or any person, in connection with the works until culmination of the process of

bidding till the Contract Agreement is entered into with ARAI and thereafter till the expiry of the Contract

Agreement.

We hereby agree to ratify all acts, deeds and things lawfully done by our said Attorney pursuant to this

Power of Attorney and that all acts, deeds and things done by our aforesaid Attorney shall and shall always

be deemed to have been done by us.

(Add in the case of a Consortium/Joint Venture) Our firm is a Member/Lead Member of the Consortium of

___________, _________ and ___________.

Dated this the _____ day of ______ 20

(Signature and name of authorized signatory)

(Signature and name in block letters of all the remaining partners of the firm,

Signatory for the Company)

Seal of firm/ Company


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 52

Witness 1:

Name: Address:

Occupation:

Witness 2:

Name: Address:

Occupation:

Notes:

‐ To be executed by all the members individually. In case of a Consortium/ JV, the authorized

signatory has to be the one employed by the Lead Member.

‐ The mode of execution of the Power of Attorney should be in accordance with the procedure, if

any, laid down by the applicable law and the charter documents of the executant(s) and when it is

so required the same should be under common seal affixed in accordance with the required

procedure.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 53

ANNEXURE ‐ V

FORM OF CONTRACTOR'S NOTICE FOR APPOINTMENT OF ARBITRATOR

To (Accepting Authority) ARAI. Vetal Hill, Pune

Dear Sir,

In terms of clause 25 of the agreement, particulars of which are given below, I/ We hereby give notice to

you to appoint an arbitrator for settlement of disputes mentioned below:

1 Name of applicant 2 Whether applicant is Proprietary or Partnership or Public limited or Private limited. 3 Full address of the applicant 4 Name of the work and Contract number in which arbitration sought 5 Name of the ARAI Office which entered into Contract 6 Contracted amount of the work 7 Date of Contract 8 Date of start of work 9 Stipulated date of completion of work 10 Actual date of completion of work (if completed) 11 Total number of claims made 12 Total amount claimed 13 Date of intimation of final bill (if work is completed) 14 Date of payment of final bill (if work is completed) 15 Amount of final bill (if work is completed) 16 Date of request made to Engineer in charge for decision 17 Date of receipt of Engineer‐in‐Charge decision 18 Date of appeal to Appelate Authority. 19 Date of receipt of Appelate Authority decision Specimen signature of the applicant.

(Only the person/authority who signed the

Contract should sign)

I/We certify that the information given above is true to the best of my/our knowledge. I/We enclose

following documents.

1 Statement of claims with amount claimed against each claim. 2 3 Yours faithfully,

(Signature)

Copy in duplicate to 1. ‐‐‐‐‐ Engineer‐in‐Charge, ARAI


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 54

ANNEXURE VI

(FORM OF LETTER OF ACCEPTANCE)

(By REGD POST / ACK.DUE)

(On the letter head of ARAI)

NO. : ARAI/ Dated:

To

Name & Address of the Contractor

Dear Sirs,

Sub: TENDER No. FOR THE WORK OF

Ref: Your tender dated _________________ and letter dated _____________.

This is to notify you that your Tender for the work under reference has been accepted by the Competent

Authority of THE AUTOMOTIVE RESEARCH ASSOCIATION OF INDIA for a total Contract Price of Rs. _______

(Rupees _____________only) in its capacity as an Agent /Power of Attorney Holder acting for and on

behalf of Employer.

Pursuant to Clause 6.2 of Section 1 of the contract, you are required to furnish irrevocable Performance

Guarantee of amount equivalent to 5% (Five percent) of quoted price is required to be submitted within 15

days of issue of this Letter of Acceptance.

The time of three months allowed for execution of the work will be reckoned from 15 days after the date of

issue of this Letter of Acceptance or from the first day of the handing over of the site, whichever is later, in

accordance with phasing, if any, indicated in tender document.

You are requested to contact _________ (complete designation and address of the project‐in‐charge) for

carrying out the contract.

You are also requested to attend this office within 28 (Twenty Eight) days from the date of issue of this

letter for execution of the formal agreement. It may be noted that no payment shall be made for any work

carried out by you till the Agreement is executed and till such time the Performance Guarantee has been

submitted by you.

This Letter of Acceptance is being sent to you in duplicate and you are requested to return without delay

one copy of the letter duly signed and stamped, as a token of your acknowledgement.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 55

Kindly note that this Letter of Acceptance shall constitute a binding Contract between us pending execution

of formal Agreement.

Your letter referred to above shall form part of the Contract.

Yours faithfully,


For and on behalf of______ The Employer)

Copy to:

1 ___________ (The Employer) for information.

(To be included on the Original sent to the Contractor)

2 Project‐in‐charge (Complete designation and address)

3 Associated Finance (Not in original)


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 56

ANNEXURE VII

FORM OF AGREEMENT

(ON NON JUDICIAL STAMP PAPER OF APPROPRIATE VALUE)

Agreement No. ________ dated _________

THIS AGREEMENT is made on ________ day of ______ Two thousand ________ between The Automotive

Research Association of India a Government of India Enterprise and a Company registered under

Companies Act, 1956 having its registered office at S.no. 102, Vetal Hill, Pune 411 038, representing

through ____________, THE AUTOMOTIVE RESEARCH ASSOCIATION OF INDIA acting for and on behalf of

and as an Agent /Power of Attorney Holder of _____ hereinafter called the Employer (which expression

shall, wherever the context so demands or requires, include their successors in office and assigns) on one

part and M/s.______ hereinafter called the Contractor (which expression shall wherever the context so

demands or requires, include his/ their successors and assigns) of the other part.

WHEREAS the Employer is desirous that certain works should be executed viz.___________ (brief

description of the work) and has by Letter of Acceptance dated ____ accepted a tender submitted by the

Contractor for the execution, completion, remedying of any defects therein and maintenance of such works

at a

Total Contract Price of Rs. ______ (Rupees ______________ only)

NOW THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH as follows:‐

1 In this agreement words and expressions shall have the same meaning as are respectively assigned

to them in the Conditions of Contract hereinafter referred to.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 57

2 The following documents in conjunction with addenda/ corrigenda to Tender Documents shall be

deemed to form and be read and construed as part of this agreement.

3 a) The Letter of Acceptance dated______.

b) Priced Schedule (Bill) of Quantities

c) Notice Inviting Tender and Instructions to Tenderers.

d) ARAI Tender and Contract Form

e) Eligibility criteria and bid evaluations

f) Special Conditions / Specifications

g) Schedules A to F.

h) Technical Specifications

i) Drawings

j) Amendments to Tender Documents if any.

k) General Conditions of Contract comprising of

(i) Conditions of Contract

(ii) Clauses of Contract

(iii) ARAI Safety Code

(iv) ARAI ‐ Model Rules for the protection of Health and Sanitary

arrangements for Workers

(v) ARAI – Contractor's Labour Regulations.

(vi) Labour laws.

4 In consideration of the payment to be made by the Employer to the Contractor as hereinafter

mentioned, the Contractor hereby covenants with the Employer to execute, complete, remedy

defects therein and maintain the works in conformity in all respects with the provisions of the

Contract.

5 The Employer hereby covenants to pay to the Contractor in consideration of the execution,

completion, remedying of any defects therein and maintenance of the works, the contract price or

such other sum as may become payable under the provisions of the contract at the time and in the

manner prescribed by the Contract.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 58

IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused their respective common seals to be hereinto

affixed (or have herewith set their respective hands and seals) the day and year first above written.

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED BY

In the capacity of _____ representing THE AUTOMOTIVE RESEARCH ASSOCIATION OF INDIA

Signature, Name & Designation

In presence of Witneses

Witness 1:

Name: Address:

Occupation:

Witness 2:

Name: Address:

Occupation:

On behalf of M/s. _________ In the presence of

(The Contractor)

(Signature, Name & Designation)

In the presence of Witnesses

Witness 1:

Name: Address:

Occupation:

Witness 2:

Name: Address:

Occupation:


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 59

SECTION – 4

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 60

SECTION ‐ 4

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

1. Definitions:

The Contract means the documents forming the tender and acceptance thereof and the formal

agreement executed between the competent authority on behalf of the Employer and the Contractor,

together with the documents referred to therein including these conditions, the specifications, design,

drawings and instructions issued from time to time by the Engineer‐in‐charge and all these documents

taken together, shall be deemed to form one Contract and shall be complementary to one another.

2. Meaning of Expressions

In the Contract, the following expressions shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the

meanings, hereby respectively assigned to them:

i) The expression works or work shall, unless there be something either in the subject or context

repugnant to such construction / work, be construed or taken to mean the works by or by virtue of the

Contract Contracted to be executed whether temporary or permanent, and whether original, altered,

substituted or additional.

ii) The Site shall mean the land/or other places on, into or through which work is to be executed under

the Contract or any adjacent land, path or street through which work is to be executed under the

Contract or any adjacent land, path or street which may be allotted or used for the purpose of carrying

out the Contract.

The Contractor / Tenderer shall mean the individual, firm or company, whether incorporated or not,

undertaking the works and shall include the legal personal representative of such individual or the

persons composing such firm or company, or the successors of such firm or company and the

permitted assignees of such individual, firm or company.

iv) The Employer shall mean the THE AUTOMOTIVE RESEARCH ASSOCIATION OF INDIA) having its

Registered Office at S.no. 102, Vetal Hill, Pune 411 038, represented by its Director.

v) The Engineer‐in‐charge means the Engineer Officer authorized by the Employer who shall supervise

and be in charge of the work and who shall sign the contract on behalf of the Employer as mentioned

under schedule F herein after.

vi) Blank.

vii) The Engineer means the person to whom the Engineer‐in‐charge entrusts as his authorized

representative his responsibility to act on his behalf and perform any or all the functions of the


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 61

Engineer‐in‐charge under the Contract.

viii) Appointing Authority/Accepting Authority/Appellate Authority shall mean the authority mentioned in

Schedule 'F'.

ix) Excepted Risks are risks due to riots (other than those on account of Contractor's employees), war

(whether declared or not), invasion, act of foreign enemies, hostilities, civil war, rebellion revolution,

insurrection, military or usurped power, any acts of Government, damages from aircraft, acts of God,

such as earthquake, lightning and unprecedented floods, and other causes over which the Contractor

has no control and accepted as such by the Accepting Authority or causes solely due to use or

occupation by the Employer of the part of the works in respect of which a certificate of completion has

been issued or a cause solely due to the Employer's faulty design of works.

x) Market Rate shall be the rate as decided by the Engineer‐in‐charge on the basis of the cost of materials

and labour at the site where the work is to be executed plus the percentage mentioned in Schedule 'F'

to cover all overheads and profits.

xi) Schedule (s) referred to in these conditions shall mean the relevant schedule (s) annexed to the tender

papers or the Standard Schedule of Rates mentioned in Schedule 'F' hereunder, with the amendments

thereto issued up to the date of receipt of the tender.

xii) Specifications mean the Technical specifications to be followed by the Contractor on the work to be

executed.

xiii) Tendered value means the value of the entire work as stipulated in the letter of award / work order.

3 Scope and Performance

Where the context so requires, words imparting the singular only also include the plural and vice versa.

Any reference to masculine gender shall whenever required include feminine gender and vice versa.

4 Headings and Marginal Notes

Headings to these General Conditions of Contract shall not be deemed to form part thereof or be taken

into consideration in the interpretation or construction/ work, thereof or of the Contract.

5 Documentation to be supplied to the Contractor

The Contractor shall be furnished free of cost one certified copy of the Contract documents.

ARAI Standard General Conditions of Contract, Safety Code, Model Rules and Contract Labour

Regulations and such other printed and published documents, together with all drawings as may be

forming part of the tender papers except CPWD standard specifications. None of these documents shall


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 62

be used for any purpose other than that of this Contract.

6 Works to be carried out

The work to be carried out under the Contract shall, except as otherwise provided in these conditions,

include all labour, materials, tools, plants, equipment, transport and any other resources which may be

required in preparation of and for and in the full and entire execution and completion of the works. The

descriptions given in the Schedule of Quantities (Schedule‐A) shall, unless otherwise stated, be held to

include wastage on materials, carriage and cartage, carrying and return of empties, hoisting, setting,

fitting and fixing in position and all other labours necessary in and for the full and entire execution and

completion of the work as aforesaid in accordance with good practice and recognized principles.

7 Sufficiency of Tender

The Contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied himself before tendering as to the correctness and

sufficiency of his tender for the works and of the rates and prices quoted in the Schedule of Quantities,

which rates and prices shall, except as otherwise provided, cover all his obligations under the Contract

and all matters and things necessary for the proper completion and maintenance of the works.

8 Discrepancies and Adjustment of Errors

The several documents forming the Contract are to be taken as mutually explanatory of one another,

detailed drawings being followed in preference to small scale drawings and figured dimensions in

preference to scale and Special Conditions in preference to General Conditions.

8.1 In the case of discrepancy between the Schedule of Quantities, the Specifications and / or the

Drawings, the following order of preference shall be observed:

(i) Description of Schedule of Quantities.

(ii) Technical Specifications and Special Conditions/Specifications, if any.

(iii) Drawings

(iv) CPWD Specifications

(v) Indian Standard Specifications of BIS.

vi) List of approved makes.

8.2 If there are varying or conflicting provisions made in any one document forming part of the Contract,

the Accepting Authority shall be the deciding authority with regard to the intention of the document

and his decision shall be final and binding on the Contractor.

8.3 Any error in description, quantity or rate in Schedule of quantities or any omission there from shall not

vitiate the Contract or release the Contractor from the execution of the whole or any part of the works

comprised therein according to drawings and specifications or from any of his obligations under the


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 63

Contract.

9 Signing of Contract

The successful Bidder /Contract or, on acceptance of his tender by the Accepting Authority shall, within

28 days from the Letter of Acceptance of the work sign the Contract consisting of:

i) the Notice Inviting Tender and Instructions to Tenderers, all the documents including drawings, if any,

forming the tender set as issued at the time of invitation of tender and acceptance thereof together

with any correspondence leading thereto.

ii) General Conditions of Contract for Works consisting of:

(a) Various standard clauses with corrections up to the date stipulated in Schedule 'F' along with

annexures thereto.

(b) ARAI Safety Code.

(c) Model Rules for the protection of health, sanitary arrangements for workers employed by ARAI or its

Contractors.

(d) ARAI Contractor's Labour Regulations.

iii) Each page of the Contract Agreement should be signed by the Engineer‐in‐Charge and the Contractor's

authorized signatory. If there are any corrections, cuttings, omissions, over writings, insertions etc

(after issue of Tender Document) their number should be clearly mentioned on each page of the

Contract Document before signing.

iv) No payment for the work done will be made to the Contractor till the Contract Agreement is signed by

the Contractor and Performance Guarantee has been submitted by the Contactor.

10 Miscellaneous Conditions of Contract

i) On acceptance of the tender, the name of the accredited representative(s) of the Contractor who would

be responsible for taking instructions from the Engineer‐in‐Charge shall be communicated in writing to

the Engineer‐in‐Charge.

ii) The Contractor has to work in co‐ordination/ conjunction with various other agencies working at site. If

a portion of the work or project area cannot be made available to contractor for his activities due to

operations being carried out by other contractors, he shall suitably modify his sequence of operations as

to continue work without interruption.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 64

11 Installation drawings and Infrastructure requirements:

The contractor shall provide one copy of Instruction, operation / maintenance and servicing manual of

the system in ENGLISH in hard copy / soft copy.

Wherever called for calibration certificates issued by accredited laboratory under ISO 17025, along with

results with valid traceability to National / International calibration standards shall be provided.

The contractor shall provide two sets of installation drawings which should include all infrastructural

requirements for effective functioning of the system.

12 Delivery:

The bidder shall specify the delivery schedule for Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of DG

sets & allied works. .

13 Packaging:

Packaging shall be export‐worthy according to the mode of transportation and the custom of the

Industry with the basic objective to provide adequate safety to the consignment during transit and

handling.

14 Payment Terms

Successful Bidder shall receive two orders, one Purchase Order for supply of equipment and

Materials and one Work Order for erection, installation works. For work order payment terms shall be

as under Section ‐05.

For Purchase Order Payment Terms shall be as below :

5% Performance Bank Guarantee in form of BG ( As per clause 1 in section 5).

10% advance may be given if asked for, against bank guarantee of 110% of the advance amount.

Recovery at the rate of 10% per annum shall be calculated on above advance. (As per clause 10 B, in

section 5)

10% of the gross amount shall be deducted as security deposit (Clause 1 A in Section 5) 80% shall be

released after delivery of Equipment and Materials on site including above advance (As per clause 10

B, in section 5, instead of 75%, 75% amount of the site delivered material shall be released)

Remaining amount shall be released after successful proving, acceptance and handing over of

equipment/system to ARAI, against 10% of Bank Guarantee valid for 24 months from the date of

handing over successfully.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 65

15 Right to Modify the Scope and Scrap the Process:

ARAI reserves the right to amend, alter, modify and amplify the specifications or quantum of

procurement at any time before orders are finally placed on the selected bidder. ARAI also

reserves the right to scrap the entire process of procurement at any stage before the orders are

placed on the bidder(s) without assigning any reason.

16 Jurisdiction

Disputes concerning procurements of ARAI shall be subject to the jurisdiction of competent courts

in Pune or the Mumbai High Court.

All layouts, designs, drawings, calculations generated under this contract shall be owned by ARAI.

ARAI shall not be obliged to return any of the above to bidder at any time.

The acceptance of above terms and conditions shall be confirmed by the bidder along with

technical bid.

The goods have been insured by supplier for losses, damages, breakage and shortages during

transit at supplier’s cost and insurance cover in the name of ARAI sent along with documents.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 66

SECTION – 5

CLAUSES OF CONTRACT


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 67

SECTION – 5 CLAUSES OF CONTRACT

CLAUSE 1

Performance Guarantee

(i) The contractor shall submit an irrevocable Performance Guarantee of 5% (five percent) of the tendered

amount in addition to other deposits mentioned elsewhere in the contract for his proper performance of

the contract agreement, (not withstanding and /or without prejudice to any other provisions in the

contract) within period specified in Schedule ‘F’ from the date of issue of letter of acceptance. This

period can be further extended by the Engineer‐in‐Charge up to a maximum period as specified in

Schedule ‘F’ on written request of the satisfaction of the Engineer‐in‐Charge. This guarantee shall be in

the form of Banker’s Cheque of any scheduled bank or nationalized bank / Demand Draft of any

scheduled bank or nationalized bank / Pay Order of any scheduled bank or nationalized bank / Bank

Guarantee of any scheduled bank or nationalized bank in accordance with the form annexed hereto.

(ii) The Performance Guarantee shall be initially valid up to the stipulated date of completion plus 60 days

beyond that, in case the time for completion of work gets enlarged, the contractor shall get the validity of

Performance Guarantee extended to cover such enlarged time for completion of work. After recording of

the completion certificate for the work by the competent authority, the performance guarantee shall be

returned to the contractor without any interest.

(iii) The Engineer‐in‐Charge shall not make a claim under the performance guarantee except for amounts to

which the Employer is entitled under the contract (not withstanding and /or without prejudice to any

other provisions in the contract agreement) in the event of:

a) Failure by the contractor to extend the validity of the Performance Guarantee as described herein

above, in which event the Engineer‐in‐Charge may claim the full amount of the Performance

Guarantee.

b) Failure by the contractor to pay Employer any amount due, either as agreed by the contractor or

determined under any of the Clauses / conditions of the agreement, within 30 days of the service

of notice to this effect by Engineer‐in‐Charge.

(iv) In the event of the contract being determined or rescinded under provision of any of the clause /

Conditions of the agreement, the performance guarantee shall stand forfeited in full and shall be

absolutely at the disposal of the Employer.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 68

CLAUSE 1A

Recovery of Security Deposit

The person/persons whose tender(s) may be accepted (hereinafter called the Contractor) shall

permit the Employer at the time of making any payment to him for work done under the Contract

to deduct a sum at the rate of 10% of the gross amount of each running bill till the sum along with

the sum already deposited as earnest money will amount to Security Deposit of 10% of the

tendered value of the work. Earnest Money shall be adjusted first in the Security Deposit and

further recovery of Security Deposit shall commence only when the up‐to‐date amount of Security

Deposit starts exceeding the Earnest Money. Such deductions will be made and held by the

employer by way of security deposit unless he/they has /have deposited the amount of security at

rate mentioned above in cash or by DD or by B.G. on Nationalized bank.

All compensations or the other sums of money payable by the Contractor under the terms of this

Contract may be deducted from, or paid by the sale of a sufficient part of his Security Deposit, or

from any sums which may be due to or may become due to the Contractor by the Employer on any

account whatsoever and in the event of his Security Deposit being reduced by reason of any such

deductions or sale as aforesaid, the Contractor shall within 10 days make good in cash or by DD or

by B.G. on Nationalized bank any sum or sums which may have been deducted from or raised by

sale of his security deposit or any part thereof. The Security Deposit shall be collected from the

running bills of the Contractor at the rates mentioned above and the Earnest Money deposited at

the time of tenders will be treated as part of the Security Deposit.

The security deposit as deducted above can be released against bank guarantee issued by the

Nationalized / scheduled bank, on its accumulations of a minimum of Rs. 5 lakh., subject to

condition that amount of such B.G., except last one shall not be less than 5 lakh, Provided further

that the validity of bank guarantee including the one given against the earnest money shall be in

conformity with provisions contained in clauses 17 which shall be extended from time to time

depending upon extension of contract granted under provisions of clause 2 and clause 5.

CLAUSE 2

Compensation for Delay

If the Contractor fails to maintain the required progress in terms of clause 5 hereinafter or to

complete the work and clear the site on or before the Contract or validly extended date of

completion, he shall, without prejudice to any other right or remedy available under the law to the

Employer on account of such breach, pay as agreed compensation the amount calculated at the


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 69

rates stipulated below as the authority specified in schedule 'F' (whose decision in writing shall be

final and binding) may decide on the amount of tendered value of the work for every completed

day/ month (as applicable) that the progress remains below that specified in Clause 5 or that the

work remains incomplete.

This will also apply to items or group of items for which a separate period of completion has been

specified.

Compensation for delay of work @1.5% (one and half percent only) of contract value per month of

delay to be computed on per day basis

Provided always that the total amount of compensation for delay to be paid under this condition

shall not exceed 10% of the tendered value of work or to tendered value of the item or group of

items of work for which a separate period of completion is originally given.

The amount of compensation may be adjusted or set‐off against any sum payable to the Contractor

under this or any other Contract with the employer. In case, the Contractor does not achieve a

particular milestone mentioned in Schedule‐F, or the rescheduled milestone(s) in terms of Clause

5.4, the amount shown against that milestone shall be withheld, to be adjusted against the

compensation levied at the final grant of extension of time. Withholding of this amount on failure

to achieve a milestone, shall be automatic without any notice to the Contractor. However, if the

Contractor catches up with the progress of Work on the subsequent milestone(s), the withheld

amount shall be released. In case the Contractor fails to make up for the delay in subsequent

milestone(s), amount mentioned against each milestone missed subsequently also shall be

withheld. However, no interest, whatsoever, shall be payable on such withheld amount.

CLAUSE 2A ‐ BLANK

CLAUSE 3

When Contract can be Determined

Subject to other provisions contained in this clause the Engineer‐in‐Charge may, without prejudice

to his any other rights or remedy against the Contractor in respect of any delay, inferior

workmanship, any claims for damages and/ or any other provisions of this Contract or otherwise,

and whether the date of completion has or has not elapsed, by notice in writing absolutely

determine the Contract in any of the following cases.

(i) If the Contractor having been given by the Engineer‐in‐charge a notice in writing to rectify,

reconstruct or replace any defective work or that the work is being performed in an inefficient or

otherwise improper or un‐workmanlike manner shall omit to comply with the requirement of such

notice for the period of seven days thereafter.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 70

(ii) If the Contractor has, without reasonable cause, suspended the progress of the work or has failed

to proceed with the work with due diligence so that in the opinion of the Engineer‐in‐Charge

(which shall be final and binding) he will be unable to secure completion of the work by the date

for completion and continues to do so after a notice in writing of seven days from the Engineer‐in‐

charge.

(iii) If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the stipulated date or items of work with

individual date of completion, if any stipulated, on or before such date(s) of completion and does

not complete them within the period specified in a notice given in writing in that behalf by the

Engineer‐in‐charge.

(iv) If the Contractor persistently neglects to carry out his obligations under the Contract and/or

commits default in complying with any of the terms and conditions of the Contract and does not

remedy it or take effective steps to remedy it within 7 days after a notice in writing is given to him

in that behalf by the Engineer‐in‐Charge.

(v) If the Contractor shall offer or give or agree to give to any person in the Employer service or to any

other person on his behalf any gift or consideration of any kind as an inducement or reward for

doing or forbearing to do or for having done or forborne to do any action in relation to the

obtaining or execution of this or any other Contract for the Employer.

(vi) If the Contractor shall enter into a Contract with the Employer in connection with which

commission has been paid or agreed to be paid by him or to his knowledge, unless the particulars

of any such commission and the terms of payment thereof have been previously disclosed in

writing to the Engineer‐in‐Charge.

(vii) If the Contractor shall obtain a Contract with the Employer as a result of wrong tendering or other

non‐bonafide methods of competitive tendering.

(viii) If the Contractor being an individual, or if a firm, any partner thereof shall at any time be adjudged

insolvent or have a receiving order or order for administration of his estate made against him or

shall take any proceedings for liquidation or composition (other than a voluntary liquidation for the

purpose of amalgamation or reconstruction) under any insolvency Act for the time being in force or

make any conveyance or assignment of his effects or composition or arrangement for the benefit

of his creditors or purport so to do, or if any application be made under any Insolvency Act for the

time being in force for the sequestration of his estate or if a trust deed be executed by him for

benefit of his creditors.

(ix) If the Contractor being a company shall pass a resolution or the court shall make an order that the

company shall be wound up or if a receiver or a manager on behalf of a creditor shall be appointed


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 71

or if circumstances shall arise which entitle the Court or the Creditor to appoint a receiver or a

manager or which entitles the court to make a winding up order.

(x) If the Contractor shall suffer an execution being levied on his goods and allow it to be continued for

a period of 21 days.

(xi) If the Contractor assigns, transfers, sublets (engagement of labour on a piece‐work basis or of

labour with materials not to be incorporated in the work, shall not be deemed to be subletting) or

otherwise parts with or attempts to assign, transfer, sublet or otherwise parts with the entire

works or any portion thereof without the prior written approval of the Accepting Authority.

(xii) If the work is not started by contractor within 1/8th the stipulated time.

When the Contractor has made himself liable for action under any of the cases aforesaid, the

Engineer‐in‐charge, on behalf of the Employer, shall have powers:

(a) To determine the Contract as aforesaid (of which termination notice in writing to the Contractor

under the hand of Engineer‐in‐Charge shall be conclusive evidence). Upon such determination, the

Earnest Money Deposit, Security Deposit already recovered and Performance Guarantee and

Additional Performance Guarantee under the Contract shall be liable to be forfeited and shall be

absolutely at the disposal of the Employer.

(b) After giving notice to the Contractor to measure up the work of the Contractor and to take such

whole, or the balance or part thereof, as shall be un‐executed out of his hands and to give it to

another Contractor to complete the work. The Contractor, whose Contract is determined as above,

shall not be allowed to participate in the tendering process for the balance work.

In the event of above courses being adopted by the Engineer‐in‐charge, the Contractor shall have

no claim to compensation for any loss sustained by him by reasons of his having purchased or

procured any materials or entered into any engagements or made any advances on account or with

a view to the execution of the work or the performance of the Contract. And in case action is taken

under any of the provision aforesaid, the Contractor shall not be entitled to recover or be paid any

sum for any work thereof or actually performed under this Contract unless and until the Engineer‐

in‐Charge has certified in writing the performance of such work and the value payable in respect

thereof and he shall only be entitled to be paid the value so certified.

CLAUSE 3A

Action in case of delay in start of work

In case, the work cannot be started due to reasons not within the control of the Contractor within

1/8th of the stipulated time for completion of work, either party may close the Contract. In such


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 72

eventuality, the Earnest Money deposit and the Performance Guarantee and Additional Performance

Guarantee of the Contractor shall be refunded, but no payment on account of Interest, loss of profit

or damages etc. shall be payable at all.

CLAUSE 4

Contractor liable to pay compensation even if action not taken under Clause 3

In any case in which any of the powers conferred upon the Engineer‐in‐Charge by Clause 3 thereof,

shall have become exercisable and the same are not exercised, the non exercise thereof shall not

constitute a waiver of any of the conditions hereof and such powers shall notwithstanding be

exercisable in the event of any future case of default by the Contractor and the liability of the

Contractor for compensation shall remain unaffected. In the event of the Engineer‐in‐Charge putting

in force all or any of the powers vested in him under the preceding clause he may, if he so desires

after giving a notice in writing to the Contractor, take possession of (or at the sole discretion of the

Engineer‐in‐Charge which shall be final and binding on the Contractor) use as on hire (the amount of

the hire money being also in the final determination of the Engineer‐in‐Charge) all or any tools, plant,

materials and stores, in or upon the works, or the site thereof belonging to the Contractor, or

procured by the Contractor and intended to be used for the execution of the work/ or any part

thereof, paying or allowing for the same in account at the Contract rates, or, in the case of these not

being applicable, at current market rates to be certified by the Engineer‐in‐Charge, whose certificate

thereof shall be final and binding on the Contractor, clerk of the works, foreman or other authorized

agent to remove such tools, plant, materials or stores from the premises (within a time to be

specified in such notice). In the event of the Contractor failing to comply with any such requisition,

the Engineer‐in‐Charge may remove them at the Contractor's expense or sell them by auction or

private sale on account of the Contractor and his risk in all respects and the certificate of the

Engineer‐in‐Charge as to the expenses of any such removal and the amount of the proceeds and

expenses of any such sale shall be final and conclusive against the Contractor.

CLAUSE 5

Time and extension for Delay

The time allowed for execution of the works as specified in the ‘Schedule F’ or the extended time in

accordance with these conditions shall be the essence of the Contract. The execution of the works

shall commence from such time period as mentioned in ‘Schedule F’ or from the date of handing over

of the site whichever is later. If the Contractor commits default in commencing the execution of the

work as aforesaid ARAI shall without prejudice to any other right or remedy available in law, be at

liberty to forfeit the earnest money & performance guarantee absolutely.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 73

5.1 As soon as possible after the Contract is concluded the Contractor shall submit a Net work

(PERT/CPM) Time and Progress Chart for each activity wise and milestone and get it approved by the

Engineer‐in‐Charge. The Chart shall be prepared in direct relation to the time stated in the Contract

documents for completion of items of the works. It shall indicate sequence of various activities of the

phased requirement of plant and equipment to be deployed by the Contractor, the forecast of the

dates of commencement and completion of various trades of sections of the work and may be

amended as necessary by agreement between the Engineer‐in‐Charge and the Contractor within the

limitations of time imposed in the Contract documents, and further to ensure good progress during

the execution of the work, the Contractor shall in all cases in which the time allowed for any work,

exceeds one month (save for special jobs for which a separate programme has been agreed upon)

complete the work as per milestones given in Schedule 'F'"

5.1.1 Method of Working

1 The Contractor shall also submit to the Engineer‐in‐Charge for his approval the Method

Statement supported by the following information.

(a) A general tentative plan and equipment list for the execution of work within time period

stipulated in schedule.

(b) Drawings showing the locations of major plants and other facilities which he proposes to put up at

the site, including any changes in the general layout, at least 15 days prior to the commencement of

the respective work.

(c) Layout and details of temporary works that the Contractor wants to carry out to fulfill his obligation

under the Contract.

2 Within 7 days the Engineer‐in‐charge through the Engineer shall give his approval to proceed with

work with or without modification. However acceptance of programme and method of working as

submitted by the Contractor or with any modification thereto by the Engineer‐in‐charge shall not

relieve the Contractor of any of his contractual obligation.

3 All these programme and plans submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer‐in‐charge

shall become part of the Contract.

4 The acceptance of programme as submitted by the Contractor or with any modification thereto by the

Engineer‐in‐charge shall not entitle the Contractor for any extension of time unless delay, if any, is

expressly sanctioned by the Engineer‐in‐charge.

(a) Plant Requirements the Contractor shall submit, with the programme and method statement

mentioned above a comprehensive plant schedule which shall include the dates of arrival on and


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 74

removal from site of each major item of plants.

(b) Sufficiency of Resources the Contractor shall take upon himself the full and entire responsibility for

the sufficiency of plants, centering, scaffolding, timbering, machinery, tools and implements and

generally for all means used for the fulfillment of the Contract notwithstanding any previous

approval or recommendation that may have been given by the Engineer.

5.2 If the work (s) be delayed by:

i) Force majeure, or

ii) Abnormally bad weather, or

iii) Serious loss or damage by fire, or

iv) Civil commotion, local commotion of workmen, strike or lockout, affecting any of the

trades employed on the work, or

v) Delay on the part of other Contractors or tradesmen engaged by Engineer‐in‐Charge

in executing work not forming part of the Contract, or

vi) Non‐availability of stores, which are the responsibility of the Employer to supply or

vii) Non‐availability or break down of tools and plant to be supplied or supplied by the Employer,

or

viii) Any other cause which, in the absolute discretion of theEngineer‐in‐Charge is beyond the

Contractor's control.

then upon the happening of any such event causing delay, the Contractor shall immediately

give notice thereof in writing to the Engineer‐in‐Charge but shall nevertheless use

constantly his best endeavors to prevent or make good the delay and shall do all that may

be reasonably required to the satisfaction of the Engineer‐in‐Charge to proceed with the

works.

5.3 Request for rescheduling of Milestones and extension of time, to be eligible for consideration,

shall be made by the Contractor in writing within fourteen days of the happening of the event

causing delay on the prescribed form. The Contractor may also, if practicable, indicate in such a

request the period for which extension is desired.

5.4 In any such case the Engineer‐in‐Charge may give a fair and reasonable extension of time and


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 75

reschedule the milestones for completion of work. Such extension shall be communicated to the

Contractor by the Engineer‐in‐Charge in writing, within 3 weeks of the date of receipt of such

request. Non application by the Contractor for extension of time shall not be a bar for giving a fair

and reasonable extension by the Engineer‐in‐Charge and this shall be binding on the Contractor.

CLAUSE 6

Measurement of Work Done

Engineer‐in‐charge shall, except as otherwise provided, ascertain and determine by measurement

the value in accordance with the Contract of work done.

All measurement of all items having financial value shall be entered in Measurement Book and/or

level field Book so that complete record is obtained of all works performed under the Contract.

All measurements and levels shall be taken jointly by the Engineer‐in‐Charge or his authorized

representative and by the Contractor or his authorized representative from time to time during the

progress of the work and such measurements shall be signed and dated by the Engineer‐in‐Charge

and the Contractor or their representatives in token of their acceptance. If the Contractor objects

to any of the measurements recorded, a note shall be made to that effect with reason and signed

by both the parties. Thereafter Any measurement taken by the Engineer‐in‐Charge in the presence

of the Contractor or in his absence after due notice has been given to him in consequence of

objection made by the Contractor shall be final and binding on the Contractor, and no claim

whatsoever shall thereafter be entertained regarding the accuracy and classification of the

measurement.

If for any reason the Contractor or his authorized representative is not available and the work of

recording measurements is suspended by the Engineer‐in‐Charge or his representative, the

Engineer‐in‐Charge shall not entertain any claim from the Contractor for any loss or damages on

this account. If the Contractor or his authorized representative does not remain present at the

time of such measurements after the Contractor or his authorized representative has been given a

notice in writing three (3) days in advance or fails to countersign or to record objection within a

week from the date of the measurement, then such measurements recorded in his absence by the

Engineer‐in‐Charge or his representative shall be deemed to be accepted by the Contractor.

The Contractor shall, without extra charge, provide all assistance with every appliance, labour and

other things necessary for measurements and recording levels.

Except where any general or detailed description of the work expressly shows to the contrary,


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 76

measurements shall be taken in accordance with the procedure set forth in the specifications

notwithstanding any provision in the relevant Standard Method of measurement or any general or

local custom. In the case of items which are not covered by specifications, measurements shall be

taken in accordance with the relevant standard method of measurements issued by the Bureau of

Indian standards and if for any item no such standard is available then a mutually agreed method

shall be followed.

The Contractor shall give not less than seven day’s notice to the Engineer‐in‐Charge or his

authorized representative in‐charge of the work before covering up or otherwise placing beyond

the reach of measurement any work in order that the same may be measured and correct

dimensions thereof be taken before the same is covered up or placed beyond the reach of

measurement and shall not cover up and place beyond reach of measurement any work without

consent in writing of the Engineer‐in‐charge or his authorized representative in‐charge of the work

who shall within the aforesaid period of seven days inspect the work, and if any work shall be

covered up or placed beyond the reach of measurements without such notice having been given or

the Engineer‐in‐Charge's consent being obtained in writing, the same shall be uncovered at the

Contractor's expense, or in default thereof no payment or allowance shall be made for such work

or the materials with which the same was executed.

Engineer‐in‐Charge or his authorized representative may cause either themselves or through

another office of the Employer to check the measurements recorded jointly or otherwise as

aforesaid and all provisions stipulated herein above shall be applicable to such checking of

measurements or levels.

It is also a term of this Contract that recording of measurements of any item of work in the

measurement book and/ or its payment in the interim, on account or final bill shall not be

considered as conclusive evidence as to the sufficiency of any work or material to which it relates

nor shall it relieve the Contractor from liabilities from any over measurement or defects noticed till

completion of the defects liability period.

CLAUSE 6A

Computerized Measurement Book

Engineer‐in –Charge shall, except as otherwise provided, ascertain and determine by

measurement the value of work done in accordance with the contract.

All measurements of all items having financial value shall be entered by the contractor and

compiled in the shape of the computerized Measurement Book having pages of A‐4 size as per the


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 77

format of the department so that a complete record is obtained of all the items of work performed

under the contract.

All such measurements and levels recorded by the contractor or his authorized representative from

time to time, during the progress of the work, shall be got checked by the contractor from the

Engineer‐in –Charge or his authorized representative. As per interval or program fixed in

consultation with Engineer‐in –Charge or his authorized representative. After the necessary

corrections made by the Engineer‐in –Charge, the measurement sheets shall be returned to the

contractor for incorporating the corrections and for resubmission to the Engineer‐in –Charge for

the dated signatures by the Engineer‐in –Charge and the contractor or their representatives in

token of their acceptance.

Whenever bill is due for payment, the contractor would initially submit draft computerized

measurement sheets and these measurements would be got checked/ test checked from the

Engineer‐in –Charge and / or his authorized representative. The contractor will, thereafter

incorporate such changes as may be done during these checks/test checks in his draft

computerized measurements, and submit to the department a computerized measurement book,

duly bound, and with its pages machine numbered. The Engineer‐in –Charge and /or his authorized

representative would thereafter check this MB, and record the necessary certificates for their

checks/ test checks.

The final fair, computerized measurement book given by the contractor, duly bound, with a pages

machine numbered, should be 100% correct, and no cutting or over‐writing in the measurements

would thereafter be allowed. If at all any error is noticed, the contractor shall have to submit a

fresh computerized MB with its pages duly machine numbered and bound after getting the earlier

MB cancelled by the department. Thereafter, the MB shall be taken to the Project Office records,

and allotted a number as per the Register of Computerized MBs. This should be done before the

corresponding bill is submitted to the Project office for payment. The contractor shall submit two

spare copies of such computerized MB’s for the purpose of reference and record by the various

officers of the department.

The contractor shall also submit to the department separately his computerized Abstract of cost

and the bill based on these measurements, duly bound, and its pages machine numbered along

with two spare copies of the ‘Bill’. Thereafter, this bill be processed by the Project Office and

allotted a number as per the computerized record in the same way as done for the measurement

book ment for measurements.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 78

The contractor shall, without extra charge, provide all assistance with every appliance, labour and

other things necessary for checking of measurements / levels by the Engineer‐in –Charge or his

representative

Except where any general or detailed description of the work expressly shown to the contrary

measurement shall be taken in accordance with the procedure set for the in the specifications

notwithstanding any provision in the relevant Standard Method of measurement or any general or

local custom. In the case of items which are not covered by specifications, measurements shall be

taken in accordance with the relevant standard method of measurement issued by the Bureau of

Indian standards and if for any item no such standard is available then a mutually agreed method

shall be followed.

The contractor shall give not less than seven days’ notice to the Engineer‐in –Charge and /or his

authorized representative in charge of the work before covering up or otherwise placing beyond

the reach of checking and/ or test checking the measurement of any work in order that the same

may be checked and /or test checked and correct dimensions thereof be taken before the same is

covered up or placed beyond the reach of checking and /or test checking measurement and shall

not cover up and place beyond reach of measurement any work without consent in writing of the

Engineer‐in –Charge or his authorized representative in‐charge of the work who shall within the

aforesaid period of seven days inspect the work, and if any work shall be covered up or placed

beyond the reach of checking and /or test checking measurements without such notice having

been given or the Engineer‐in –Charge’s consent being obtained in writing the same shall be

uncovered at the contractor’s expense, or in default thereof no payment or allowance shall be

made for such work or the materials with which the same was executed.

Engineer‐in –Charge and /or his authorized representative may cause either themselves or through

another office of the department to check the measurements recorded by contractor and all

provisions stipulated herein above shall be applicable to such checking of measurements or levels.

It is also a term of this contract that checking and /or test checking the measurements of any item

of work in the measurement book and /or its payment in the interim, on account of final bill shall

not be considered as

conclusive evidence as to the sufficiency of any work or material to which it relates not shall it

relieve the contractor from liabilities from any over measurement or defects noticed till completion

of the defects liability period.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 79

CLAUSE 7

Payment on intermediate Certificates to be regarded as Advances

No payment shall be made for work, estimated to cost Rupees One Lakh or less till after the whole

of the work shall have been completed and certificate of completion given. For works estimated to

cost over Rupees One Lakh, the interim or running account bills shall be submitted by the

Contractor for the work executed on the basis of such recorded measurements on the format

stipulated by the Engineer‐in‐Charge, in triplicate on or before the date of every month fixed for

the same by the Engineer‐in‐Charge. The Contractor shall not be entitled to be paid any such

interim payment if the gross work done together with net payment/ adjustment of advances for

material collected, if any, since the last such payment is less than the amount specified in Schedule

'F', in which case the interim bill shall be prepared on the appointed date of the month after the

requisite progress is achieved. The Engineer‐in‐Charge in his sole discretion may modify the

periodicity of running bill from one month to such lesser/longer time as he considers appropriate,

Engineer‐in‐Charge shall arrange to have the bill verified by taking or causing to be taken, where

necessary, the requisite measurements of the work. In the event of the failure of the Contractor to

submit the bills, Engineer‐in‐Charge shall prepare or cause to be prepared such bills in which event

no claims whatsoever due to delays on payment including that of interest shall be payable to the

Contractor. Payment on account of amount admissible shall be made by the Engineer‐in‐Charge

certifying the sum to which the Contractor is considered entitled by way of interim payment at

such rates as decided by the Engineer‐in‐Charge.

75% of bill amount may be paid within 7 working days (excluding the day of submission) of

presentation of the corrected bill by the Contractor to the Engineer‐in‐Charge or his Engineer

together with the account of the material issued by the Employer, or dismantled materials, if any.

Balance amount of bill may be paid within 15 working days of the presentation of correct bill. The

time limit of 7 days / 15 days mentioned above will be adhered to by the Engineer‐in‐Charge as far

as possible and the contractor will not be entitled to any compensation or claims or damages by

way of interest etc. in case of delay in payment.

All such interim payments shall be regarded as payment by way of advances against final payment

only and shall not preclude the requiring of bad, unsound and imperfect or unskilled work to be

rejected, removed, taken away and reconstructed or re‐erected. Any certificate given by the

Engineer‐in‐Charge relating to the work done or materials delivered forming part of such payment,

may be modified or corrected by any subsequent such certificate (s) or by the final certificate and

shall not by itself be conclusive evidence that any work or materials to which it relates is/ are in

accordance with the Contract and specifications. Any such interim payment or any part thereof


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 80

shall not in any respect conclude, determine or affect in any way powers of the Engineer‐in‐Charge.

Under the Contract or any of such payments be treated as final settlement and adjustment of

accounts or in any way vary or affect the Contract.

Pending consideration of extension of date of completion interim payments shall continue to be

made as herein provided, without prejudice to the right of the Employer to take action under the

terms of this Contract for delay in the completion of work, if the extension of date of completion is

not granted by the competent authority.

The Engineer‐in‐Charge in his sole discretion on receipt of written request from Contractor and on

the basis of a certificate from the Engineer may make interim advance payments without detailed

measurements for work done at 75% of the assessed value. The advance payments so allowed shall

be adjusted in the subsequent interim bill by taking detailed measurements thereof. If at any stage,

in the opinion of Engineer‐in‐Charge, it is found that the amount of interim advance payment

claimed by the Contractor was excessive, this facility of interim advance payment shall be

withdrawn.

CLAUSE 8

Completion Certificate

Within ten days of the completion of the work, the Contractor shall give notice of such completion

to the Engineer‐in‐Charge and within thirty days of the receipt of such notice the Engineer‐in‐

Charge shall inspect the work and if there is no defect in the work shall furnish the Contractor with

a final certificate of completion, otherwise a provisional certificate of physical completion

indicating defects (a) to be rectified by the Contractor and/or (b) for which payment will be made

at reduced rates, shall be issued. But no final certificate of completion shall be issued, nor shall the

work be considered to be complete until the Contractor shall have removed from the premises on

which the work shall be executed all scaffolding, surplus materials, rubbish and all huts and sanitary

arrangements required for his/ their work people on the site in connection with the execution of

the works as shall have been erected or constructed by the Contractor (s) and cleaned off the dirt

from all wood work, doors, windows, walls, floor or other parts of the building, in, upon, or about

which the work is to be executed or of which he may have had possession for the purpose of the

execution thereof, and not until the work shall have been measured by the Engineer‐in‐Charge. If

the Contractor shall fail to comply with the requirements of this Clause as to removal of scaffolding,

surplus materials and rubbish and all huts and sanitary arrangements as aforesaid and cleaning off

dirt on or before the date fixed for the completion of work, the Engineer‐in‐Charge may at the

expense of the Contractor remove such scaffolding, surplus materials and rubbish etc. and dispose

of the same as he thinks fit and clean off such dirt as aforesaid, and the Contractor shall have no


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 81

claim in respect of scaffolding or surplus materials as aforesaid except for any sum actually realized

by the sale thereof.

CLAUSE 8A

Contractor to keep Site Clean

During execution of contract when the repairs and maintenance of works are carried out, the

splashes and droppings from white washing, colour washing, painting etc. on walls, floor, windows,

etc. shall be removed and the surface cleaned simultaneously with the completion of these items

of work in the individual rooms, quarters or premises etc. where the work is done without waiting

for the actual completion of all the other items of work in the Contract. In case the Contractor fails

to comply with the requirements of this clause, the Engineer‐in‐charge shall have the right to get

this work done at the cost of the Contractor either departmentally or through any other agency.

Before taking such action the Engineer‐in‐Charge shall give ten days notice in writing to the

Contractor.

CLAUSE 8B

Completion Plans and Operating /Maintenance Manual to be submitted by the Contractor

The Contractor shall submit completion plans for all the work executed by him as applicable within

thirty days of the completion of the work. The Contractor shall submit complete `record' drawings

periodically corrected to show each and every change from working drawings, on

tracings/reproducible/CDs, as directed by Engineer‐in‐Charge. In case the works include items

which require specialized maintenance and/or Plant & Equipment which will require periodic

maintenance, the Contractor shall supply along with the Completion Drawings three sets of

operating/Maintenance Manuals as required.

In case, the Contractor fails to submit the completion plan and /or Operating/ Maintenance

Manual, as aforesaid, he shall be liable to pay a sum equivalent to 2.5% of the value of the work

subject to a ceiling of Rs.5 lakhs (Rupees Five lakhs only) or as may be fixed by the Engineer‐in‐

Charge and in this respect the decision of the Engineer‐in‐charge shall be final and binding on the

Contractor.

CLAUSE 9

Payment of Final Bill

The final bill shall be submitted by the Contractor in the same manner as specified in interim bills

within three months of physical completion of work or within one month of the date of the final


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 82

certificate of completion furnished by the Engineer‐in‐Charge whichever is earlier. No further

claims shall be made by the Contractor after submission of the final bill and these shall be deemed

to have been waived and extinguished. Payments of those items of the bill in respect of which

there is no dispute and of items in dispute, for quantities and rates as approved by Engineer‐in‐

Charge, will, as far as possible be made within the period specified herein under, the period being

reckoned from the date of receipt of the bill by the Engineer‐in‐Charge or his authorized Engineer,

complete with account of materials issued by the Employer and dismantled materials.

Period for payment of final bill will be 3months.

The Contractor will not however be entitled to any compensation or claims or damages by way of

interest etc. in case of delay in payment.

CLAUSE 9 A

Payment of Contractor's Bill to Banks

Payment due to the Contractor may, if so desired by him, be made to his bank, registered financial,

co‐operative or thrift societies or recognized financial institutions instead of direct to him provided

that the Contractor furnishes to the Engineer‐in‐Charge (1) an authorization in the form of a legally

valid document such as power of attorney conferring authority on the bank, registered financial,

cooperative or thrift societies or recognized financial institutions to receive payments and (2) his own

acceptance of the correctness of the amount made out as being due to him by the Employer or his

signature on the bill or other claim preferred against the Employer before settlement by the

Engineer‐in‐Charge of the account or claim by payment to the bank, registered financial, cooperative

or thrift societies or recognized financial institutions. While the receipt given by such Bank;

registered financial, cooperative or thrift societies or recognized financial institutions shall constitute

a full and sufficient discharge for the payment, the Contractor shall whenever possible present his

bills duly receipted and discharged through his Bank, registered financial, cooperative or thrift

societies or recognized financial institutions. Nothing herein contained shall operate to create in

favour of the bank; registered financial, cooperative or thrift societies or recognized institutions any

rights or equities vis‐à‐vis the Employer.

CLAUSE 10 ‐ BLANK

CLAUSE 10A

Materials to be provided by the Contractor

The Contractor shall, at his own expense, provide all materials required for the works other than

those which are stipulated to be supplied by the Employer.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 83

The Contractor shall, at his own expense and without delay, supply to the Engineer‐in‐Charge samples

of materials to be used on the work and shall get these approved in advance. All such materials to be

used on the work shall be in conformity with the specifications laid down or referred to in the

Contract. The Contractor shall, if requested by the Engineer‐in‐charge furnish proof, to the

satisfaction of the Engineer‐in‐Charge that the materials so comply. The Engineer‐in‐Charge shall

within ten days of supply of samples or within such further period as he may require intimate to the

Contractor in writing whether samples are approved by him or not. If samples are not approved, the

Contractor shall forthwith arrange to supply to the Engineer‐in‐Charge for his approval fresh samples

complying with the specifications laid down in the Contract. When materials are required to be tested

in accordance with specifications, approval of the Engineer‐in‐Charge shall be issued after the test

results are received. The Contractor shall at his risk and cost submit the samples of materials to be

tested or analyzed and shall not make use of or incorporate in the work any materials represented by

the samples until the required tests or analysis have been made and materials finally accepted by the

Engineer‐in‐Charge. The Contractor shall not be eligible for any claim or compensation either arising

out of any delay in the work or due to any corrective measures required to be taken on account of

and as a result of testing of materials.

The Contractor shall, at his risk and cost, make all arrangements and shall provide all facilities as the

Engineer‐in‐Charge may require for collecting, and preparing the required number of samples for

such tests at such time and to such place or places as may be directed by the Engineer‐in‐Charge and

bear all charges and cost of testing unless specifically provided for otherwise elsewhere in the

Contract or specifications. The Engineer‐in‐Charge or his authorized representative shall at all times

have access to the works and to all workshops and places where work is being prepared or from

where materials, manufactured articles or machinery are being obtained for the works and the

Contractor shall afford every facility and every assistance in obtaining the right to such access.

The Engineer‐in‐Charge shall have full powers to require the removal from the premises of all

materials which in his opinion are not in accordance with the specifications and in case of default the

Engineer‐in‐Charge shall be at liberty to employ at the expense of the Contractor, other persons to

remove the same without being answerable or accountable for any loss or damage that may happen

or arise to such materials. The Engineer‐in‐Charge shall also have full powers to require other proper

materials to be substituted thereof and in case of default the Engineer‐in‐Charge may cause the same

to be supplied and all costs which may attend such removal and substitution shall be borne by the

Contractor.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 84

CLAUSE 10 B

Secured Advance on Non‐perishable Materials

(i) The Contractor, on signing an indenture in the form to be specified by the Engineer‐in‐Charge, shall

be entitled to be paid during the progress of the execution of the work up to 75% of the assessed

value of any materials which are in the opinion of the Engineer‐in‐Charge non‐perishable, non‐fragile

and non‐combustible and are in accordance with the Contract and which have been brought on the

site in connection therewith and are adequately stored and/ or protected against damage by weather

or other causes but which have not at the time of advance been incorporated in the works. When

materials on account of which an advance has been made under this sub‐clause are incorporated in

the work the amount of such advance shall be recovered / deducted from the next payment made

under any of the clause or clauses of this Contract.

Such secured advance shall also be payable on other items of perishable nature, fragile and

combustible with the approval of the Engineer‐in‐Charge provided the Contractor provides a

comprehensive insurance cover for the full cost of such materials. The decision of the Engineer‐in‐

Charge shall be final and binding on the Contractor in this matter. No secured advance, shall

however, be paid on high‐risk materials such as ordinary glass, sand, petrol, diesel etc.

Mobilization Advance

(ii) Mobilization advance at 10% of the tendered value may be given, if requested by the Contractor in

writing within 15 days of the order to commence the work.

Such advance shall be paid in two equal installments. The first installment of such advance shall be

released on a request made by the contractor to the Engineer‐in‐Charge in this behalf. The second

installment shall be released by the Engineer‐in‐Charge only after the Contractor furnishes a proof of

the satisfactory utilization of the earlier installment to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer‐in‐

Charge.

Before any installment of advance is released, the contractor shall furnish Bank Guarantee of 110% of

that installment amount and not exceeding three in number from any Scheduled Bank. The BG shall

be furnished initially valid for the full contract period. If the contract period gets extended due to any

reasons, the BG shall be kept renewed from time to time to cover the balance amount to be

recovered together with interest @ 10% and valid for the likely period of complete recovery. The BG

Bonds shall be discharged depending on the amount of mobilization advance recovered along with

interest.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 85

iii) BLANK

Interest & Recovery

iv) The mobilization advance in (ii) above bear simple interest at the rate of 10 % per annum and shall be

calculated from the date of payment to the date of recovery, both days inclusive, on the outstanding

amount of advance. Recovery of such sums advance shall be made by deduction from the

Contractor's bill commencing after first 10 % of the gross value of the work is executed and paid or

25% of the stipulated period of Contract has elapsed, whichever occurs earlier on pro‐rata

percentage basis to the gross value of the work billed beyond 10% and/or elapse of stipulated period

of Contract in such a way that the entire advance is recovered by the time eighty percent of the gross

value of the Contract is executed and paid or 85% of the stipulated period of Contract has elapsed

whichever occurs earlier together with interest due on the entire outstanding amount up to the date

of recovery of the installment. Recovery of advance at any intermediate stage shall be affected, if

necessary, by encashment of Bank Guarantees if the appropriate pro rata amount of advance is not

available from the work done by the Contractor.

v) If the circumstances are considered reasonable by the Engineer‐in‐Charge, the period mentioned in

(ii) for request by the Contractor in writing for grant of mobilization advance and Plant and

Machinery advance may be extended in the discretion of the Engineer‐in‐Charge.

vi) The said Bank guarantees for advances shall initially be made for the full amount including interest

and valid for the Contract period, and be kept renewed from time to time to cover the balance

amount and likely period of complete recovery together with interest.

CLAUSE 10 C ‐ Blank

CLAUSE 10 CA: ‐ Blank

CLAUSE 10 CC: ‐ Blank

CLAUSE 10D

Dismantled Material Employers’ Property

The Contractor shall treat all materials obtained during dismantling of a structure, excavation of the

site for a work, etc. as the Employer’s Property and such materials shall be disposed off to the best

advantage of the Employer according to the instructions in writing issued by the Engineer‐in‐Charge.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 86

CLAUSE 11

Work to be Executed in Accordance with Specifications, Drawings, Orders etc.

The Contractor shall execute the whole and every part of the work in the most substantial and

workman like manner both as regards materials and otherwise in every respect in strict accordance

with the specifications. The Contractor shall also confirm exactly, fully and faithfully to the design,

drawings and instructions in writing in respect of the work signed by the Engineer‐in‐Charge and the

Contractor shall be furnished free of charge one copy of the Contract documents together with

specifications, designs, drawings and instructions as are not included in the standard specifications of

Central Public works Department specified in Schedule 'F' or in any Bureau of Indian Standard or any

other, published standard or code or, Schedule of Rates or any other printed publication referred to

elsewhere in the Contract.

Any reference made to the standards, specifications issued by the BIS and other similar organizations

shall be deemed to include the latest edition of issue of such standards, specifications and bye‐laws

including all revisions, amendments and addenda subsequently issued. Where ISI Standards exist in

respect of materials, then the materials shall in all respects comply with the relevant and current ISI

Standard. In such cases where ISI Standard Specifications do not exist nearest equivalent

International Standards/ Specifications will be followed. In absence of either the specified

manufacturers' specifications shall be followed. In absence of all these, the Engineer's instructions

shall be followed.

If any ambiguity arises as to the meaning of any of portion of the specifications and drawings or as to

execution or quality of any work or material or as to measurement of the works, the decision of the

Engineer‐in‐Charge shall be final and binding on the Contractor.

The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Contract and with the care and diligence

execute and maintain the works and provide all labour and materials, tools and plants including for

measurements and supervision of all works, structural plans and other things of temporary or

permanent nature required for such execution and maintenance in so far as the necessity for

providing these, is specified or is reasonably inferred from the Contract. The Contractor shall take full

responsibility for adequacy, suitability and safety of all the works and methods of construction.

CLAUSE 12

DEVIATIONS/VARIATIONS EXTENT AND PRICING

The Engineer‐in‐Charge shall have power (i) to make alteration in, omissions from, additions to, or

substitutions for the original specifications, drawings, designs and instructions that may appear to


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 87

him to be necessary or advisable during the progress of the work, and (ii) to omit a part of the works

in case of non‐availability of a portion of the site or for any other reasons and the Contractor shall be

bound to carry out the works in accordance with any instructions given to him in writing signed by the

Engineer‐in‐Charge and such alterations omissions, additions or substitutions shall form part of the

Contract as if originally provided therein and any altered, additional or substituted work which the

Contractor may be directed to do in the manner specified above as part of the works, shall be carried

out by the Contractor on the same conditions in all respects including price on which he agreed to do

the main work except as hereafter provided. The Contractor shall not carry out any extra item or

substituted item or quantity in excess of permitted deviation as stipulated in Schedule 'F' of items

covered by Schedule of Quantities, without specific written approval of the Engineer‐in‐Charge. In all

such cases, the Contractor shall advise the Engineer‐in‐Charge in writing as soon as he observes the

necessity for execution of such item or excess quantity.

12.1 The time for completion of the works shall, in the event of any deviations resulting in additional

cost over the tendered value sum being ordered be extended, if requested by the Contractor, as

follows:

i) In the proportion which the additional cost of the altered, additional or substituted work, bears

to the original tendered value plus

ii) 25% of the time calculated in (i) above or such further additional time as may be considered

reasonable by the Engineer‐in‐Charge which decision shall be final and binding on the

Contractor.

12.2 Deviation, Extra items and Pricing

In the case of extra item (s) the Contractor may within fifteen days of receipt of order or occurrence

of the item (s) claim rates, supported by proper analysis, for the work and the Engineer‐in‐Charge

shall within one month of the receipt of the claims supported by analysis, after giving

consideration to the analysis of the rates submitted by the Contractor, determine the rates on

the basis of the market rates and the Contractor shall be paid in accordance with the rates so

determined.

Deviation, Substituted Items, Pricing

In the case of substituted items, the rate for the agreement item (to be substituted) and substituted

item shall also be determined in the manner as mentioned in the following Para.

(a) If the market rate for the substituted item so determined is more than the market rate of the

agreement item (to be substituted) the rate payable to the Contractor for the substituted item shall


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 88

be the rate for the agreement item (to be substituted) so increased to the extent of the difference

between the market rates of substituted item and the agreement item (to be substituted).

(b) If the market rate for the substituted item so determined is less than the market rate of the

agreement item (to be substituted) the rate payable to the Contractor for the substituted item shall

be the rate for the agreement item (to be substituted) so decreased to the extent of the difference

between the market rates of substituted item and the agreement item (to be substituted).

Deviation, Deviated Quantities, Pricing

In the case of Contract items, substituted items, Contract cum substituted items, which exceed the

limit laid down in Schedule 'F', the Contractor may within fifteen days of receipt of order or

occurrence of the excess, claim revision of the rates, supported by proper analysis, for the work in

excess of the above mentioned limits, provided that if the rates so claimed are in excess of the

rates specified in the schedule of quantities the Engineer‐in‐Charge shall within one month of receipt

of the claims supported by analysis, after giving consideration to the analysis of the rates submitted

by the Contractor, determine the rates on the basis of the market rates and the Contractor shall be

paid in accordance with the rates so determined.

12.3 The provisions of the preceding paragraph shall also apply to the decrease in the rates of items for the

work in excess of the limits laid down in Schedule 'F', and the Engineer‐in‐Charge shall after giving

notice to the Contractor within one month of occurrence of the excess and after taking into

consideration any reply received from him within fifteen days of the receipt of the notice, revise the

rates for the work in question within one month of the expiry of the said period of fifteen days having

regard to the market rates.

12.4 The Contractor shall send to the Engineer‐in‐Charge once in every month an up to date account

giving complete details of all claims for additional payments to which the Contractor may consider

himself entitled and of all additional work ordered by the Engineer‐in‐Charge which he has executed

during the preceding quarter failing which the Contractor shall be deemed to have waived his right.

However, the Engineer‐in‐Charge may authorize consideration of such claims on merits.

12.5 (DELETED)

12.6 Any operation incidental or necessarily has to be in contemplation of Tenderer while filing tender, or

necessary for proper execution of the item included in the Schedule of quantities or in the schedule

of rates mentioned above, whether or not, specifically indicated in the description of the item and

the relevant specifications, shall be deemed to be included in the rates quoted by the Tenderer or

the rate given in the said schedule of rates, as the case may be. Nothing extra shall be admissible for


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 89

such operations.

CLAUSE 13

Foreclosure of Contract due to Abandonment or Reduction in Scope of Work

If at any time after acceptance of the tender the Employer shall decide to abandon or reduce the

scope of the works for any reason whatsoever and hence not require the whole or any part of the

works to be carried out, the Engineer‐in‐Charge shall give notice in writing to that effect to the

Contractor and the Contractor shall act accordingly in the matter. The Contractor shall have no claim

to any payment of compensation or otherwise whatsoever, on account of any profit or advantage

which he might have derived from the execution of the works in full but which he did not derive in

consequence of the foreclosure of the whole or part of the works.

The Contractor shall be paid at Contract rates full amount for works executed at site and, in

addition, a reasonable amount as certified by the Engineer‐in‐Charge which decision shall be final

and binding on the Contractor, for the items hereunder mentioned which could not be utilized on

the work to the full extent in view of the foreclosure:

i) Any expenditure incurred on preliminary site work, e.g. temporary access roads, temporary

labour huts, staff quarters and site office, storage accommodation and water storage tanks.

ii) The Employer shall have the option to take over Contractor's materials or any part thereof

either brought to site or of which the Contractor is legally bound to accept delivery from

suppliers (for incorporation in or incidental to the work) provided, however, the Employer shall

be bound to take over the materials or such portions thereof as the Contractor does not desire

to retain. For materials taken over or to be taken over by the Employer cost of such materials

as detailed by Engineer‐in‐Charge shall be paid. The cost shall, however, take into account

purchase price, cost of transportation and deterioration or damage which may have been

caused to materials whilst in the custody of the Contractor.

iii) If any materials supplied by the Employer are rendered surplus, the same except normal

wastage shall be returned by the Contractor to the Employer at rates not exceeding those at

which these were originally issued less allowance for any deterioration or damage which may

have been caused whilst the materials were in the custody of the Contractor. In addition, cost

of transporting such materials from site to the Employer's stores, if so required by the

Employer shall be paid.

iv) Reasonable compensation for transfer of T & P (Tools & Plants) from site to Contractor's


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 90

permanent stores or to his other works, whichever is less. If T & P are not transported to either

of the said places, no cost of transportation shall be payable.

v) Reasonable compensation for repatriation of Contractor's site staff and imported labour to the

extent necessary.

The Contractor shall, if required by the Engineer‐in‐Charge furnish to him books of account,

wage books, time sheets and other relevant documents and evidence as may be necessary to

enable him to certify the reasonable amount payable under this condition. The reasonable

amount of items on (i), (iv) and (v) above shall not be in excess of 2% of the cost of the work

remaining incomplete on the date of closure, i.e. total stipulated cost of the work as per

accepted tender less the cost of work actually executed under the Contract and less the cost of

Contractor's materials at site taken over by the Employer as per item (ii) above. Provided

always that against any payments due to the Contractor on this account or otherwise, the

Engineer‐in‐Charge shall be entitled to recover or be credited with any outstanding balances

due from the Contractor for advance paid in respect of any tool, plants and materials and any

other sums which at the date of termination were recoverable by the Employer from the

Contractor under the terms of the Contract.

CLAUSE 14

Carrying out part work at risk & cost of contractor

If Contractor:

i) At any time makes default during currency of work or does not execute any part of the

work with due diligence and continues to do so even after a notice in writing of 7 days in

this respect from the Engineer‐in‐ Charge; or

ii) Commits default in complying with any of the terms and conditions of the contractor and

does not remedy it or takes effective steps to remedy it within 7 days even after a notice in

writing is given in that behalf by the Engineer‐in‐Charge; or

iii) Fails to complete the work(s) or items of work with individual dates of completion on or

before the date (s) so determined, and does not complete then within the period specified

in the notice given in writing in that behalf by the Engineer‐in‐Charge.

The Engineer‐in‐Charge without invoking action under clause 3 may, without prejudice to any other

right or remedy against the contractor which have either accrued or accrue thereafter to


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 91

government, by a notice in writing to take the part work / part incomplete work of any item(s) out

of his hands and shall have power to:

a) Take possession of the site and any materials, construction plant, implements, stores, etc.

thereon, and /or

b) Carry out the part work /part incomplete work of any item(s) by any means at the risk and cost

of the contractor.

The Engineer‐in‐Charge shall determine the amount, if any, is recoverable from the contractor for

completion of the part work / part incomplete work of any item(s) taken out of his hands and

execute at the risk and cost of the contractor, the liability of contractor on account of loss or

damage suffered by employer because of action under this clause shall not exceed 10% of the

tendered value of the work.

In determining the amount, credit shall be given to the contractor with the value of work done in

all respect in the same manner and at the same rate as if it had been carried out by the original

contractor under the terms of his contract, the value of contractor’s materials taken over and

incorporated in the work and use of plant and machinery belonging to the contractor. The

certificate of the Engineer‐in‐Charge as to the value of work done shall be final and conclusive

against the contractor provided always that action under this clause shall only be taken after giving

notice in writing to the contractor. Provided also that if the expenses incurred by the department

are less than the amount payable to the contractor at his agreement rates, the difference shall not

be payable to the contractor.

Any excess expenditure incurred or to be incurred by employer in completing the part work / part

incomplete work of any item (s) or the excess loss of damages suffered or may be suffered by

government as aforesaid after allowing such credit shall without prejudice to any other right or

remedy available to government in law or per as agreement be recovered from any money due to

the contractor on any account, and if such money is insufficient, the contractor shall be called upon

in writing and shall be liable to pay the same within 30 days.

If the contractor fails to pay the required sum within the aforesaid period of 30 days, the Engineer‐

in‐Charge shall have the right to sell any or all of the contractors’ unused materials, constructional

plant, implements, temporary building at site etc. and adjust the proceeds of sale thereof towards

the dues recoverable from the contractor under the contract and if thereafter there remains any

balance outstanding, it shall be recovered in accordance with the provisions of contract.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 92

In the event of above course being adopted by the Engineer‐in‐Charge, the contractor shall have no

claim to compensation for any loss sustained by him by reason of his having purchased or procured

any materials or entered into any engagements or made any advances on any account or with a

view to the execution of the work or the performance of the contract.

CLAUSE 15

Suspension of Work

(i) The Contractor shall, on receipt of the order in writing of the Engineer‐in‐Charge, (whose decision

shall be final and binding on the Contractor) suspend the progress of the works or any part thereof

for such time and in such manner as the Engineer‐in‐Charge may consider necessary so as not to

cause any damage or injury to the work already done or endanger the safety thereof for any of the

following reasons:

a. on account of any default on the part of the Contractor or;

b. for proper execution of the works or part thereof for reasons other than the default of the

Contractor; or

c. for safety of the works or part thereof. The Contractor shall, during such suspension,

properly protect and secure the works to the extent necessary and carry out the instruction

given in that behalf by the Engineer‐in‐Charge.

(ii) If the suspension is ordered for reasons (b) and (c) in sub‐para (i) above.

a. The Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time equal to the period of every such

suspension plus 25%, for completion of the item or group of items of work for which a

separate period of completion is specified in the Contract and of which the suspended

work forms a part, and;

b. If the total period of all such suspensions in respect of an item or group of items of work

for which a separate period of completion is specified in the Contract exceeds thirty days,

the Contractor shall, in addition, be entitled to such compensation as the Engineer‐in‐

Charge may consider reasonable in respect of salaries and/ or wages paid by the

Contractor to his employees and labour at site, remaining idle during the period of


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 93

suspension, adding thereto 2% to cover indirect expenses of the Contractor. Provided the

Contractor submits his claim supported by details to the Engineer‐in‐Charge within fifteen

days of the expiry of the period of 30 days.

iii) If the works or part thereof is suspended on the orders of the Engineer‐in‐Charge for more

than three months at a time, except when suspension is ordered for reason (a) in sub‐para

(i) above, the Contractor may after receipt of such order serve a written notice on the

Engineer‐in‐Charge requiring permission within fifteen days from receipt by the Engineer‐

in‐Charge of the said notice, to proceed with the work or part thereof in regard to which

progress has been suspended and if such permission is not granted within that time, the

Contractor, if he intends to treat the suspension, where it affects only a part of the works

as an omission of such part by the Employer or where it affects whole of the works, as an

abandonment of the works by the Employer, shall within ten days of expiry of such period

of 15 days give notice in writing of his intention to the Engineer‐in‐Charge. In the event of

the Contractor treating the suspension as an abandonment of the Contract by the

Employer, he shall have no claim to payment of any compensation on account of any

profit or advantage which he might have derived from the execution of the work in full

but which he could not derive in consequence of the abandonment. He shall, however, be

entitled to such compensation, as the Engineer‐in‐Charge may consider reasonable, in

respect of salaries and/ or wages paid by him to his employees and labour at site,

remaining idle in consequence adding to the total thereof 2% to cover indirect expenses

of the Contractor provided the Contractor submits his claim supported by details to the

Engineer‐in‐Charge within 30 days of the expiry of the period of 3 months.

Provided, further that the Contractor shall not be entitled to claim any compensation from

the Employer for the loss suffered by him on account of delay by the Employer in the

supply of materials in Schedule 'B' where such delay is covered by difficulties relating to

the supply of wagons, force majeure including non‐allotment of such materials by

controlling authorities, acts of God, acts of enemies of the state/country or any

reasonable cause beyond the control of the Employer.

CLAUSE 16

Action in case Work not done as per specifications

All works under or in course of execution or executed in pursuance of the Contract shall at all times

be open and accessible to the inspection and supervision of the Engineer‐in‐Charge, his authorized

subordinates in charge of the work and all the superior officers, officer of the Quality Control


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 94

Organization of the Employer or any organization engaged by the Employer for Quality Assurance

and of the Chief Technical Examiner's Office, and the Contractor shall, at all times, during the usual

working hours and at all other times at which reasonable notice of the visit of such officers has been

given to the Contractor, either himself be present to receive orders and instructions or have a

responsible agent duly accredited in writing, present for that purpose. Orders given to the

Contractor's agent shall be considered to have the same force as if they had been given to the

Contractor himself.

If it shall appear to the Engineer‐in‐Charge or his authorized subordinates in charge of the work or to

the Chief Engineer‐in‐Charge of Quality Control or his subordinate officers or the officers of the

organization engaged by the Employer for Quality Assurance or to the Chief Technical Examiner or

his subordinate officers, that any work has been executed with unsound, imperfect, or unskillful

workmanship, or with materials or articles provided by him for the execution of the work which are

unsound or of a quality inferior to that contracted or otherwise not in accordance with the Contract,

the Contractor shall, on demand in writing which shall be made within twelve months of the

completion of the work from the Engineer‐in‐Charge specifying the work, materials or articles

complained of notwithstanding that the same may have been passed, certified and paid for,

forthwith rectify, or remove and reconstruct the work so specified in whole or in part, as the case

may require or as the case may be, remove the materials or articles so specified and provide other

proper and suitable materials or articles at his own charge and cost. In the event of his failing to do

so within a period specified by the Engineer‐in‐Charge in his demand aforesaid, then the Contractor

shall be liable to pay compensation at the same rate as under clause 2 of the Contract (for non

completion of the work in time) for this default.

In such case the Engineer‐in‐Charge may not accept the item of work at the rates applicable under

the Contract but may accept such items at reduced rates as the authority specified in Schedule `F'

may consider reasonable during the preparation of on account bills or final bill if the item is so

acceptable without detriment to the safety and utility of the item and the structure or he may reject

the work outright without any payment and/or get it and other connected and incidental items

rectified, or removed and re‐executed at the risk and cost of the Contractor. Decision of the

Engineer‐in‐Charge to be conveyed in writing in respect of the same will be final and binding on the

Contractor.

CLAUSE 17

Contractor Liable for Damages, defects during Maintenance Period (i.e. Defect Liability Period)

and Refund of Security Deposit

If the Contractor or his working people or servants shall break, deface, injure or destroy any part of


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 95

building in which they may be working, or any building, road, road kerb, fence, enclosure, water

pipe, cables, drains, electric or telephone post or wires, trees, grass or grassland, or cultivated

ground contiguous to the premises on which the work or any part is being executed, or if any

damage shall happen to the work while in progress, from any cause whatever or if any defect,

shrinkage or other faults appear in the work within twenty‐four months (six months in the case of

work costing Rs. Ten lakhs and below except road work) after a certificate final or otherwise of its

completion shall have been given by the Engineer‐in‐Charge as aforesaid arising out of defect or

improper materials or workmanship, the Contractor shall upon receipt of a notice in writing on that

behalf make the same good at his own expense or in default the Engineer‐in‐Charge shall cause the

same to be made good by other workmen and deduct the expense from any sums that may be due

or at any time thereafter may become due to the Contractor, or from his security deposit or the

proceeds of sale thereof of a sufficient portion thereof. The security deposit of the Contractor shall

not be refunded before the expiry of twenty‐four (six months in case of work costing Rupees Ten

lakhs and below except road work) after the issue of the certificate final or otherwise, of completion

of work, or till the final bill has been prepared and passed whichever is later. Provided that in the

case of road work if in the opinion of the Engineer‐in‐Charge, half of the security deposit is sufficient

to meet all liabilities of the Contractor under this Contract, half of the Security Deposit will be

refundable after six months and the remaining half after twelve months of the issue of the said

certificate of completion or till the final bill has been prepared and passed whichever is later.

The Contract shall not be considered as completed until a Maintenance Certificate shall have been

signed by the Engineer‐in‐Charge and delivered to the Employer stating that the works have been

completed and maintained to his satisfaction. The Maintenance Certificate shall be given by the

Engineer‐in‐Charge within twenty eight days after the expiry of the Period of Maintenance as

stipulated above or as soon thereafter as any works ordered during such period, shall have been

completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer‐in‐Charge and full effect shall be given to this clause,

notwithstanding any previous entry on the Works or taking the possession, working or using thereof

or any part thereof by the Employer.

In case of Maintenance and Operation works of E & M services, the security deposit deducted from

the Contractor shall be refunded within one month from the date of final payment or within one

month from the date of completion of the maintenance Contract whichever is earlier.

CLAUSE 18

Contractor to Supply Tools & Plants etc.

The Contractor shall provide at his own cost all materials (except such special materials if any, as


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 96

may in accordance with the Contract be supplied from the Engineer‐in‐Charge's stores), machinery,

tools and plants, appliances, implements, ladders, cordage, tackle, scaffolding and temporary works

required for the proper execution of the work, whether original, altered or substituted and whether

included in the specification or other documents forming part of the Contract or referred to in these

conditions or not, or which may be necessary for the purpose of satisfying or complying with the

requirements of the Engineer‐in‐Charge as to any matter as to which under these conditions he is

entitled to be satisfied, or which he is entitled to require together with carriage therefore to and

from the work. The Contractor shall also supply without charge the requisite number of persons

with the means and materials, necessary for the purpose of setting out works and counting,

weighing and assisting the measurement for examination at any time and from time to time of the

work or materials. Failing his so doing the same may be provided by the Engineer‐in‐Charge at the

expense of the Contractor and the expenses may be deducted, from any money due to the

Contractor, under this Contract or otherwise and/or from his security deposit or the proceeds of

sale thereof, or of a sufficient portions thereof.

List of mandatory machinery, Tools and Plants to be deployed at site shall be as specified in

Schedule ‘F’. In case contractor fails to deploy required no. of tools and plants within the time

specified by Engineer –in‐charge an amount of

Rs. 5000/‐ per day will be levied on contractor and will be non refundable.

CLAUSE 18 A

Recovery of Compensation paid to Workman

In every case in which by virtue of the provisions sub‐section (1) of Section 12 of the Workmen's

Compensation Act, 1923, the Employer is obliged to pay compensation to a workman employed by

the Contractor, in execution of the works, the Employer will recover from the Contractor the

amount of the compensation so paid; and, without prejudice to the rights of the Employer under

sub‐section (2) of Section 12 of the said Act, the Employer shall be at liberty to recover such amount

or any part thereof by deducting it from the security deposit or from any sum due by the Employer

to the Contractor whether under this Contract or otherwise. The Employer shall not be bound to

contest any claim made against it under sub‐section (1) Section 12 of the said Act, except on the

written request of the Contractor and upon his giving to the Employer full security for all costs for

which the Employer might become liable in consequence of contesting such claim.

CLAUSE 18 B

Ensuring Payment and Amenities to Workers if Contractor fails

In every case in which by virtue of the provisions of the Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition)


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 97

Act, 1970, and of the Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Central Rules, 1971, the Employer

is obliged to pay any amounts of wages to a workman employed by the Contractor in execution of

the works, or to incur any expenditure in providing welfare and health amenities required to be

provided under the above said Act and the rules under Clause 19H or under the ARAI Contractor's

Labour Regulations, or under the Rules framed by Government from time to time for the protection

of health and sanitary arrangements for workers employed by the Employer's Contractors, the

Employer will recover from the Contractor the amount of wages so paid or the amount of

expenditure so incurred; and without prejudice to the rights of the Employer under sub‐section (2)

of Section 20, and sub‐section (4) of Section 21, of the Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition)

Act, 1970, the Employer shall be at liberty to recover such amount or any part thereof by deducting

it from the security deposit or from any sum due by the Employer to the Contractor whether under

this Contract or otherwise. The Employer shall not be bound to contest any claim made against it

under sub‐section (1) of Section 20, subsection (4) of Section 21, of the said Act, except on the

written request of the Contractor and upon his giving to the Employer full security for all costs for

which the Employer might become liable in contesting such claim.

CLAUSE 19

Labour Laws to be complied by the Contractor

i) The Contractor shall obtain a valid license under the Contract Labour (R&A) Act, 1970 and the

Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Central rules 1971, before the commencement of

the work, and continue to have a valid license until the completion of the work. ‐ The

Contractor shall also abide by the provisions of the Child Labour (Prohibition and Regulation)

Act, 1986.

ii) The Contractor shall also comply with the provisions of Building and Other Construction

Workers (Regulation of Employment and conditions of Service) Act 1996 and the rules made

there under.

iii) The Contractor shall also comply with the Building and Other Construction Worker's Welfare

Cess Act, 1996 and Cess Rules 1998.

Any failure to fulfill these requirements shall attract the penal provisions of this Contract arising out of

the resultant non‐execution of the work.

CLAUSE 19 A Employment of Under‐age Labour


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 98

No labour below the age of fourteen years shall be employed on the work.

CLAUSE 19 B

Payment of wages:

i) The Contractor shall pay to labour employed by him either directly or through sub‐Contractors,

wages not less than fair wages as defined in the ARAI Contractor's Labour Regulations or as per the

provisions of the Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act 1970 and the Contract Labour

(Regulation and Abolition) Central Rules, 1971, wherever applicable.

ii) The Contractor shall, notwithstanding the provisions of any Contract to the contrary, cause to be

paid fair wage to labour indirectly engaged on the work, including any labour engaged by his sub‐

Contractors in connection with the said work, as if the labour had been immediately employed by

him.

iii) In respect of all labour directly or indirectly employed in the works for performance of the

Contractor's part of this Contract, the Contractor shall comply with or cause to be complied with

ARAI Contractor's Labour Regulations from time to time in regard to payment of wages, wage

period, deductions from wages, recovery of wages not paid and deductions unauthorisedly made,

maintenance of wage books or wage slips, publication of scale of wages and other terms of

employment, inspection and submission of periodical returns and all other matters of the like nature

or as per the provisions of the Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act 1970, and the

Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Central Rules, 1971, wherever applicable.

iv) a) The Engineer‐in‐Charge concerned shall have the right to deduct from the moneys due

to the Contractor any sum required or estimated to be required for making good the loss

suffered by a worker or workers by reason of non‐fulfillment of the conditions of the

Contract for the benefit of the workers, non‐payment of wages or of deductions made from

his or their wages which are not justified by their terms of the Contract or non‐observance

of the Regulations. The decision of the Engineer‐in‐Charge on the amount to be deducted

from the amount due to the Contractor shall be final and binding on the Contractor.

b) Under the provision of Minimum Wages (Central) Rules 1950, the Contractor is bound to

allow to the labours directly or indirectly employed in the works one day rest for 6 days

continuous work and pay wages at the same rate as for duty. In the event of default, the

Engineer‐in‐Charge shall have the right to deduct the sum or sums not paid on account of

wages for weekly holidays to any labours and pay the same to the persons entitled


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 99

thereto from any money due to the Contractor by the Engineer‐in‐Charge

Concerned. The decision of the Engineer‐in‐Charge on the amount to be

deducted from the amount due to the Contractor shall be final and binding

on the Contractor.

In the case of Union Territory of Delhi, however, as the all inclusive

minimum daily wages fixed under Notification of the Delhi Administration

No.F.12 (162) MWO/DAB/43884‐91 dated 31.12.1979 as amended from

time to time are inclusive of wages for the weekly day of rest, the question

of extra payment for weekly holiday would not arise.

v) The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Payment of Wages Act, 1936,

Minimum Wages Act, 1948, Employees Liability Act, 1938 Workmen's Compensation Act,

1923, Industrial Disputes Act, 1947, Maternity Benefits Act, 1961, Building and Other

Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act 1996,

Building and Other Construction Worker's Welfare Cess Act, 1996 and the Contractor's

Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act 1970, or the Contractor's Labour (Regulation and

Abolition) Act 1970, or the modifications thereof or any other laws relating thereto and

the rules made there under from time to time.

vi) The Contractor shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Employer against payments to

be made under and for the observance of the laws aforesaid and the ARAI Contractor's

Labour Regulations without prejudice to his right to claim indemnity from his sub‐

Contractors.

vii) The laws aforesaid shall be deemed to be a part of this Contract and any breach thereof

shall be deemed to be a breach of this Contract.

viii) Whatever is the minimum wage for the time being, or if the wage payable is higher than

such wage, such wage shall be paid by the Contractor to the workmen directly without the

intervention of Jamadar and that Jamadar shall not be entitled to deduct or recover any

amount from the minimum wage payable to the workmen as and by way of commission

or otherwise

ix) The Contractor shall ensure that no amount by way of commission or otherwise is

deducted or recovered by the Jamadar from the wage of workmen


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 100

x) The Contractor shall ensure that all employees are covered for all social benefits viz PF,

EPS, EDLI and ESI etc

xi) The Contractor shall submit proof of recovery and remittance of EPF, EPS, EDLI and ESI

etc. along with the monthly/running bill for the next month.

CLAUSE 19 C

Compliance with provisions in Safety Code

In respect of all labour directly or indirectly employed in the work for the performance of the

Contractor's part of this Contract, the Contractor shall at his own expense arrange for the safety

provisions as per ARAI Safety Code framed from time to time and shall at his own expense provide

for all facilities in connection therewith. In case the Contractor fails to make arrangement and

provide necessary facilities as aforesaid he shall be liable to pay a penalty of

Rs.200/‐ for each default and in addition the Engineer‐in‐Charge shall be at liberty to make

arrangement and provide facilities as aforesaid and recover the costs incurred in that behalf from

the Contractor.

CLAUSE 19 D

Submission of Fortnightly Labour Report

The Contractor shall submit by the 4th and 19th of every month, to the Engineer‐in‐Charge a true

statement showing in respect of the second half of the preceding month and the first half of the

current month respectively :

1) The number of labourers employed by him on the work,

2) Their working hours,

3) The wages paid to them,

4) The accidents that occurred during the said fortnight showing the circumstances under

which they happened and the extent of damage and injury caused by them, and

5) The number of female workers who have been allowed maternity benefit

according to Clause 19F and the amount paid to them. Failing which the Contractor

shall be liable to pay to the Employer a sum not exceeding Rs.200/‐ for each default

or materially incorrect statement.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 101

The decision of the Engineer‐in‐Charge shall be final in deducting from any bill due to the Contractor

the amount levied as fine and be binding on the Contractor.

CLAUSE 19 E

Compliance with the Rules on Health and Sanitary arrangements

In respect of all labour directly or indirectly employed in the works for the performance of the

Contractor's part of this Contract, the Contractor shall comply with or cause to be complied with all

the rules framed by ARAI from time to time for the protection of health and sanitary arrangements

for workers employed by the Employer and its Contractors.

CLAUSE 19 F

Maternity Benefits

Leave and pay during leave shall be regulated as follows:

1. Leave :

(i) In the case of delivery ‐ maternity leave not exceeding 8 weeks, 4 weeks up to and including

the day of delivery and 4 weeks following that day,

(ii) In the case of miscarriage up to 3 weeks from the date of miscarriage.

2. Pay:

(i) in the case of delivery ‐ leave pay during maternity leave will be at the rate of the women's

average daily earnings, calculated on total wages earned on the days when full time work was

done during a period of three months immediately preceding the date on which she gives

notice that she expects to be confined or at the rate of Rupee one only a day whichever is

greater.

(ii) In the case of miscarriage ‐ leave pay at the rate of average daily earning calculated on the total

wages earned on the days when full time work was done during a period of three months

immediately preceding the date of such miscarriage.

� Conditions for the grant of Maternity Leave : No maternity leave benefit shall be admissible to a

woman unless she has been employed for a total period of not less than six months immediately

preceding the date on which she proceeds on leave.

�

4 The Contractor shall maintain a register of Maternity (Benefit) in the Prescribed form as shown in

Appendices I and II in the Proforma of Registers attached to ARAI Contractor’s Labour Regulations

and the same shall be kept at the place of work.

CLAUSE 19 G


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 102

Action in case of Non‐observance of Rules and Regulations

In the event of the Contractor (s) committing a default or breach of any of the provisions of ARAI'

Contractor's Labour Regulations and Model Rules for the protection of health and sanitary

arrangements for the workers as amended from time to time or furnishing any information or

submitting or filing any statement under the provisions of the above Regulations and Rules which is

materially incorrect, he/ they shall, without prejudice to any other liability, pay to

the Employer a sum not exceeding Rs. 200/‐ for every default, breach or furnishing, making,

submitting, filing such materially incorrect statements and in the event of the Contractor(s)

defaulting continuously in this respect, the

penalty may be enhanced to Rs. 200/‐ per day for each day of default subject to a maximum of 5 per

cent of the estimated cost of the work put to tender. The decision of the Engineer‐in‐Charge shall

be final and binding on the parties.

Should it appear to the Engineer‐in‐Charge that the Contractor(s) is/ are not properly observing and

complying with the provisions of the ARAI Contractor's Labour Regulations and Model Rules and the

provisions of the Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act 1970, and the Contract Labour (R &

A) Central Rules 1971, for the protection of health and sanitary arrangements for work‐people

employed by the Contractor(s) (hereinafter referred as "the said Rules") the Engineer‐in‐Charge shall

have power to give notice in writing to the Contractor (s) requiring that the said Rules be complied

with and the amenities prescribed therein be provided to the work‐people within a reasonable time

to be specified in the notice. If the Contractor (s) shall fail within the period specified in the notice to

comply with and observe the said Rules and to provide the amenities to the work‐people as

aforesaid, the Engineer‐in‐Charge shall have the power to provide the amenities hereinbefore

mentioned at the cost of the Contractor (s). The Contractor(s) shall erect, make and maintain at

his/their own expense and to approved standards all necessary huts and sanitary arrangements

required for his/their work‐people on the site in connection with the execution of the works, and if

the same shall not have been erected or constructed, according to approved standards, the

Engineer‐in‐

Charge shall have power to give notice in writing to the Contractor(s) requiring that the said huts

and sanitary arrangements be remodeled and/or reconstructed according to approved standards

and if the Contractor (s) shall fail to remodel or reconstruct such huts and sanitary arrangements

according to approved standards within the period specified in the notice, the Engineer‐in‐Charge

shall have the power to remodel or reconstruct such huts and sanitary arrangements according to

approved standards at the cost of the Contractor(s).

CLAUSE 19 H


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 103

Provision of Labour Camp with Amenities

The Contractor (s) shall at his/their own cost provide his/their labour with a sufficient number of

huts (hereinafter referred to as the camp) of the following specifications on a suitable plot of land to

be approved by the Engineer‐in‐Charge.

1) a) The minimum height of each hut at the eaves level shall be 2.10m (7ft.) and the floor area to

be provided will be at the rate of 2.7 sq.m. (30 sq.ft.) for each member of the worker's

family staying with the labour.

b) The Contractor(s) shall in addition construct suitable cooking places having at minimum area

of 1.80m x 1.50m (6'x5') adjacent to the hut for each family.

c) The Contractor(s) shall also construct temporary latrines and urinals for the use of the

labourers each on the scale of not less than four per each one hundred of the total strength,

separate latrines and urinals being provided for women.

d) The Contractor (s) shall construct sufficient number of bathing and washing places, one unit

for every 25 persons residing in the camp.These bathing and washing places shall be suitably

screened.

2) a) All the huts shall have walls of sun‐dried or burnt bricks laid in mud mortar or other

suitable local materials as may be approved by Engineer‐in‐Charge. In case of sun‐dried

bricks, the walls should be plastered with mud gobri on both sides. The floor may be kutcha

but plastered with mud gobri and shall be at least 15 cm (6") above the surrounding ground.

The roofs shall be laid with thatch or any other materials as may be approved by the

Engineer‐in‐Charge and the Contractor shall ensure that throughout the period of their

occupation the roofs remain water‐tight.

b) The Contractor(s) shall provide each hut with proper ventilation.

c) All doors, windows, and ventilators shall be provided with suitable leaves for

security purposes.

d) There shall be kept an open space of at least 7.2m (8 yards) between the rows of

huts which may be reduced to 6m (20 ft.) according to the availability of site with

the approval of the Engineer‐in‐Charge. Back to back construction will be allowed.

3) Water Supply ‐ The Contractor(s) shall provide adequate supply of water for the use of labourers. ‐


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 104

The provisions shall not be less than two gallons of pure and wholesome water per head per day for

drinking purposes and three gallons of clean water per head per day for bathing and washing

purposes. ‐Where piped water supply is available, supply shall be at stand posts and where the supply

is from well or river, tanks which may be of metal or masonry, shall be provided. The Contractor (s)

shall also at his/their own cost make arrangements for laying pipe lines for water supply to his/ their

labour camp from the existing mains wherever available, and shall pay all fees and charges therefor.

4) The site selected for the camp shall be high ground, removed from jungle.

5) Disposal of Excreta ‐ The Contractor (s) shall make necessary arrangements for the disposal of

excreta from the latrines by trenching or incineration which shall be according to the requirements

laid down by the Local Health Authorities. If trenching or incineration is not allowed the Contractor (s)

shall make arrangements for the removal of the excreta through the Municipal Committee/authority

and inform it about the number of labourers employed so that arrangements may be made by such

committee/ authority for the removal of the excreta. All charges on this account shall be borne by the

Contractor and paid direct by him to the Municipality/ authority. The Contractor shall provide

one sweeper for every eight seats in case of dry system.

6) Drainage ‐ The Contractor(s) shall provide efficient arrangements for draining away sullage

water so as to keep the camp neat and tidy.

7) The Contractor(s) shall make necessary arrangements for keeping the camp area sufficiently

lighted to avoid accidents to the workers.

8) Sanitation ‐ The Contractor(s) shall make arrangements for conservancy and sanitation in the

labour ‐camps according to the rules of‐ the Local Public Health and Medical Authorities.

CLAUSE 19 I

Compliance with instructions on removal from site of undesirable person

The Engineer‐in‐Charge may require the Contractor to dismiss or remove from the site of the work

any person or persons in the Contractors' employ upon the work who may be incompetent or

misconduct himself and the Contractor shall forthwith comply with such requirements.

CLAUSE 19 J


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 105

Unauthorized occupation of building during construction

It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to see that the building under construction is not

occupied by any body unauthorisedly during construction, and is handed over to the Engineer‐in‐

Charge with vacant possession of complete building. If such building though completed is occupied

illegally, then the Engineer‐in‐Charge shall have the option to refuse to accept the said building/

buildings in that position. Any delay in acceptance on this account will be treated as the delay in

completion and for such delay a levy upto 5% of tendered value of work may be imposed by the

Engineer‐in‐Charge whose decision shall be final both with regard to the justification and quantum

and be binding on the Contractor.

However, the Engineer‐in‐Charge, through a notice, may require the Contractor to remove the

illegal occupation any time on or before construction and delivery.

CLAUSE 19 K

Employment of skilled / semi skilled workers

The contractor shall, at all stages of work, deploy skilled/semi skilled tradesman who are qualified

and possess certificate in particular trade from CPWD training Institute /Industrial training Institute

/ National Institute of construction Management and Research (NICMAR) National Academy of

construction, CIDC or any similar reputed and recognized institute managed / certified by State

/Central govt. The number of such qualified tradesmen shall not be less than 20% of total skilled

/semi skilled workers required in each trade at any stage of work . The contractor shall submit

number of man days required in respect of each trade, its scheduling and the list of qualified

tradesmen alongwith requisite certificate from recognized institute to Engineer‐in‐Charge for

approval. Notwithstanding such approval, if the tradesmen are found to have inadequate skill to

execute the work of respective trade, the contractor shall substitute such tradesmen within two

days of written notice from Engineer‐in‐Charge. Failure on the part of contractor to obtain

approval of Engineer‐in‐Charge or failure to deploy qualified tradesmen will attract a compensation

to be paid by contractor at the rate of Rs. 100 pre such tradesman per day. Decision of Engineer in

charge as to whether particular tradesman possesses requisite skill and amount of compensation in

case of default shall be final and binding.

Provided always, that the provisions of this clause, shall not be applicable for works with estimated

cost put to tender being less than Rs. 5 crores

CLAUSE 20


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 106

Minimum Wages Act to be complied with

The Contractor shall comply with all the provisions of the Minimum Wages Acts, 1948, and Contract

Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970, amended from time to time and rules framed

thereunder and other labour laws affecting Contract labour that may be brought into force from

time to time.

CLAUSE 21

Work not to be sublet, Action in case of insolvency & Illegal Gratification etc.

The Contract shall not be assigned or sublet without the written approval of the Engineer‐in‐Charge.

The permitted subletting of work by the Contractor shall not establish any contractual relationship

between the Sub‐Contractor and the Employer and shall not absolve the Contractor of any

responsibility under the Contract. The execution of work by petty Contractors under the direct and

personal Supervision of the Contractor or his agent shall not be deemed to be subletting under this

Clause. And if the Contractor shall assign or sublet his Contract, or attempt to do so, or become

insolvent or commence any insolvency proceedings or make any composition with his creditors or

attempt to do so, or if any bribe, gratuity, gift, loan, perquisite, reward or advantage pecuniary or

otherwise, shall either directly or indirectly, be given, promised or offered by the Contractor, or any

of his servants or agent to any public officer or person in the employ of the Employer in any way

relating to his office or employment, or if any such officer or person shall become in any way directly

or indirectly interested in the Contract, the Engineer‐in‐Charge on behalf of the Employer shall have

power to adopt the course specified in Clause 3 hereof in the interest of the Employer and in the

event of such course being adopted the consequences specified in the said Clause 3 shall ensue.

CLAUSE 22

Payment of Compensation

All sums payable by way of compensation under any of these conditions shall be considered as

reasonable compensation to be applied to the use of the Employer without reference to the actual

loss or damage sustained and whether or not any damage shall have been sustained.

CLAUSE 23

Changes in firm's Constitution to be intimated

Where the Contractor is a partnership firm, the previous approval in writing of the Engineer‐in‐


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 107

Charge shall be obtained before any change is made in the constitution of the firm. Where the

Contractor is an individual or a Hindu undivided family business concern such approval as aforesaid

shall likewise be obtained before the Contractor enters into any partnership agreement where

under the partnership firm would have the right to carry out the works hereby undertaken by the

Contractor. If previous approval as aforesaid is not obtained, the Contract shall be deemed to have

been assigned in contravention of Clause 21 hereof and the same action may be taken, and the

same consequences shall ensue as provided in the said Clause 21.

CLAUSE 24

Execution of works under the Direction of the Engineer‐in‐Charge

All works to be executed under the Contract shall be executed under the direction and subject to

the approval in all respects of the Engineer‐in‐Charge who shall be entitled to direct at what point or

points and in what manner they are to be commenced, and from time to time carried on.

CLAUSE 25

Settlement of Disputes & Arbitration

Except where otherwise provided in the Contract all questions and disputes relating to the meaning

of the specifications, design, drawings and instructions herein before mentioned and as to the

quality of workmanship or materials used on the work or as to any other question, claim, right,

matter or thing whatsoever in any way arising out of or relating to the Contract, designs, drawings,

specifications, estimates, instructions, orders or these conditions or otherwise concerning the works

or the execution or failure to execute the same whether arising during the progress of the work or

after the cancellation, termination, completion or abandonment thereof shall be dealt with as

mentioned hereinafter:

1) If the Contractor considers any work demanded of him to be outside the requirements of the

Contract, or disputes any drawings, record or decision given in writing by the Engineer on any

matter in connection with or arising out of the Contract or carrying out of the work, to be

unacceptable, he shall promptly within 15 days request the Engineer‐in‐Charge in writing for written

instruction or decision. Thereupon, the Engineer‐in‐Charge shall give his written instructions or

decision within a period of one month from the receipt of the Contractor's letter.

If the Engineer‐in‐Charge fails to give his instructions or decision in writing within the aforesaid

period or if the Contractor is dissatisfied with the instructions or decision of the Engineer‐in‐Charge,

the Contractor may, within 15 days of the receipt of the Engineer‐in‐Charge decision, appeal to the

Appellate Authority specified in Schedule 'F' who shall afford an opportunity to the Contractor to be


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 108

heard, if the latter so desires, and to offer evidence in support of his appeal. The Appellate Authority

shall give his decision within 30 days of receipt of Contractor's appeal. If the Contractor is

dissatisfied with this decision, the Contractor shall within a period of 30 days from receipt of the

decision, give notice to the Appointing Authority specified in Schedule 'F' for appointment of

arbitrator failing which the said decision shall be final binding and conclusive and not referable to

adjudication by the arbitrator.

2) Except where the decision has become final, binding and conclusive in terms of Sub Para (1) above,

disputes or difference shall be referred for adjudication through arbitration by a sole arbitrator

appointed by the Appointing Authority. The selection of Arbitrator by the Appointing Authority will

be governed by the fact whether the dispute is (i) between two Public Sector Enterprises or (ii)

between a Public Sector Enterprise and a Government Department or (iii) Otherwise. In case the

dispute does not fall under item (i) or (ii) of this Para the Appointing Authority, shall appoint the sole

Arbitrator. Within 30 days of receipt of notice from the Contractor to refer the dispute for

Arbitration, the Appointing Authority stipulated in Schedule F shall send to the Contractor a list of

three serving officers of ARAI of appropriate status depending on the total value of claim, who have

not been connected with the work under the Contract. The Contractor shall, within 15 days of

receipt of this list select and communicate to the Appointing Authority, the name of one officer from

the list who shall then be appointed as the Sole Arbitrator. If the Contractor fails to communicate

his selection of name within the stipulated period, the Appointing Authority shall without delay,

select one officer from the list and appoint him as the Sole Arbitrator.

3) In case the dispute falls under item (i) or (ii) of Sub Para (2) above, the Appointing Authority shall

refer the dispute for Arbitration by one of the Arbitrators in the Department of Public Enterprises to

be nominated by the Secretary to the Govt. of India in charge of the Department of Public

Enterprises. The Arbitration & Conciliation Act 1996 shall not be applicable to the Arbitration in such

a case. The Award of the Arbitrator shall be binding upon the parties to the dispute, provided

however that any party aggrieved by such award may make a further reference for setting aside or

revision of the Award to the Law Secretary, Department of Legal Affairs, Ministry of Law & Justice,

Govt. of India. Upon such reference, the dispute shall be decided by the Law Secretary or the Special

Secretary/Additional Secretary when so authorized by the Law Secretary, whose decision shall bind

the parties finally and conclusively. The Parties to the dispute will share equally the cost of

Arbitration as intimated by the Arbitrator. The Arbitrator shall make a speaking Award and the

Award may be published on plain paper. In the event of the Sole Arbitrator dying, neglecting or

refusing to act or being unable to act for any reason, it shall be lawful for the Secretary to the Govt.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 109

of India in charge of the Department of Public Enterprises to nominate another person in place of

the outgoing Arbitrator to act as Sole Arbitrator. The new Arbitrator as appointed shall as far as

practicable proceeds from the stage where it was left by the outgoing Arbitrator.

It is a term of this Contract that the party invoking arbitration shall give a list of disputes with

amount claimed in respect of each such dispute along with the notice for appointment of arbitrator

and giving reference to the rejection by the Appellate Authority of the appeal in the form at

Annexure `V' It is a term of this Contract that "Excepted matters" or matters where the decision of

the Engineer‐in‐Charge or any higher authority has been stipulated as "Final and Binding" in various

Clauses of Contract, stand specifically excluded from the purview of Arbitration Clause.

It is also a term of this Contract that no person other than a person appointed by such Appointing

Authority as aforesaid should act as arbitrator and if for any reason that is not possible, the matter

shall not be referred to arbitration at all.

It is also a term of this Contract that if the Contractor does not make any demand for appointment

of arbitrator in respect of any claims in writing as aforesaid within 120 days of receiving the

intimation from the Engineer‐in‐Charge that the final bill is ready for payment, the claim of the

Contractor shall be deemed to have been waived and absolutely barred and the Employer shall be

discharged and released of all liabilities under the Contract in respect of these claims.

4) Obligation during pendency of arbitration

Work under the Contract shall unless otherwise directed by the Engineer‐in‐Charge continue during

the Arbitration proceeding and no payment due or payable by the Employer shall be withheld on

account of such proceedings, provided however, it shall be open for the Arbitrator to consider and

decide whether or not such work should continue during arbitration proceedings.

5) Signing of "No Claim" certificate

The Contractor shall not be entitled to make any claim whatsoever against the Employer under or

by virtue of or arising out of the Contract, nor shall the Employer entertain or consider any such

claim if made by the Contractor after he shall have signed a "No Claim Certificate" in favour of the

Employer in such form as stipulated by the Employer, after the works are finally measured up. The

Contractor shall be debarred from disputing the correctness of any item covered by the "No Claim

Certificate" or demanding a reference to arbitration in respect thereof.

6) Parties to be impleaded in the arbitration proceedings


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 110

In case of any claims by the Contractor, the Employer as well as ARAI acting as Agent to the

Employer will implead themselves as parties to the Arbitration Proceedings.

7) The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions of the Arbitration and

Conciliation Act, 1996 (26 of 1996) or any statutory modifications or reenactment thereof and the

rules made there under and for the time being in force shall apply to the arbitration proceeding

under this clause, except for cases falling under para 2 (i) or (ii).

8) It is also a term of this Contract that the arbitrator shall adjudicate on only such disputes as are

referred to him by the appointing authority and give separate award against each dispute and claim

referred to him and in all cases where the total amount of the claims by any party exceeds Rs.1,

00,000/‐ the arbitrator shall give reasons for the award.

9) It is also a term of the Contract that where the arbitral award is for the payment of money, no

interest shall be payable on whole or any part of the money for any period till the date on which the

award is made.

10) It is also a term of this Contract that the arbitrator shall indicate

i) The Award amount payable on the date of award

ii) The period within which it is to be paid and

iii) Simple rate of interest applicable beyond the stipulated free period for making payment of

Award amount.

11) It is also a term of the Contract that if any fees are payable to the arbitrator these shall be paid

equally by both the parties.

12) It is also a term of the Contract that the arbitrator shall be deemed to have entered on the reference

on the date he issues notice to both the parties calling them to submit their statement of claims

and counter statement of claims. The venue of the arbitration shall be such place as may be fixed by

the arbitrator in his sole discretion. The fees, if any, of the arbitrator shall, if required to be paid

before the award is made and published, be paid half and half by each of the parties. The cost of the

reference and of the award (including the fees, if any, of the arbitrator) shall be in the discretion of

the arbitrator who may direct to any by whom and in what manner, such costs or any part thereof

shall be paid and fix or settle the amount of costs to be so paid.

CLAUSE 26


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 111

Contractor to Indemnify the Employer against Patent Rights

The Contractor shall fully indemnify and keep indemnified the Employer against any action, claim or

proceeding relating to infringement or use of any patent or design or any alleged patent or design

rights and shall pay any royalties which may be payable in respect of any article or part thereof

included in the Contract. In the event of any claims made under or action brought against the

Employer in respect of any such matters as aforesaid the Contractor shall be immediately notified

thereof and the Contractor shall be at liberty, at his own expenses, to settle any dispute or to

conduct any litigation that may arise therefrom, provided that the Contractor shall not be liable to

indemnify the Employer if the infringement of the patent or design or any alleged patent or design

right is the direct result of an order passed by the Engineer‐in‐Charge in this behalf.

CLAUSE 27

Lump sum Provisions in Tender

When the estimate on which a tender is made includes lump sum in respect of parts of the work,

the Contractor shall be entitled to payment in respect of the items of work involved or the part of

the work in question at the same rates as are payable under this Contract for such items, or if the

part of the work in question is not, in the opinion of the Engineer‐in‐Charge payable of

measurement, the Engineer‐in‐Charge may at his discretion pay the lumpsum amount entered in the

estimate, and the certificate in writing of the Engineer‐in‐Charge shall be final and conclusive against

the Contractor with regard to any sum or sums payable to him under the provisions of the Clause.

CLAUSE 28

Action where no Specifications are specified

In the case of any class of work for which there is no such specification as referred to in Clause 11,

such work shall be carried out in accordance with the Bureau of Indian Standards Specifications. In

case there is no such specification in Bureau of India Standards, the work shall be carried out as per

manufacturer's specifications. In case there are no such specifications as required above, the work

shall be carried out in all respects in accordance with the instructions and requirements of the

Engineer‐in‐Charge.

CLAUSE 29

With‐holding and lien in respect of sums due from Contractor

i) Whenever any claim or claims for payment of a sum of money arises out of or under the Contract or

against the Contractor, the Engineer‐in‐Charge or the Employer shall be entitled to withhold and

also have a lien to retain such sum or sums in whole or in part from the Security Deposit and


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 112

Performance Guarantee, if any deposited by the Contractor and for the purpose aforesaid, the

Engineer‐in‐Charge or the Employer shall be entitled to withhold the Security deposit and

performance guarantee, if any, furnished as the case may be and also have a lien over the same

pending finalization or adjudication of any such claim. In the event of the security deposit and

performance guarantee, being insufficient to cover the claimed amount or amounts or if no

security deposit and Performance Guarantee and Additional Performance Guarantee has been taken

from the Contractor, the Engineer‐in‐Charge or the Employer shall be entitled to withhold and have

a lien to retain to the extent of such claimed amount or amounts referred to above, from any sum or

sums found payable or which may at any time thereafter become payable to the Contractor under

the same Contract or any other Contract with the Engineer‐in‐Charge of the Employer or any

Contracting person through the Engineer‐in‐Charge pending finalisation of adjudication of any such

claim.

It is an agreed term of the Contract that the sum of money or moneys so withheld or retained under

the lien referred by the Engineer‐in‐Charge or the Employer will be kept withheld or retained as

such by the Engineer‐in‐Charge or the Employer till the claim arising out of or under the Contract is

determined by the arbitrator (if the Contract is governed by the arbitration clause) or by the

competent court, as the case may be and that the Contractor will have no claim for interest or

damages whatsoever on any account in respect of such withholding or retention under the lien

referred to above and duly notified as such to the Contractor. For the purpose of this clause, where

the Contractor is a partnership firm or a limited company, the Engineer‐in‐Charge or the Employer

shall be entitled to withhold and also have a lien to retain towards such claimed amount or amounts

in whole or in part from any sum found payable to any partner/ limited company as the case may

be, whether in his individual capacity or otherwise.

ii) The Employer shall have the right to cause an audit and technical examination of the works and the

final bills of the Contractor including supporting vouchers, abstract, etc. to be made after payment

of the final bill and if as a result of such audit and technical examination any sum is found to have

been overpaid in respect of any work done by the contractor under the Contract or any work

claimed to have been done by him under the Contract and found not to have been executed, the

Contractor shall be liable to refund the amount of overpayment and it shall be lawful for the

Employer to recover the same from him in the manner prescribed in sub‐clause (i) of this clause or

in any other manner legally permissible; and if it is found that the Contractor was paid less than

what was due to him under the Contract in respect of any work executed by him under it, the

amount of such under payment shall be duly paid by the Employer to the Contractor, without any

interest thereon whatsoever.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 113

Provided that the Employer shall not be entitled to recover any sum overpaid, nor the Contractor

shall be entitled to payment of any sum paid short where such payment has been agreed upon

between the Engineer‐in‐Charge on the one hand and the Contractor on the other under any term

of the Contract permitting payment for work after assessment by the Engineer‐in‐Charge.

CLAUSE 29 A

Lien in respect of claims in other Contracts

Any sum of money due and payable to the Contractor (including the security deposit and

Performance Guarantee and Additional Performance Guarantee returnable to him) under the

Contract may be withheld or retained by way of lien by the Engineer‐in‐Charge or the Employer or

any other contracting person or persons through Engineer‐in‐Charge against any claim of the

Engineer‐in‐Charge or the Employer or such other person or persons in respect of payment of a sum

of money arising out of or under any other Contract made by the Contractor with the Engineer‐in‐

Charge or the Employer or with such other person or persons.

It is an agreed term of the Contract that the sum of money so withheld or retained under this clause

by the Engineer‐in‐Charge or the Employer will be kept withheld or retained as such by the

Engineer‐in‐Charge or the Employer till his claim arising out of the same Contract or any other

Contract is either mutually settled or determined by the arbitration clause or by the competent

court, as the case may be and that the Contractor shall have no claim for interest or damages

whatsoever on this account or on any other ground in respect of any sum of money withheld or

retained under this clause and duly notified as such to the Contractor.

CLAUSE 30 ‐ BLANK

CLAUSE 31

Unfiltered water supply required for the work

The Contractor(s) shall make his/their own arrangements for supply of water required for the work

including its proper storage and nothing extra will be paid for the same. This will be subject to the

following conditions.

i) That the water used by the Contractor (s) shall be fit for construction purposes to the

satisfaction of the Engineer‐in‐Charge.

ii) The Engineer‐in‐Charge shall make alternative arrangements for supply of water at the risk

and cost of Contractor (s) if the arrangements made by the Contractor(s) for procurement

of water are in the opinion of the Engineer‐in‐Charge, unsatisfactory.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 114

CLAUSE 31 A

Employer's water supply, if available

Water if available may be supplied to the Contractor by the Employer subject to the following

conditions:

i) The water charges @1% shall be recovered on gross amount of the work done.

ii) The Contractor (s) shall make his/their own arrangement of water connection and laying of

pipelines from existing main of source of supply.

iii) The employer does not guarantee to maintain uninterrupted supply of water and it will be

incumbent on the Contractor(s) to make alternative arrangements for water at his/their

own cost in the event of any temporary break down in the Employer's water main so that

the progress of his/their work is not held up for want of water. No claim of damage or

refund of water charges will be entertained on account of such break down.

iv) In case of water supply being available from MIDC pipeline , contractor shall prepare all the

applications on behalf of Employer , obtained the permission for such construction water

connection, lay the pipeline, install a meter, at his own cost and pay all the initial charges

and running bills of water to MIDC on Employer’s behalf. In case contractor fails to make

such payments then the amount will be recovered through running bills by the Employer.

CLAUSE 32 ‐ BLANK

CLAUSE 33 ‐ BLANK

CLAUSE 34 ‐ BLANK

CLAUSE 35 ‐ DELETED

CLAUSE 36

Employment of Technical Staff and employees

Contractor's Superintendence, Supervision, Technical Staff & Employees.

i) The Contractor shall provide all necessary superintendence during execution of the work

and as long thereafter as may be necessary for proper fulfilling of the obligations under the

Contract.

The Contractor shall immediately after receiving letter of acceptance of the tender and


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 115

before commencement of the work, intimate in writing to the Engineer‐in‐Charge the name,

qualifications, experience, age, address and other particulars along with certificates, of the

principal technical representative and deputy technical representative to be in charge of the

work. Such qualifications and experience shall not be lower than those specified in Schedule

'F'. The Engineer‐in‐charge shall within five working days of receipt of such communication

intimate in writing his approval or otherwise of such a representative to the Contractor. Any

such approval may at any time be withdrawn and in case of such withdrawal the Contractor

shall appoint another such representative according to the provisions of this clause.

Decision of the Engineer‐in‐Charge shall be final and binding on the Contractor in this

respect. Such a principal technical representative and deputy technical representative shall

be appointed by the Contractor soon after receipt of the approval from Engineer‐in‐Charge

and shall be available at site within fifteen days of start of work.

All the provisions applicable to the principal technical representative under the Clause will

also be applicable to other technical representative(s). The principal technical

representative and/or other technical representative shall be present at the site of work for

supervision at all times when any construction activity is in progress and also present

himself/themselves as required to the Engineer‐in‐Charge and/or his representative to take

instructions. Instructions given to the principal technical representative or other technical

representative shall be deemed to have the same force as if these have been given to the

Contractor. The principal technical representative and/or other technical representative

shall be actually available at site fully during all stages of execution of work, during recording

of measurement of works and whenever so required by the Engineer‐in‐Charge and shall

also note down instructions conveyed by the Engineer‐in‐Charge or his designated

representative in the site order book and shall affix his/their signature in token of noting

down the instructions and in token of acceptance of measurements/test checked

measurements. The representative shall not look after any other work. Substitutes duly

approved by Engineer‐in‐charge in similar manner as aforesaid shall be provided in the

event of absence of any of the representative by more than two days.

If the Engineer‐in‐Charge, whose decision in this respect is final and binding on the

Contractor, is convinced that no such technical representative is/are effectively appointed

or is/ are effectively attending or fulfilling the provision of this clause, a recovery (non

refundable) shall be effected from the Contractor as specified in para (iv) below and the

decision of the Engineer‐in‐Charge as recorded in the site order book and measurement

recorded/test checked in Measurement Books shall be final and binding on the Contractor.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 116

Further if the Contractor fails to appoint a suitable Principal / deputy technical

representative or other technical representative and if such appointed persons are not

effectively present or are absent by more than 2 days without duly approved substitutes or

do not discharge their responsibilities satisfactorily, the Engineer‐in‐Charge shall have full

powers to suspend the execution of the work until such date as another suitable technical

representative is/are appointed and the Contractor shall be held responsible for the delay

so caused to the work. The Contractor shall submit a certificate of employment of the

technical representative (s) along with every on account bill/final bill and shall produce

evidence if at any time so required by the Engineer‐in‐Charge.

ii) The Contractor shall provide and employ on the site only such technical assistants as are

skilled and experienced in their respective fields and such foremen and supervisory staff as

are competent to give proper supervision to the work.

The Contractor shall provide and employ skilled, semiskilled and unskilled labour as is

necessary for proper and timely execution of the work.

The Engineer‐in‐Charge shall be at liberty to object to and require the Contractor to remove

from the works any person who in his opinion misconducts himself, or is incompetent or

negligent in the performance of his duties or whose employment is otherwise considered by

the Engineer‐in‐Charge to be undesirable. Such person shall not be employed again at

works site without the written permission of the Engineer‐in‐Charge and the persons so

removed shall be replaced as soon as possible by competent substitutes.

iii) Supporting Engineers

For effective supervision of the Works, the Contractor must depute adequate number of

technical assistants who are skilled and experienced in their respective callings.

a) Recovery for non deployment of Engineers

Qualification Rate of recovery per month for non fulfilling provisions of Clause 36 (i)

i) Project Manager Rs. 55,000/‐

ii) Deputy Project Manager Rs. 45,000/‐

CLAUSE 37


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 117

Levy/Taxes payable by Contractor

The Contractor shall have valid registration with Excise Deptt. for Service Tax and with Works

Contract Cell of Sales Tax Deptt. of the State and shall submit a copy of the same to the Engineer

along with first running account bill.

i) Sales Tax/VAT (except Service Tax) or any other Tax on materials, Sales Tax on Works (if

any) and Tax of any type on Labour Service Tax and Cess under "The Building and other

Construction Workers Welfare Cess Act 1996 and Cess Rules 1998" in respect of this

Contract shall be payable by the Contractor and the Employer, shall not entertain any claim

whatsoever in this respect.

ii) The Contractor shall deposit royalty and obtain necessary permit for supply of the red bajri,

stone, kankar, etc. from local authorities.

iii) If pursuant to or under any law, notification or order any royalty, cess or the like becomes

payable by the Employer and does not any time become payable by the Contractor to the

State Government or Local authorities in respect of any material used by the Contractor in

the works then in such a case, it shall be lawful to the Employer and it will have the right

and be entitled to recover the amount paid in the circumstances as aforesaid from dues of

the Contractor.

iv) Tax Deduction at Source will be done by the Employer towards Income Tax, Sales Tax on

works, Labour Welfare Cess and any other tax (except Service Tax) as required by law, from

the Running Account and Final Bills.

CLAUSE 38

Conditions for reimbursement of levy/taxes if levied after receipt of tenders

i) All tendered rates shall be inclusive of all taxes and levies (except Service tax) payable

under respective statutes. However, if any further tax or levy or cess is imposed by statute,

after the last stipulated date for the receipt of tender including extensions if any and the

contractor thereupon necessarily and properly pays such taxes levies/cess, the contractor

shall be reimbursed the amount so paid, provided such payments, if any, is not, in the

opinion of the superintending engineer (whose decision shall be final and binding on the

contractor) attributable to delay in execution of work within the control of the contractor.

ii) The contractor shall keep necessary books of accounts and other documents for the

purpose of this condition as may be necessary and shall allow inspection of the same by a

duly authorized representative of the Employer and /or the Engineer‐in‐charge and shall

also furnish such other information/ document as the Engineer‐in‐charge may require from


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 118

time to time.

iii) The contractor shall, within a period of 30 days of the imposition of any such further tax or

levy or cess, give a written notice thereof to the Engineer‐in‐charge that the same is given

pursuant to this condition, together with all necessary information relating thereto.

CLAUSE 39

Termination of Contract on death of Contractor

Without prejudice to any of the rights or remedies under this Contract if the Contractor dies, the

Engineer‐in‐Charge on behalf of the Employer shall have the option of terminating the Contract

without compensation to the Contractor.

CLAUSE 40

If a relative working in the Employer's Organisation then the Contractor not allowed to tender.

The Contractor shall not be permitted to tender for works if his near relative is working with ARAI

or in the ARAI concerned SBU Unit (responsible for award and execution of Contracts) in which his

near relative is posted as Sr.Executive or at any higher grade. He shall also intimate the names of

persons who are working with him in any capacity or are subsequently employed by him and who

are near relatives to any Sr.Executive or any higher level office in the Employer’s organization. Any

breach of this condition by the Tenderer / Contractor would render his tender to be rejected.

NOTE: By the term "near relatives" is meant wife, husband, parents and grand parents, children and

grand children, brothers and sisters, uncles, aunts and cousins and their corresponding in‐laws.

CLAUSE 41

No Engineer employed by the Employer to work as Contractor within one year of retirement

No engineer or Sr. Executive employed in engineering or administrative duties in an engineering

department of the Employer shall work as a Contractor or employee of a Contractor for a period of

one year after his retirement or resignation from the Employer's service without the previous

permission of the Employer in writing. This Contract is liable to be cancelled if either the Contractor

or any of his employees is found at any time to be such a person who had not obtained the

permission of the Employer as aforesaid, before submission of the tender or engagement in the

Contractor's service, as the case may be.

CLAUSE 42 ‐ DELETED

CLAUSE 43


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 119

Compensation during warlike situations

The work (whether fully constructed or not) and all materials, machines, tools and plants,

scaffolding, temporary buildings and other things connected therewith shall be at the risk of the

Contractor until the work has been delivered to the Engineer‐in‐Charge and a certificate from him to

that effect obtained. In the event of the work or any materials properly brought to the site for

incorporation in the work being damaged or destroyed in consequence of hostilities or warlike

operation, the Contractor shall when ordered (in writing) by the Engineer‐in‐Charge to remove any

debris from the site, collect and properly stack or remove in store all serviceable materials salvaged

from the damaged work and shall be paid at the Contract rates in accordance with the provision of

this agreement for the work of clearing the site of debris, stacking or removal of serviceable

material and for reconstruction of all works ordered by the Engineer‐in‐Charge, such payment being

in addition to compensation up to the value of the work originally executed before being damaged

or destroyed and not paid for. In case of works damaged or destroyed but not already measured

and paid for, the compensation shall be assessed by the Engineer‐in‐Charge. The Contractor shall be

paid for the damages/destruction suffered and for restoring the material at the rate based on

analysis of rates tendered for in accordance with the provision of the Contract. The certificate of

the Engineer‐in‐Charge regarding the quality and quantity of materials and the purpose for which

they were collected shall be final and binding on all parties to this Contract. Provided always that no

compensation shall be payable for any loss in consequence of hostilities or warlike operations

(a) Unless the Contractor had taken all such precautions against air raid as are deemed necessary by

the ARP Officer or the Engineer‐in‐Charge

(b) For any material etc. not on the site of the work or for any tools, plant, machinery, scaffolding,

temporary building and other things not intended for the work.

In the event of the Contractor having to carry out reconstruction as aforesaid, he shall be allowed

such extension of time for its completion as is considered reasonable by the Engineer‐in‐Charge.

CLAUSE 44

Apprentices Act provisions to be complied with

The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Apprentices Act, 1961 and the rules and

orders issued there under from time to time. If he fails to do so, his failure will be a breach of the

Contract and the Engineer‐in‐Charge may, in his discretion, cancel the Contract. The Contractor

shall also be liable for any pecuniary liability arising on account of any violation by him of the

provisions of the said Act.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 120

CLAUSE 45

Release of Security Deposit after Labour Officer Clearance

Security Deposit of the work shall not be refunded till the Contractor produces a clearance

certificate from the Labour Officer. As soon as the work is virtually complete the Contractor shall

apply for the clearance certificate to the Labour Officer under intimation to the Engineer‐in‐Charge.

The Engineer‐in‐Charge, on receipt of the said communication, shall write to the Labour Officer to

intimate if any complaint is pending against the Contractor in respect of the work. If no complaint is

pending, on record till after 3 months after completion of the work and/or no communication is

received from the Labour Officer to this effect till six months after the date of completion, it will be

deemed to have received the clearance certificate and the Security Deposit will be released if

otherwise due.

ADDITIONAL CLAUSES OF CONTRACT

46.0 General Obligations of the Contractor

46.1 Contractor’s General Responsibilities

a) The Contractor shall, subject to the provisions of the Contract and with due care and diligence,

execute and maintain the Works and provide all labour, including the supervision thereof,

materials, constructional plant and all other things, whether of a temporary or permanent nature,

required in and for such execution and maintenance, so far as the necessity for providing the same

is specified in or is reasonably to be inferred from the Contract.

b) The Contractor shall take full responsibility for the adequacy, stability and safety of all site

operations and methods of construction, provided that the Contractor shall not be responsible,

except as may be expressly provided in the Contract, for the design or specification of the

permanent works, or for the design or specification of any temporary works prepared by the

Employer.

c) The Contractor shall carry out all the works strictly in accordance with the drawings, details and

instructions of the Engineer‐in‐Charge. In the opinion of the Engineer‐in‐Charge if any changes are

to be made, the same shall be intimated in writing to the Contractor and the Contractor shall carry

out the same. The Engineer‐in‐Charge's decision in this regard shall be final and not open to

arbitration.

46.2 Giving Notices and Payment of Fees

This Contract shall, in all respects, be construed and operated as an Indian Contract and shall be

subject to Indian laws in force from time to time. The Contractor should conform to all laws of the


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 121

land and the regulations and byelaws of any local authority and of any water or lighting companies

with whose systems the structure is proposed to be connected. The Contractor shall give all notices

required by the said acts, regulations or bye‐laws and pay all fees, royalties, duties etc. in

connection therewith. The Contractor shall protect and indemnify the Employer against all claims

or liabilities arising from his actions in violation of such laws, ordinances, regulations and bye‐ laws

by him. The Engineer will repay or allow to the Contractor all such sums as the Engineer‐in‐Charge

shall certify to have been properly payable by the Employer and paid by the Contractor in respect

of such fees.

46.3 Compliance with Statutes, Regulations, etc.

The Contractor shall conform in all respects with the provisions of any such Statute, Ordinance or

Law as aforesaid and the regulations or byelaws of any local or other duly constituted authority,

which may be applicable to the Works and with such rules and regulations of public bodies and

companies as aforesaid and shall keep the Employer indemnified against all penalties and liabilities

of every kind for breach of any such Statute, Ordinance or Law, Regulation or Bye‐Laws.

46.4 Fossils etc.

All fossils, coins, articles of value or antiquity and structures and other remains or things of

geological or archeological interest discovered on the site of the Works shall, as between the

Employer and the Contractor, be deemed to be the absolute property of the Employer. The

Contractor shall take reasonable precautions to prevent his workmen or any other persons from

removing or damaging any such article or thing and shall immediately upon discovery thereof, and,

before removal, acquaint the Engineer of such discovery and carry out, at the expense of the

Employer, the Engineer‐in‐Charge's orders as to the disposal of the same.

46.5 Opportunities for other Contractors

The Contractor shall, in accordance with the requirements of the Engineer, afford all reasonable

opportunities for carrying out their work to any other Contractors employed by the Employer and

their workmen and to the workmen of the Employer and of any other duly constituted authorities,

who may be employed in the execution on or near the site of any work not included in the Contract

or of any Contract which the Employer may enter into in connection with or ancillary to the Works.

The contractor shall not be entitled to any financial compensation for affording such reasonable

opportunities to other contractor.

46.6 Interference with Traffic and adjoining properties

All operations necessary for the execution of the Works shall, so far as compliance with the


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 122

requirements of the Contract permits, be carried on so as not to interfere unnecessarily or

improperly with the convenience of the public, or the access to use and occupation of public or

private roads and footpaths to or of properties whether in the possession of the Employer or of any

other person. The Contractor shall save harmless and indemnify the Employer in respect of all

claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever arising out of, or in relation

to, any such matters in so far as the Contractor is responsible therefore.

46.7 Highways Traffic

46.7.1 Extraordinary Traffic

The Contractor shall use every reasonable means to prevent any of the highways or bridges

communicating with or on the routes to the Site from being damaged or injured by any traffic of

the Contractor or any of his Sub‐Contractors and, in particular, shall select routes, choose and use

vehicles and restrict and distribute loads so that any such extraordinary traffic as will inevitably

arise from the moving of plant and materials from and to the Site shall be limited, as far as

reasonably possible, and so that no unnecessary damage or injury may be occasioned to such

highways and bridges.

46.7.2 Special Loads

Should it be found necessary for the Contractor to move one or more loads of machinery or pre‐

constructed units or parts of units of work over part of a highway or bridge, the moving whereof is

likely to damage any highway or bridge unless special protection or strengthening is carried out,

then the Contractor shall, before moving the load on to such a highway or bridge, give notice to

the Engineer of the weight and other particulars of the load to be moved and his proposals for

protecting or strengthening the said highway or bridge. Thereafter, within fourteen days, the

Engineer shall direct, in writing the course of action for the Contractor. The Contractor shall be

paid for the cost of the necessary modifications only if the specific items requiring such

modification are provided in the Bills of quantities.

46.7.3 Settlement of Extraordinary Traffic Claims

If during the execution of the works or at anytime thereafter, the Contractor shall receive any

claim arising out of the execution of the Works, in respect of damage or injury to highways or

bridges, he shall immediately report the same to the Engineer. The Contractor shall negotiate the

settlement of and pay all sums due in respect of such claim and shall indemnify the Employer in

respect thereof and in respect of all claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses in


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 123

relation thereto.

46.8 Watching and Lighting

The Contractor shall in connection with the Works, provide and maintain at his own cost all lights,

guards, fencing and watching when and where necessary or as required by the Engineer or by any

duly constituted authority, for the protection of the Works, or for the safety and convenience of

the public or others.

46.9 Way leaves etc.

The Contractor shall bear all costs and charges for special or temporary way leaves required by

him in connection with access to the Site. The Contractor shall also provide at his own cost any

additional accommodation outside the Site required by him for the purposes of the Works.

46.10 Site Office for the Employer (DELETED)

46.11 Electricity Supply required at the works

46.11.1 The Contractor shall make his own arrangement for Electricity required for the work and

nothing extra will be paid for the same. In case contractor desires to opt for getting MSEB

Power for construction then he shall do so at his own cost including, apply on behalf of

Employer, obtain the sanction lay the line upto an approved location, provide meter and

the connection panel with outlets specified by Engineer‐in‐charge, maintain the same till

completion of project, allow other contractors to draw power on chargeable basis, insure

safety etc. complete and pay the MSEB bills on regular basis and nothing extra will be paid

by the Employer for the same.

Contractor shall also provide a diesel generating set of adequate capacity as approved by

the Engineer‐in‐charge throughout the tenure of the contract and shall allow use of

generated power by other contractors on chargeable basis if so directed by the Engineer‐

in‐charge.

46.11.1A Electric power, if available, may be made available for the work by the Employer at one or

more points within the site or near the site on specified terms and conditions. The

Contractor shall arrange at his own cost the necessary cabling/wiring, Switch Board and the

switch gear etc and shall be responsible for their safe maintenance. Cost of Electricity

supplied shall be fixed by the Employer from time to time.

(Clause 46.11.1.A will be applicable only if so stipulated in Schedule F).


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 124

46.11.2 The Electrical installation will be biased on following Conditions –

a) Distribution arrangements shall be done by the Contractor at his cost as per approved

layout. He shall provide required clearances for overhead lines to facilitate easy movement

of machinery. These overhead lines shall be shifted and rerouted at the Contractor's cost

during execution of work if the same are found to obstruct any other work of any agency

working at site or requires to be shifted due to unforeseen reasons.

b) On completion of the Work, the Contractor shall, to the satisfaction of the Engineer,

remove all wiring installed by him and make good, any disturbance or damage done.

c) The Contractor shall employ a certified and licensed Electrician for carrying out this work.

46.12 Land for Contractor's Offices, Godown, Workshop

a) Subject to the availability, the Employer may allot at his own discretion and convenience

land for the construction of the Contractor's site office, godowns, and workshop and

assembly yard near the site. Allotment of such land shall not confer any tenancy rights to

the Contractor. The Contractor shall construct and maintain the same at his cost. All these

temporary works shall be well ventilated, lighted and provided with water, electricity and

sanitary arrangement to the approval of the Engineer.

b) The Contractor shall remove immediately on completion of the work such buildings and

make good, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, all the damages sustained.

c) The Contractor shall not use the land for any purpose other than that for or in

connection with the Contract.

d) In case the Contractor requires any land additional to what is made available/allotted to

him, the Contractor shall make arrangements for the same at his own cost.

46.13 Land for Labour Accommodation

The Employer shall not provide any land for setting up of the Labour Camp and the

Contractor shall make his own arrangements.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 125

46.13. A ‐ BLANK

46.14 Excavated Material

The contractor shall obtain all the required permissions from the competent authority for

carrying out excavation to any depth required and shall pay the required royalty / license

fee and produce the proof of payment as well as a no dues certificate from the concerned

revenue authority of the Govt. and shall indemnify the Employer against any dues or

disputes in this regards

The Contractor shall not sell or otherwise dispose of or remove except for the purpose of

this Contract, the sand, store, clay, ballast, earth, rock or other substances or materials

which may be obtained from any excavations made for the purpose of the works or any

building or produce upon the site at the time of delivery of the possession thereof but all

the substances, materials, buildings and produce shall be the property of the Employer. All

such material which in the opinion of the Engineer‐in‐Charge is useful shall be stacked

separately in regular stacks as directed by the Engineer‐in‐Charge. The Contractor may be

permitted by the Engineer‐in‐Charge to use the same on mutually agreed payment terms.

The contractor shall dispose the unwanted or excavated material only at the approved

location and in the manner as directed by the MIDC and Employer, and shall pay all the

royalties as levied from time to time and submit the proof of payment as well as a no dues

certificate from the concerned revenue authority of the Govt. and shall indemnify the

Employer against any dues or disputes in this regards.

46.15 Production Of vouchers etc by the Contractor

i) The Contractor shall, whenever required produce or cause to be produced for examination

by the Engineer‐in‐Charge any quotation, invoice, cost or other account, book of accounts,

voucher, receipt, letter, memorandum, paper of writing or any copy of or extract from any

such document and also furnish information and returns verified in such manner as may be

required in any way relating to the execution of this Contract or relevant for verifying or

ascertaining cost of execution of this Contract and the decision of the Engineer‐in‐Charge

on the question of relevancy of any documents, information or return being final and

binding on the parties. The Contractor shall similarly produce vouchers etc. if required to

prove to the Engineer‐in‐Charge that the materials supplied by him, are in accordance with

the specifications laid down in the Contract.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 126

ii) If any portion of the work in a Contract is being carried out by a Sub Contractor or any

subsidiary or allied firm or Company in terms of permission granted under Clause 21 of

Contract, the Engineer‐in‐Charge shall have power to secure the book of such sub

Contractor or any subsidiary or allied firm or company through the Contractor and such

book shall be open to the Engineer‐in‐Charge's inspection.

iii) The obligations imposed by sub clause (i) and (ii) above are without prejudice to the

obligations of the Contractor under any statute, rules or orders binding on the Contractor.

46.16 Law governing the Contract: ‐ the Contract shall be governed by the law for the time being

in force in the Republic of India.

Court Jurisdiction: ‐ The Courts in the City as specified in `Schedule F' alone shall have the

jurisdiction to entertain any application or other proceedings in respect of anything arising

under this Agreement and any award or awards made by the Arbitrator hereunder shall be

filed in the concerned Courts in the aforesaid City only.

47 INSURANCES TO BE TAKEN BY THE CONTRACTOR & EMPLOYER TO BE INDEMNIFIED

47.1 Insurance of Works etc

47.1.1. The Contractor shall effect Contractor's all risk insurance policy (CAR policy) in the joint names of

the Employer and the Contractor, the name of the former being placed first in the policy, covering

the following :

a) The works at the Contract price together with the materials for incorporation in the Works at their

replacement value.

b) All plants and equipments and other things brought to the site by the Contractor at their

replacement value.

c) Employer's building rented to the Contractor if the building or part thereof is used by the

Contractor for the purpose of storing or using materials of combustible nature, on which the

decision of the Engineer‐in‐Charge shall be final and binding.

47.1.2 The insurance shall be against all losses or damages from whatever causes, other than excepted

risks, as defined in Clause 2 of Conditions of Contract, for which the Contractor is responsible

under the Contract. The insurance cover shall be for the period of Contract and also for the period


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 127

of maintenance, for loss or damage arising from a cause prior to commencement of the period of

maintenance, and for any loss or damage, occasioned by the Contractor in the course of any

operations carried out for the purpose of complying with his obligations during Maintenance

Period.

47.1.3 Such insurance shall be effected with an insurer and with terms approved by the Employer. The

Contractor shall, whenever required, produce the policy or policies and the receipts for payment

of the current premiums.

47.2 Third Party Insurance

47.2.1 Before commencing the execution of the Works, the Contractor shall insure against the liability for

any material or physical damage, loss injury or death which may occur to any property or life

including that of the Employer or to any person, including any employee of the Employer, by or

arising out of the execution of the Works or in the carrying out of the Contract. The sum insured

will be for an amount specified in `Schedule F'. After each occurrence, Contractor shall pay

additional premium necessary to make insurance valid for four occurrences always The Insurance

Policy should cover this amount at all times till issue of Completion Certificate by the Engineer‐in‐

Charge.

47.2.2 Such insurance shall be effected with an insurer and its terms approved by the Employer. The

Contractor shall, whenever required, produce before Engineer the policy or policies of insurance

and the receipts of payment of the current premiums.

47.3 Workmen's Insurance

47.3.1 The Employer shall not be liable for any payment in respect of any damages or compensation

payable according to law in respect or in consequence of any accident or injury or loss of life to

any workman or other person in the employment of the Contractor or any sub‐Contractor, except

an accident or injury resulting from any act or default of the Employer, his agents or servants. The

Contractor shall insure against such liability with an insurer approved by the Employer for a sum as

per established norms during the entire period till completion of Period of Maintenance.

47.4 Recovery from the Contractor

Without prejudice to the other rights of the Employer against the Contractor in respect of such

default, the Employer shall be entitled to deduct from any sums payable to the Contractor the

amount of any damages, compensation costs, charges and other expenses paid by the Employer


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 128

and which are payable by the Contractor under this clause.

47.5 Shortfall in payment to Contractor by the Insurance Company

In all cases where the Contractor has taken any insurance, he shall not be entitled to

reimbursement by the Employer of any shortfall or deficiency in the amount payable by the

Contractor towards settlement of claims and that paid by the insurer in settlement of same claim.

47.6 Insurance by Sub‐Contractors

Without prejudice to his liability under this clause the Contractor shall also cause all Sub‐

Contractors to effect, for their respective portions of the works, similar policies of insurance in

accordance with the provisions of this clause and shall produce or cause to produce to the

Employer such policies. The Contractor shall not permit a Sub‐Contractor to commence work at

the site unless the said insurance Policies are submitted. In the event of failure of the Sub‐

Contractor to take out such a policy of Insurance before commencing the works at the site, the

Contractor shall be responsible for any claim or damage attributable to the said Sub‐Contractor.

47.7 Period of Policies

All the insurance covers mentioned above shall be kept alive during the complete period of the

Contract until the Contractor obtains a Maintenance Certificate from the Employer .

47.8 Remedy on Contractor's Failure to Insure

If the Contractor shall fail to effect and keep in force the insurances referred to above, or any

other insurance which he may be required to effect under the terms of the Contract, then and in

any such case the Employer on advice of the Engineer‐in‐charge may effect and keep in force any

such insurance and pay such premium or premiums as may be necessary for that purpose and

from time to time deduct the amount so paid by the Employer as aforesaid from any moneys due

or which may become due to the Contractor, or recover the same as debt due from the

Contractor.

47.9 Damage to Persons and Property ‐ Employer to be indemnified

The Contractor shall indemnify the Employer against all losses and claims in respect of injuries or

damages to any person or material or physical damage to any property whatsoever which may

arise out of or in consequence of the execution and maintenance of the works and against all

claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever in respect of or in relation

thereto, except any compensation or damages for or with respect to :


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 129

a) The permanent use or occupation of land by the works or any part thereof.

b) The right of the Employer to execute the works or any part thereof on, over, under, in or through

any land.

c) Injuries or damage to persons or property caused by Excepted risks or resulting from any act or

neglect of the Employer, his agents, servants or other Contractors, not being employed by the

Contractor or for or in respect of any claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses

in respect thereof or in relation thereto. Where the injury or damage was contributed to by the

Contractor, his servants or agents, such part of the compensation as may be just and equitable

having regard to the extent of the responsibility of the Employer, his servant or agent or other

Contractors, for the damage or injury.

A copy of the Format for Indemnity Bond is at Annexure III.

48.0 SAFETY AND SECURITY

48.1 Codes etc to be complied with The Contractor shall ensure and arrange at his cost fire and the

safety provisions, as per safety code of ARAI. (Refer General Conditions of Contract), Indian

Standards Institution, safety manuals of the Employer, if any, and such provisions as are locally in

force from time to time for all labour, directly or indirectly employed in the works for performance

of this Contract. The Contractor will indemnify the Employer from any consequence arising due to

Contractor's failure in respect of safety provisions.

Following Codes may be referred to in this connection:

IS 5916 Safety code for construction involving use of hot bituminous materials

IS 7293 Safety code for working with construction machinery

IS 7969 Safety code for handling and storage of building materials.

IS 8989 Safety code for erection of concrete framed structures.

IS 13415 Protective barriers in and around buildings ‐ Code of Safety

IS 13416 Preventive measures against hazards at work places ‐

Recommendations (Parts ‐ 1 to 5)

48.2 First Aid & Industrial Injuries

48.2.1 First aid facilities at easily accessible place shall be provided by the Contractor as per

provisions of Labour Act or Rules of the Authority controlling the area where work is


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 130

carried out.

48.2.2. The Contractor shall make arrangements with hospitals for ambulance service and for

treatment of industrial injuries to meet eventualities leading to the need for such facilities.

The Engineer shall be informed of their telephone numbers and addresses of the Hospitals.

48.2.3 Details of all critical industrial injuries shall be reported promptly to the Engineer.

48.2.4 Report shall cover type, nature, cause, physician's report and action for prevention of

those types again.

48.3 General Safety Rules

48.3.1 Smoking within plant, restricted areas, closed areas, near storage place of lubricant oil and

fuel etc. is strictly prohibited.

48.3.2 The Contractor shall erect and maintain barricades required in connection with his operation

to guard or protect

a. Excavation

b. Hoisting/lifting

c. Slab openings

d. Hazardous areas

e. Employer's existing property likely to be subjected to damage by the

Contractor's operations

f. Unloading spots

48.4 Accidents ‐ Precautions at Worksite

No materials on the sites shall be so stacked or placed as to cause danger or Inconveniences to any

person or to the public. The Contractor shall provide all necessary fencing and lights to protect the

public from accidents and shall be bound to bear expenses of defense of every suit, action or other

proceedings at law, that may be brought by any person, for injury sustained, owing to neglect of

the above precautions and to pay any damages and costs which may be awarded in any such suit,

action or proceeding, to any such person or which may, with the consent of the Contractor be paid

to compromise any claim by any such person.

48.5 Electrical Equipments ‐ Precautions

All temporary and permanent electrical installations, power distribution and supply required for


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 131

execution of Work shall be carried out conforming to existing industrial and domestic safety rules

and regulations. Important specific points to be noted are as under,

i), ii) Meter room and main switches should be freely accessible at all times and fully protected

against all weather conditions. Power distribution system shall be identifiable with display

marking on switches.

iii) All power distribution shall be carried out with coated, adequately insulated and of

appropriate current/load rating cables. It shall be securely routed for this purpose. No

loose, naked, hanging wires shall be permitted.

iv), v), vi) Over load protection devices shall be installed whenever and wherever heavy current/load

consuming construction plant or machinery susceptible to hazard is in use and as directed

by the Engineer‐in‐charge. Metallic plugs and sockets shall be used in field work. Switch

board shall be in close proximity so as to have quick control over the supply. Proper and

adequate earthing connection should be provided for all installations, plant and machinery

and distribution system.

vii) Hand lamps and inspection lamps shall be adequately insulated and guarded with wire

mesh and should have proper plugs for use.

viii) Security and illuminatory light shall be secured firmly and protected to withstand all

weather conditions.

48.6 Maintenance of Safety Devices

All scaffolds, ladders and other safety devices mentioned or described herein shall be maintained in

a safe condition and no scaffold, ladder or equipment

Shall be altered or removed while it is in use. Adequate washing and maintenance facilities shall be

provided at or near places at work.

48.7 Personal Safety

a) All necessary personal safety equipment as considered adequate by the Engineer shall be available

for use of persons employed on the Site and maintained in a condition suitable for immediate use

and the Contractor shall take adequate steps to ensure proper use of equipment by those concerned.

b) Workers employed on mixing asphaltic materials, cement, and lime mortars/concrete shall be

provided with protective footwear and protective gloves.

c) Those engaged in handling any materials which are injurious to eyes shall be provided with protective

goggles.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 132

d) Workers employed on erection works, etc. shall be provided with helmets, safety belts etc.

e) Workers employed on concrete finishing, welding, painting and other works above 2 meters height

shall be provided with a suitable safety belt, as per Factory Rules of the locality.

48.8 Storing Fuel, Oil and Lubricant

The Contractor shall take approval from the Safety Officer of the Employer for storing the

lubricants, oil and fuel at site for running the machinery required for the construction.

48.9 Fire Extinguishing

Suitable, sufficient number of fire extinguishers for all types of fire shall be provided at work site.

In addition, sufficient number of fire buckets filled with water and sand shall also be provided. The

firefighting equipment as outlined above shall be dispersed in a suitable and purposeful manner.

48.10 Fire Precautions

The Contractor shall comply with regulations of the controlling authority in force at the site of the

works relating to the precautions to be taken against fire hazards.

48.11 Protection arrangements at work site

Adequate protection against any form of damage or deterioration shall be provided for in all

sections of the works. This shall include protective tapes, casings, guard rails and the likes, which

shall be provided as necessary. Particular care shall be taken to protect finished surfaces during

the execution of adjacent in‐situ work. The Contractor shall carryout all steps necessary and

comply with the directions and instructions of the Engineer to his satisfaction.

48.12 Safety Arrangements for labour

The Contractor shall, at his own expense, arrange for the safety provisions as given above and as

required by the Engineer, in respect of all labour directly or indirectly employed for performance

of the work and shall provide all facilities in connection therewith. In case the Contractor fails to

make arrangements to provide necessary facilities as aforesaid, the Engineer shall be entitled to

do so and recover the cost thereof, from the Contractor.

48.13 Safety Manual

The Contractor shall submit a Safety Manual indicating the safety measures proposed to be

adopted in light of above provisions, for approval of the Engineer‐in‐Charge.

48.14 Accidents ‐ Reporting

The Contractor shall, within twenty four (24) hours of the occurrence of any accident on, or about


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 133

the Site, or in connection with the execution of the Works, report such accident to the Engineer

and to the appropriate authority wherever such report is required by law. The Contractor will

indemnify the Employer from all accident cases.

48.15 Security Measures

The Contractor shall be responsible at his cost for security of Works for the duration of the

Contract and shall provide and maintain continuously adequate security personnel to fulfill these

obligations. The requirements of security measures shall include, but not limited to, maintenance

of Law and order at site, provision of all lighting, guard, flagmen, and other measures necessary

for protection of Works within the camps and elsewhere at site, for all materials delivered to the

site and all persons employed in connection with the Works continuously throughout working and

non‐working periods including nights, Sundays, holidays, for the duration of the Contract. At work

sites in close proximity of traffic corridors where public are likely to come close to the work area,

suitable fencing as directed by the Engineer should be provided.

49. QUALITY ASSURANCE

49.1 Submission of Quality Assurance Manual

The Contractor shall on receipt of Letter of Acceptance, or as soon thereafter as possible, but not

later than one month, submit to the Engineer‐in‐Charge for his approval a Quality Assurance

Manual for the Contract works involved. The Manual should cover the following items as

minimum:

i) Q.A. Plan for Basic Construction Materials indicating the details of tests to be undergone

before use in works.

ii) Q.A. Plan for site activities indicating the details of tests to be conducted at the various

stages of construction for various activities.

iii) In house/on site testing facilities to be developed for materials, site activities and calibration

of equipments.

iv) Site documents to be maintained including records of results of tests for materials and

workmanship, inventory record on availability of vital materials and their consumption vis‐à‐

vis design requirements, site inspection records, quality audit record, safety audit record,

site progress record, etc.

v) Check lists for source approval of materials etc., check lists for site activities and proforma


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 134

for recording results of tests.

vi) Method statements for important construction activities.

49.2 Guidance in preparation

For guidance in the preparation of the Manual, the following printed Publications may be referred

to:

i) Compilation of Quality Assurance Circulars of C.P.W.D.

50.0 ECOLOGICAL BALANCE

The Contractor shall maintain ecological balance by preventing deforestation, water pollution and

defacing of natural landscape. The Contractor shall so conduct his construction operations as to

prevent any avoidable destruction, scarring or defacing of natural surrounding in the vicinity of

work. In respect of ecological balance, the Contractor shall observe the following instructions for

which no extra payments will be made.

(a) Where destruction, scarring, damage or defacing may occur as a result of operations relating to

Permanent or Temporary Works, the same shall be repaired, replanted or otherwise corrected

at Contractor's expense. All work areas shall be smoothened and graded in a manner to

conform to natural appearance of the landscape as directed by the Engineer.

(b) All trees and shrubbery, which are not specifically required to be cleared or removed for

construction purposes, shall be preserved and shall be protected from any damage that may

be caused by Contractor's construction operations and equipment or by their

Employees/Workers. The removal of trees or shrubs will be permitted only after prior

approval of the Engineer. Special care shall be exercised where trees or shrubs are exposed to

injuries by construction equipment, blasting, excavating, dumping, chemical damage or other

operation and the Contractor shall adequately protect such trees by use of protective barriers

or other methods approved by the Engineer. Trees shall not be used for anchorage. The

Contractor shall be responsible for injuries to trees and shrubs caused by his operations and

Employees/Workers. The terms "injury" shall include, without limitation, bruising, scarring,

tearing and breaking of roots, trunks or branches. All injured trees and shrubs shall be

restored as nearly practicable, without delay, to their original condition at Contractor's

expense.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 135

(c) Where trees have to be necessarily cut for progressing temporary or permanent works, the

Contractor shall arrange for compensatory afforestation as may be required by Environmental

Rules and Regulations.

(d) In the conduct of construction activities and operation of equipments, the Contractor shall

utilize such practicable methods and devices as are reasonably available to control, prevent

and otherwise minimize air/noise pollution.

(e) Special care must be exercised in ensuring that the labour housed in labour camp within the

work site area do not indulge in any activity like drinking alcohol, taking drugs etc and other

activities that may affect the ecological balance such as cutting of shrubs for fuel,

creating open air nuisance etc.

51.0 EXECUTION OF WORKS

51.1 Mobilization

Period of Mobilization shall be 15 days counting from the stipulated date of start of work as

mentioned in Letter of Acceptance by the Engineer‐in‐Charge. The Contractor shall carry out

following activities within this period stated. He shall submit to the Engineer within 4 days of

stipulated date of start, the proposed layout of locating offices, stores, godowns, yards, water,

electric network etc. for approval of the Engineer.

Minimum following activities shall be completed within the mobilization period of 15 days or such

extended period as approved by the Engineer.

. Site office of the Contractor

. Line out including establishing of grid line levels and its approval from the Engineer.

. Submitting list of proposed specialized sub‐Contractors as may be required for approval of

the Engineer.

. Tapping electric and water connections

. Obtaining insurance policies as per the Contract

. Obtaining labour licenses, as required

. Obtaining approval of local authorities and complying with any statutory requirements

prior to actual start of work. Excluding Bldg. Permission and Commencement Certificate

from MIDC


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 136

. Establishing water and electric network within site.

. Submitting construction programme as detailed in Clause 5 of Contract and its approval by

the Engineer‐in‐Charge.

51.2 Setting out of Works

The Contractor shall be responsible for the true and proper setting‐out of the Works in relating to

original points, lines and levels of reference given by the Engineer in writing and for the

correctness, subject as above mentioned, of the position, levels, dimension and alignment of all

parts of the Works and for the provision of all necessary instruments, appliances and labour in

connection therewith. If, at any time during the progress of the Works, any error shall appear or

arise in the position, levels, dimensions or alignment of any part of the Works, the Contractor, on

being required so to do by the Engineer shall, at his own cost, rectify such error to the satisfaction

of the Engineer. The checking of any setting‐out or of any line or level by the Engineer shall not in

any way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for the correctness thereof and the Contractor

shall carefully protect and preserve all bench‐marks, sight‐rails, pegs and other things used in

setting‐out the works. The Contractor shall use latest equipments like Total Station/Theodolite

and Auto level etc for setting out the works.

51.3 Boreholes and Exploratory Excavation (DELETED)

51.4 Temporary Works

51.4.1. The Contractor is entirely responsible for the design, construction, maintenance and removal of all

temporary works employed in carrying out the Contract. Within a reasonable time (and in any case

not less than fifteen days) before he intends to commence construction of any temporary works,

the Contractor shall submit full particulars including drawings of the same, for the approval of the

Engineer. The Engineer's approval will in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for the

safety of the Works, operators, adjoining property, structures or services and compliance with

appropriate regulations and codes of practice. Documents for Temporary works supporting

adjoining buildings, property and public utilities and roads shall also be submitted to the

appropriate authority for their approval if requested /required.

51.4.2.The temporary works shall be designed and constructed in such a manner as to enable the

permanent structures to be built around them without detriment to their effectiveness and due

allowance will be deemed to have been made for all necessary adjustments thereto to enable the

Works to proceed.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 137

51.4.3. Timber shoring, boards, struts or similar items shall not be left in position upon completion of the

Works without the written consent of the Engineer.

51.4.4. All services or utilities on or adjoining the site which are required to be maintained operational

shall be protected from movement, subsidence or damage from any cause whatsoever by

adequate temporary props, struts, shores and protective screens to the approval of the Engineer

and the agent of the service or utility.

51.4.5. The Contractor shall make safe and reinstate all areas affected by temporary works.

51.4.6. The Contractor shall use properly designed and manufactured steel staging platforms for carrying

out work above 3.0m height. All required staging for supporting, centering, shuttering of beams,

slab, masonry work, etc. shall be carried out strictly as per the Suppliers instructions or approved

arrangement. It is to be noted that designing of such work shall be carried out by Contractor and

shall be submitted for approval of the Engineer. No work above 3.0 m shall be permitted without

compliance of this condition.

51.5 Plant, Temporary Works & Materials ‐ Exclusive use

All constructional plants, temporary works and materials provided by the Contractor shall, when

brought on to the site, be deemed to be exclusively intended for the execution of the Works and

the Contractor shall not remove the same or any part thereof, except for the purpose of moving it

from one part of the site to another, without the consent, in writing, of the Engineer, which shall

not be unreasonably withheld.

51.6 Use of Site only for Works

The Contractor shall not use any portion of the Site for purpose not connected with the works

without the prior written approval of the Engineer. He shall maintain permanent and Site access

roads free of spillage and shall not interfere with the flow of traffic. Also same shall apply to

terraces and other developed areas.

51.7 Name Board at Site

The Contractor shall prepare and display name board at site as per design approved by the

Engineer. It shall have

� Name of Project


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 138

� Name of Employer

� Name of Consulting Architect (if any)

� Name of Project Management Consultant (if any)

� Name of Contractor

�

51.8 Site Drainage/Cleaning/Nuisance

51.8.1 All water which may accumulate on the Site during the progress of the works or in trenches and

excavation shall be removed from the site to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the Contractor's

cost.

51.8.2 The Site shall be maintained free from rubbish. Proper stacking of scaffolding materials,

shuttering material, bricks/brick bats, steel pieces, etc. needed for work on day to day basis shall

be organized. Heaps in unplanned manner and disorderly fashion shall not be permitted. The

Engineer's decision in this matter shall be final.

51.8.3 The Contractor shall not, at any time, cause or permit any nuisance on the site or do anything

which shall cause unnecessary disturbance or inconvenience to the Employer, tenants or

occupants of other properties near the site and to the public in general.

51.9 Disposal of Rubbish

(i) The Contractor shall cart away from site and deposit where directed by the Engineer all

refuse, etc. arising from the Works both as it accumulates and at completion of the Works at

the direction of the Engineer.

(ii) It is the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain a certificate from the local authorities

concerned to the effect that all rubbish arising out of Contractor's activities at the

construction site or any other offsite activities borrow pits and/or disposal area (s) has been

properly disposed off.

51.10 Shift Working The Contractor shall be allowed to work in three shifts with prior approval of the

Engineer.

51.11 Urgent Repairs

If, by reason of any accident or failure, or other event occurring to, in, or in connection with the

Works or any part thereof, either during the execution of the Works or during the period of


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 139

Maintenance, any remedial or other Work or repair shall, in the opinion of the Engineer, be

urgently necessary for the safety of the Works and the Contractor is unable or unwilling at once to

do such work or repair, the Employer may employ and pay other persons to carry out such work or

repair as the Engineer may consider necessary. If the Work or repair so done by the Employer is

work which, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor was liable to do at his own expense

under the Contract, all expenses properly incurred by the Employer in so doing shall be

recoverable from the Contractor by the Employer or may be deducted by the Employer from any

moneys due or which may become due to the Contractor. Provided always that the Engineer,

shall, as soon after the occurrence of any such emergency as may be reasonably practicable, notify

the Contractor thereof in writing.

51.12 Contractor to Search

The Contractor shall, if required by the Engineer in writing, search under the directions of the

Engineer for the cause of any defect, imperfection or fault appearing during the progress of the

Works or within the Period of Maintenance (Defect Liability period). If such defect, imperfection or

fault shall be one for which the Contractor is liable, the cost of the work carried out in searching as

aforesaid shall be borne by the Contractor and he shall in such case repair, rectify and make good

such defect, imperfection or fault at his own expense in accordance with the provisions of Clause

17 of Clauses of Contract.

52.0 PROGRAMME AND PERFORMANCE

52.1 Review of Programme

If at any time it should appear to the Engineer that the actual progress of work does not conform

to the approved programme the Contractor shall produce at the request of the Engineer, a revised

programme showing modifications to the approved programme, necessary to ensure completion

of the work within the time for completion stipulated in the Contract. The submission to and

approval by the Engineer‐in‐Charge of such programme or the furnishing of such particulars shall

not relieve the Contractor of any of his duties or responsibilities or obligations under the Contract.

The Engineer‐in‐Charge shall have full power and authority during progress of work, to issue such

instructions as may be necessary for the proper and adequate execution and maintenance of the

Work. The Contractor shall carry out and be bound by the same.

52.2 Progress Reports

The Contractor shall submit periodic Progress Reports including coloured progress photographs as

per the frequency and in the Proforma laid down by the Engineer indicating the details of actual


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 140

Progress vis‐à‐vis planned progress of various components of work, for the period and up to end

of the period, slippage if any, action proposed to be taken to pull back the arrears, deployment of

machinery and plant, statement showing extra and substituted items submitted by Contractor

and of any other item stipulated by the Engineer.

52.3 Maintenance of Records & Registers

The Contractor shall maintain Registers and Records in the format laid down by the Engineer.

These Registers and Records shall be open for inspection by the Employer/ Engineer‐in‐charge and

Engineer at all times. An important Register to be maintained is the Hindrance Register which will

be an essential document for dealing with applications for extension of time by the Contractor.

52.4 Site Co‐ordination Meetings

The Contractor will attend the Site Co‐ordination Meetings with Engineer, the Consultant and

other Contractors as fixed by the Engineer from time to time to discuss all issues relating to the

works in general and progress and quality in particular. All costs incidental to such interaction shall

be borne by the Contractor.

52.5 Site Order Book

A site order book shall be kept at the site of the work. As far as possible, all orders regarding the

works are to be entered in this book. All entries therein shall be signed by the Engineer or his

representative and the Contractor or his representative. In important cases, the Engineer‐in‐

charge will countersign the entries, which have been made. The site order book shall not be

removed from the work site except with written permission of the Engineer and the Contractor or

his representative shall be bound to take note of all instructions and directions meant for the

Contractor as entered in the site order book without having to be called on separately to note

them. The Contractor shall ensure compliance of the noting in site order book within three days

of the noting. In case of failure to do so, the corresponding work shall be stopped and work

already done shall not be accepted.

52.6 Progress Photographs

During the Construction stage the Contractor shall take adequate number of coloured

photographs showing the progress of various stages of the Work as directed by the Engineer. Size

of photographs will be 125mm x 250 mm. Photographs shall be supplied with negatives to the

Engineer. Each photograph shall be attested with date of photograph and location of work. These

photographs shall be from locations as fixed by the Engineer at start of work.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 141

53.0 INSPECTION OF WORK

53.1 Site Access

53.1.1 It is for the Contractor to provide safe and guarded access for the Engineer as detailed in the safety

code, for inspection of works, the Contractor shall arrange at his cost required ladders, scaffolding

materials, steel measuring tapes, plumb levels, theodolite or any other instrument required by the

Engineer for his use at site.

53.1.2 The Engineer and any person authorized by him shall at all times have access to the Works and to all

workshops and places where work is being prepared or from where materials, manufactured

articles or machinery are being obtained for the Works and the Contractor shall afford every facility

for and every assistance in or in obtaining the right to such access.

53.2 Examination of Work before covering up No works shall be covered up or put out of view without

the approval of the Engineer and the Contractor shall afford full opportunity for the Engineer to

examine and measure any Work which is about to be covered up or put out of view and to

examine foundations before Permanent Work is placed thereon. The Contractor shall give due

notice to the Engineer whenever any such Works or foundations are ready or about to be ready

for examination and the Engineer shall, without unreasonable delay, unless he considers it

unnecessary and advises the Contractor accordingly, attend for the purpose of examining and

measuring such works or of examining such foundations.

53.3 Uncovering and Making Opening

The Contractor shall uncover any part or parts of the Works or make openings in or through the

same as the Engineer may from time to time direct and shall reinstate and make good such part or

parts to the satisfaction of the Engineer. If any such part or parts have been covered up or put out

of view after compliance with the requirement in Clause 53.2 above and are found to be executed

in accordance with the Contract, the expenses of uncovering, making openings in or through,

reinstating and making good the same shall be borne by the Employer, but in any other case all

costs shall be borne by the Contractor.

54.0 QUALITY AUDIT

The Employer may decide to conduct quality audit at regular intervals on the works done by the

Contractor by way of Rebound hammer tests, etc. The Contractor will be required to provide


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 142

logistic supports for such activities by way of arranging approaches, ladders, scaffoldings,

manpower, etc. to the Employer for conducting such audits. No extra payment will be made on

this account.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 143

SECTION – 6

SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 144

SECTION 6 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

1.0 RATES FOR ITEMS OF WORKS

1.1 Items to be covered by Rates quoted by the Contractor

The rates entered in to the accepted Schedule of Rates of the Contract are intended to provide for

works duly and properly completed in accordance with the General Conditions of Contract, Special

Conditions of Contract, Specifications and Drawings together with such enlargements, extensions

diminution, reductions, alterations or additions as may be ordered in terms of Clause 12 of the

Contract deemed to include and cover superintendence and labor, supply, including full freight

of materials, stores, patterns, profiles moulds, fittings, centering, scaffolding, shoring props, timber,

machinery, brackets, tackle, rods, pegs, posts, tools and all apparatus and plant required on the

works except such tools, plant or materials as may be specified in the Contract to be supplied to the

Contractor by the Employer, the erection, maintenance and removal of all temporary works and

buildings, all watching, lighting, bailing, pumping and draining of all water, prevention of or

compensation for trespass, all barriers and arrangements for safety of the public or of

employees during the execution of works, all sanitary and medical arrangements for labor camps as

may be prescribed by the Employer, the setting of all work and of the Construction, repairs and

upkeep of all centre lines, bench marks and level pegs thereon, site clearance, all taxes, duties,

royalties, rent and compensation to Employers for surface damage or taxes impositions payable to

local authorities in respect of land, structures and all material supplied for the works or other

duties or expenses for which the Contractor may become liable or may be put to under any

provision of law for the purpose of or in connection with the execution of the contract and all

such other incidental charges or contingencies as may have been specially provided for in the

specifications.

2.0 Form of Security Deposit

No Government Securities involving determination of Market Price will be acceptable. Details of forms of government Securities of fixed value acceptable towards performance Guarantee/additional performance guarantee/security deposit will be advised to the successful tenderer by the employer.

3.0 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS

3.1 The Contractor should receive from the Engineer‐in‐charge one set of drawings approved for work. These drawings will be generally same as issued at tender stage. However these drawings may have additional details from construction / working/ execution point of view and to facilitate ease of installation, erection or construction. Additional detailing should not in anyway vitiate the Contract nor allow the Contractor to claim extra compensation. Deviation or


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 145

alteration to basic drawings only should be treated as variation. Any additional copies of Drawings if requested by the Contractor should be provided on making separate payment to the Engineer‐in‐charge.

3.2 The Contractor should keep one copy of all Drawings at the works site and the Engineer‐in‐

charge should at all reasonable time have access to the same. Before the issue of the final

certificate to the Contractor, he should forthwith return to the Engineer all Drawings and Specifications.

Errors and Omissions in Drawings or Specifications

Any apparent errors or omissions in drawings or specifications or instructions issued by the

Engineer in‐charge should be brought to the notice of the Engineer in‐charge by the

Contractor as soon as the documents have been made available to him. The Engineer‐in‐

Charge should correct such errors or omissions. The Contractor should neither be eligible for

any additional cost, time etc. on this account nor should he be permitted to take any undue advantage thereof.

4.0 GENERAL OBLIGATIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR

4.1 Contractor’s General Responsibilities

The Contractor should, subject to the provisions of the Contract and with due care and

diligence, execute and maintain the Works and provide all labour, including the supervision

thereof, materials, constructional plant and all other things, whether of a temporary or

permanent nature, required in and for such execution and maintenance, so far as the

necessity for providing the same is specified in or is reasonably to be inferred from the

Contract. The Contractor should take full responsibility for the adequacy, stability and safety of all site operations and methods of construction, provided that the Contractor should not be responsible, except as may be expressly provided in the Contract, for the design or specification of the permanent works, or for the design or specification of any temporary works prepared by the Employer.

The Contractor should carry out all the works strictly in accordance with the drawings, details and instructions of the Engineer in charge If in the opinion of the Engineer in charge any changes are required to be made for completion of the project, the same should be intimated in writing to the Contractor and the Contractor should be bound to carry out the same. The decision of the Engineer in charge in this regard should be final and should not be open to arbitration.

4.2 Giving Notices and Payment of Fees

This Contract should, in all respects, be construed and operated as an Indian Contract and

should be subject to Indian laws in force from time to time. The Contractor should conform to

all laws of the land and the regulations and byelaws of any local authority and of any water or

lighting companies with whose systems the structure is proposed to be connected. The

Contractor should give all notices required by the said acts, regulations or bye‐laws and pay all

fees in connection therewith. The Contractor should protect and indemnify the Employer and

the Employer against all claims or liabilities arising out of his actions in violation of such laws,

ordinances, regulations and bye‐ laws. The Engineer‐in‐Charge, however, may allow payment

of all such fees to the Contractor which he considers proper, contractually and legally

justifiable, and should accordingly certify such fees, paid by the contractor, as payable by the


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 146

Employer.

5.0 SAFETY AND SECURITY

5.1 PF AND GRATUITY COMPLIANCE (Social benefits)

i. It will be responsibility of the contractor to obtain separate code/identification No. for contractor’s

deposit of PF dues, if applicable with concerned authority directly. The payment against bills should

only be released only when relevant challans, PF registration/code No. are made available by the contractor to employer.

ii. It should be ensured by the Contractor that all employees are covered for all social benefits viz

Provident Fund (PF), Employee Pension fund scheme (EPFS), Employee deposit Link Insurance

(EDLI),Employee State Insurance (ESI)and gratuity what so ever applicable.

iii. Proof of recovery and remittance of the same should be submitted along with the monthly /running account bills for the next month.

iv. An indemnification covering Employer and the Employer should be submitted by the contractor

before release of first running bill against any claim during execution of the work including the

maintenance period under the employee’s Provident fund, workmen’s Compensation act and

gratuity.

6.0 CONNECTIONS/COMPLETION CERTIFICATE:

It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to get the works approved and obtain completions,

stage completions from MPCB, CPCB, Electrical Inspector and all other Authorities as, when &

where required at his own cost. Rates quoted should cover all expenses to be borne for obtaining

above approvals / certificates. All Statutory charges paid by Contractor on behalf of ARAI shall be

reimbursed at actual on submission of original documents.

7.0 DEFECT LIABILITY PERIOD:

The normal period of defect liability should be 24 months reckoned from the date of issue of

completion certificate by ARAI for the completed work. Also throughout the maintenance period

of 24 months sufficient staff and materials/Equipments etc. will be arranged by the contractor to

enable to carry out the repairs/ rectification’s immediately whenever pointed out by ARAI.

Items repaired or replaced during the guarantee period shall be guaranteed for a further period of

24 months from the date of such replacement.

All defects noticed during the currency of the Contract and also during the Defect liability Period of


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 147

24 months after completion of the work except those pertaining to leakage/ dampness and

termite attack which are governed by respective clause of Contract should be completely and

satisfactorily rectified by the Contractor within a reasonable period without any extra payment for

the same. In case the defects are such as cannot be rectified or the Contractor fails to rectify these

satisfactorily and completely, ARAI reserves the right to get the rectification work done at the risk

and cost of the Contractor. The decision of ARAI in this regard should be final and binding on the

Contractor and should be beyond purview of the dispute settlement clause 25 of General

Conditions of Contract.

8.0 BLANK

9.0 PROHIBITIONS REGARDING FINANCIAL COMPENSATION

9.1 No interest is payable to the contractor against any sum withheld/ kept in deposit by the employer

from his security deposit, bills or any other dues due to disputes or any other reason whatsoever.

9.2 Due to delay in completion of the project on account of any reason whatsoever, the contractor

should be entitled to suitable extension of time for completion of the project as will be decided by

the Engineer‐in‐Charge whose decision should be final and binding and no revision of rate or

financial compensation, whatsoever, for such extension of time should be payable to the

contractor.

10.0 RATES TO BE FIRM

The rates quoted by the contractor should remain firm throughout the pendency of the contract

and should be subjected to no price variation on account of any reason whatsoever.

11.0 BAILING & PUMPING OUT WATER

The contractor should make all arrangements at his own cost for bailing out/pumping out water

accumulated at the Project Site from subsoil/ surface run‐off so as to keep the project site dry

during the pendency of the contract.

12.0 LIFTING

The contractor should provide at his own cost builder’s hoist for lifting of materials (if required).

13.0 ARRANGEMENT FOR GENERATOR


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 148

The contractor should make arrangement for Generator Set(s) of suitable capacity at his own cost

as per direction of Engineer‐in‐Charge for maintaining the supply of electricity for running the

various electricity operated machineries, equipments and lighting arrangements at the time of

power cut to avoid disruptions of execution of works.

14.0 INDUSTRIAL RELATION

The contractor should be fully responsible for maintaining harmonious Industrial Relations with his

staffs and workers at all times to prevent demonstration, strike etc. causing disruption of works as

well as disturbing the peace in other establishments of the Employer in the vicinity of the project

site.

15.0 BLANK

16.0 COMPLIANCE TO ENVIRONMENTAL (PROTECTION) RULES

a) A First Aid Room shall be provided during the entire construction period of the project.

b) Adequate drinking water and sanitary facilities should be provided for construction workers at the

site. Provision should be made for mobile toilets. The safe disposal of wastewater and solid wastes

generated during the construction phase should be ensured.

c) All the topsoil excavated during construction activities should be stored for use within the project

site to the extent directed by the Engineer‐in‐charge..

d) Disposal of muck during construction phase should not create any adverse effect on the

neighboring communities and should be disposed taking the necessary precautions for general

safety and health aspects of people, only in approved sites as per the directions of the Engineer‐in‐

charge.

e) Construction spoils, including bituminous material and other hazardous materials, should not be

allowed to contaminate watercourses and the dump sites for such material should be secured so

that they do not leach into the ground water.

f) Any hazardous waste generated during construction phase, should be disposed off as per

applicable rules and norms of the MIDC/ MPCB and as per the direction of Engineer‐in‐charge.

g) The diesel generator sets to be used during construction phase should be low sulphur diesel type

and should conform to Environment (Protection) Rules prescribed for air and noise emission

standards.

h) The diesel required for operating DG sets should be stored as per regulations and the contractor

shall indemnify ARAI against any violation.

i) Vehicles hired for bringing construction material to the site should be in good condition and should

have a pollution check certificate and should conform to applicable air and noise emission

standards and should be operated only during non‐peak hours, as far as possible.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 149

k) Ambient noise levels should conform to residential standards both during day and night.

Incremental pollution loads on the ambient air and noise quality should be closely monitored

during construction phase. Adequate measures should be made to reduce ambient air and noise

level during construction phase, so as to conform to the stipulated standards by MPCB.

l) Regular supervision of the above and other measures for monitoring should be in place all through

the construction phase, so as to avoid disturbance to the surroundings. m) Provision should be made for supply of kerosene or cooking gas and pressure cooker to the

labourers during construction phase. n) Officials from the Office of MOEF/ MPCB, may be monitoring the implementation of environmental

safeguards and during such inspection the contractor shall give full cooperation, facilities and documents/ data to the inspecting officials.

17.0 BLANK 18.0 EXECUTION OF WORK AT RISK & COST OF CONTRACTOR

The balance work if any left to be completed after the determination of the contract as per clause

no.3 of clauses of contract shall be got executed by the employer as stipulated in the said clause at

the risk and cost of the contractor and the additional expenditure if any incurred by the employer

by getting the work executed in the manner stated above, the same shall be recovered from dues

of contractor. In the event of non‐availability of any dues, the additional expenditure shall be

recovered either from security deposit laying with the employer or any other dues of contractor

relating top other contracts being executed by him under the control of the Employer.

19.0 BLANK

20.0 FIELD TESTING INSTRUMENTS TO BE PROVIDED AT SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR

As mentioned in Schedule F. 21.0 FACTORY TESTING:

Successful Bidder shall arrange for visit of two representatives of ARAI for factory testing /

inspection till the tests are completed satisfactorily. The contractor shall bear at his own cost, all

the expenses incurred for such visits by ARAI representatives.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 150

SECTION – 7

SCHEDULE A TO F


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 151

SCHEDULE A TO F

PROFORMA OF SCHEDULES

(Operative schedule to be supplied separately to each intending Tenderer)

SCHEDULE ‘A’

Schedule / Bill of Quantities (As per Bill of Quantities attached with Financial Bid)

SCHEDULE ‘B’ – (DELETED)

SCHEDULE ‘C’ ‐ (DELETED)

SCHEDULE ‘D’ – (DELETED)

SCHEDULE ‘E’

Reference to general conditions of contract.

Name of Work: SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF DIESEL

GENERATING SET & ALLIED WORKS for R & D Laboratories at Plot no. E1/1, MIDC,

Chakan, Phase‐III, Dist‐ Pune.

Estimated cost of work: Rs.525 lacs

Earnest Money Rs.10 lacs

Performance Guarantee : Equivalent to 5% of the contract value.

Security Deposit : Equivalent to 10% of the contract value.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 152

SCHEDULE ‘F’

GENERAL RULES: Office Inviting Tender: ‐ ARAI

DIRECTIONS

Maximum percentage for quantity of Items of work to be executed beyond

Which rates are to be determined in Accordance with clauses 12.2 & 12.3

(section‐4) See below.

Definition:

Section‐ 4‐ 2 (v) Engineer‐in‐charge _______________________Dy. General managers

Section‐ 4 ‐ 2 (Viii) Accepting Authorities/ Appellate____________Director ARAI

Authority

Section‐4‐ 2 (x) Percentage on cost of materials and 15%

Labour to cover all overheads and profits

Section‐ 4 ‐ 2(xi) Standard Schedule of Rates ______NIL_____

Section‐ 4 – 9 (ii) Standard Form ______NIL_____

Section 2, Pt.2 Remedy of defects shall be executed within 15 days of notice.

Clause 1 (and also for Section 1 – 6.2 & 6.4 (c) – i )

(i) Time allowed for submission of Performance Guarantee

From the date if issue of letter of acceptance 15 days

(ii) Maximum allowable extension beyond the period

Provided in (i) above 7 days

Section ‐ 5 Clause 2

Authority for fixing compensation under Clause 2 Director ARAI

Section ‐ 5 Clause 2A


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 153

Whether Clause 2A shall be applicable NO

Section ‐ 5 Clause 5 (and also for clause 2)

Number of days from the date of issue of letter of

Acceptance for reckoning date of start 15 days

Mile stone (s) as per table given below

Table of Mile Stone (s)

S.No Financial Progress Time allowed in days

(from day of start)

Amt. to be withheld in case

of non achievement of

milestone

1 1/8th (of whole work) 1/3rd (of whole work) i.e.

(50) days

1% of tendered value of

work

2 1/3rd (of whole work) 1/2th (of whole work) i.e

(75) days


work

3 3/4th (of whole work) 3/4th (of whole work) i.e

(112) days


work

4 Full Full i.e. 150 days As per clause 2

Time allowed for execution of work : 5 months

Authority to decide:

i) Extension of time Director ARAI

ii) Rescheduling of Milestone Director ARAI

Clause 6, 6A

Clause Applicable – Section‐5 (6 & 6A) : Yes

Clause 7

Gross work to be done together with net payment/adjustment of advances for material collected, if any,

since the last such payment for being eligible to interim payment


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 154

Sr No Duration Minimum Amount payable ( in Rs. Lacs.` )

1 One months from start of

Project

20 Lacs

2 From One month to Three

months

50 lacs

Clause 10A

Testing equipment to be provided by the contractor at site.

A Testing Equipments

LT Meggar 1000 volts / 200 m ohms

Tong tester / Clamp tester

Multi meter

Earth tester 0 – 10 ohms.

Section‐5 ‐ Clause 10B (ii)

Whether Clause 10B (ii) shall be applicable : Yes

Clause 11

Specification to be followed for execution of work : Latest BIS, CPWD Specifications

Clause 12

12.2 & 12.3 Deviation limit beyond which

clauses12.2 & 12.3 shall apply.

Plus : 30%, Minus : No limit

Clause 16

Competent Authority for deciding : The Director, ARAI

Reduce rates


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 155

Clause 18

List of mandatory machinery, tools and plants to be deployed by the contractor at site

Steel / Aluminum Ladder 1.5 m to 8 m

Chase cutting machines

Electrical wire drawing equipment

Torque wrench for nut /bolt/screw

Crane

Pipe vice / Bench vice

Angle grinder / Chopsaw machine

Hydraulic / hand operated crimping tools

Portable drilling machine

Rotary hammer drilling machine up to 20mm

Welding machine 5 kva Capacity

Gas cutter set

Overhead conduit puller

Cable drum Jack

Chain pulley block up to 5 M T Capacity

Scaffolding structure (Set)( Upto 30m height)

Clause 36 (i)

Requirement of Technical Representative (s) and recovery Rate


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 156

Sr.

No.

Minimum

qualification of

Technical

Representative Description

Description(Princip

al Technical /

Technical

Representative) Minim

um

Experience

Number

Rates at which recovery shall be

made from the Contractor in the

event of not fulfilling provision

of clause 36 (i)

Figures Words

1 Graduate

Engineer Electrical Project Manger

10

Years 1

Rs.55,000

per month

Rs. Fifty five

Thousand per

month

2

Graduate /

Diploma

Engineer

Electrical Dy. Project

Manager

5

Years 1

Rs.45,000

per month

Rs. Forty five

Thousand per

month

3

Graduate /

Diploma

Engineer

Electrical Site engineer 5

Years 2

Rs.35,000

per month

Rs. Thirty five

Thousand per

month

Clause 42 (NOT APPLICABLE)

Clause 46.10:‐ Not Applicable

Clause 46.11.1A ‐‐ Whether Applicable: ‐ Not Applicable

Clause 46.16 : City of Jurisdiction of Court: ‐ Court in Pune, Maharashtra.

Clause 47.2.1 Sum for which Third Party: ‐ 3.00 lacs per occurrence Insurance to be obtained, with the

number of occurrences limited to four.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 157

SECTION – 8

ARAI SAFETY CODES


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 158

SECTION ‐ 8

ARAI SAFETY CODE

1. Readily accessible First Aid Kit including adequate sterilized cotton & dressing shall be provided.

2. Protective switchgear shall also be used for all temporary works.

3. Also to be taken care of Portable fire extinguisher, sand buckets / water should be kept handy

while performing welding or similar job by the workmen.

4. Scaffolding of staging more than 30m (90 ft) above the ground or floor, swung or suspended from

an overhead support or erected with stationary support shall have a guard rail properly attached or

bolted, braced and otherwise secured at least 30m (90 ft) high above the floor or platform of such

scaffolding or staging and extending along the entire length of the outside and ends there of with

only such opening as may be necessary for the delivery of materials. Such scaffolding or staging

shall be so fastened as to prevent it from swaying from the building or structure.

5. Every opening in the floor of a building or in a working platform shall be provided

with suitable means to prevent the fall of person or materials by providing suitable fencing or

railing whose minimum height.

6. Safe means of access shall be provided to all working platform and other working places. Every

ladder shall be securely fixed. No portable single ladder shall be over 9m. (30 ft)in length while the

width between side rails in rung ladder shall in no case be less than 29 cm. (11 ”) for ladder up to

and including 3m. (10 ft) in length. For longer ladders, this width should be increased at least 1/4”

for each additional 30 cm. (1 foot) of length. Uniform step spacing of not more than 30 cm shall be

kept. Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent anger from electrical equipment. No

materials on any of the sites or work shall be so stacked or placed as to cause danger or

inconvenience to any person or the public. The contractor shall provide all necessary fencing and

lights to protect the public from accident and shall be bound to bear the expenses of defense of

every suit, action or other proceedings at law that may be brought by any person for injury

sustained owing to neglect of the above precautions and to pay any damages and cost which may

be awarded in any such suit, action or proceedings to any such person or which may, with the

consent of the contractor, be paid to compensate any claim by any such person.

7. All necessary personal safely equipment as considered adequate by the Engineer‐in‐Charge should

be kept available for the use of the person employed on the site and maintained in a condition

suitable for immediate use, and the contractor should take adequate steps to ensure proper use of

equipment by those concerned:

The following safely equipment shall invariably be provided.

(i) Those engaged in welding works shall be provided with welder’s protective eye‐shields.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 159

(ii) When workers are employed in sewers and manholes, which are in active use, the contractors shall

ensure that the manhole covers are opened and ventilated at least for an hour before the workers

are allowed to get into the manholes, and the manholes so opened shall be cordoned off with

suitable railing and provided with warning signals or boards to prevent accident to the public. In

addition, the contractor shall ensure that the following safety measure is adhered to:

a. Entry for workers into the line shall not be allowed except under supervision of the JE or

any other higher officer.

b. Before entry presence of Toxic gases should be tested by inserting wet lead acetate paper

which changes colour in the presence of such gases and gives indication of their presence.

c. Presence of Oxygen should be verified by lowering and detector lamp into the manhole. In

case, no Oxygen is found inside the sewer line, workers should be sent only with Oxygen

kit.

d. Safety belt with rope should be provided to the workers. While working inside the

manhole, such rope should be handled by two men standing outside to enable him to be

pulled out during emergency.

e. The area should be barricaded or cordoned off by suitable means to avoid mishaps of any

kind. Proper warning signs should be displayed for the safely of the public whenever

cleaning works are undertaken during night or day.

f. No smoking or open flames shall be slowed near the blocked manhole being cleaned.

g. The malba obtained on account of cleaning of blocked manholes and sewer lines should be

immediately removed to avoid accidents on account of slippery nature of the malba.

h. Workers should not be allowed to work inside the manhole continuously. He should be

given rest intermittently. The Engineer‐ in‐ Charge may decide the time up to which a

worker may be allowed to work continuously inside the manhole.

i. Gas masks with Oxygen Cylinder should be kept at site for use in emergency.

j. Air‐blowers should be used for flow of fresh air through the manholes. Whenever called for

portable air blowers are recommended for ventilating the manholes. The motors for these

shall be vapor proof and of totally enclosed type. Non sparking gas engines also could be

used but they should be placed at least 2 meters away from the opening and on the

leeward side protected from wind so that they will not be a source of friction on any

inflammable gas that might be present.

k. The workers engaged for cleaning the manholes/sewers should be properly trained before

allowing working in the manhole.

l. The workers shall be provided with Gumboots or non sparking shoes bump helmets and


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 160

gloves non sparking tools safely lights and gas masks and portable air blowers (when

necessary). They must be supplied with barrier cream for anointing the limbs before

working inside the sewer lines.

m. Workmen descending manhole shall try each ladder stop or rung carefully before putting

his full weight on it to guard against insecure fastening due to corrosion of the rung fixed to

manhole well.

n. If a man has received a physical injury, he should be brought out of the sewer

immediately and adequate medical aid should be provided to him.

o. The extent to which these precautions are to be taken will depend on individual situation

but the decision of the Engineer‐in‐Charge regarding the steps to be taken in this regard

in an individual case will be final.

8. The Contractor shall not employ women and men below the age of 18 on the work of painting with

product containing lead in any form. Wherever men above the age of 18 are employed on the work

of lead painting, the following principles must be observed for such use.

i. Cases of lead poisonings and suspected lead poisoning shall be notified and shall be subsequently

verified by medical man appointed by competent authority of ARAI.

ii. ARAI may require, when necessary medical examination of workers.

9. When the work is done near any place where there is risk of drowning, all necessary equipments

should be provided and kept ready for use and all necessary steps taken for prompt rescue of any

person in danger and adequate provision should be made for prompt first aid treatment of all

injuries likely to be sustained during the course of the work. Use of hoisting machines and tackle

including their attachments, anchorage and supports shall conform to the following standards for

conditions:

i. These shall be of good mechanical construction, sound materials and adequate strength and free

from patent defects and shall be kept repaired and in good working order.

ii. Every rope used in hoisting or lowering materials or as a means of suspension shall be of durable

quality and adequate strength, and free from patent defects.

iii. Every crane driver or hoisting appliance operator shall be properly qualified and no person under

the age of 21 years should be in charge of any hoisting machine including any scaffolding winch or

give signals to operator.

iv. In case of every hoisting machine and of every chain ring hook, shackle swivel and pulley block used

in hoisting or as means of suspension the safe working load shall be ascertained by adequate

means. Every hoisting machine and all gear referred to above shall be plainly marked with the safe

working load. In case of a hoisting machine having a variable safe working load each safe working


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 161

load and the condition under which it is applicable shall be clearly indicated. No part of any

machine or any gear referred to above in this paragraph shall be loaded beyond the safe working

load except for the purpose of testing.

v. In case of the Contractor machines, the safe working load shall be notified by the Electrical

Engineer‐in‐Charge. As regards contractor’s machines the contractors shall notify the safe working

load of the machine to the Engineer‐in‐Charge whenever he brings any machinery to site of work

and get it verified by the Electrical Engineer concerned.

10. Motors, gearing, transmission, electric wiring and other dangerous parts of hoisting appliances

should be provided with efficient safeguards. Hoisting appliances should be provided with such

means as will reduce to the minimum the risk of accidental decent of the load. Adequate

precautions should be taken to reduce to the minimum the risk of any part of a suspended load

becoming accidentally displaced. When workers are employed on electrical installations which are

already energized, insulating mats, wearing apparel, such as gloves sleeves and boots as may be

necessary should be provided. The worker should not wear any rings, watches and carry keys or

other materials which are good conductor of electricity.

11. All scaffolds, ladders and other safety devices mentioned or described herein shall be maintained in

safe condition and no scaffold, ladder or equipment shall be altered or removed while it is in use.

Adequate washing facilities should be provided at or near places of work.

12. These safely provisions should be brought to the notice of all concerned by display on a notice

board at a prominent place at work spot. The person responsible for compliance of the safety code

shall be named therein by the contractor.

13. To ensure effective enforcement of the rules and regulations relating to safety precautions the

arrangements made by the contractor shall be open to inspection by the Labour Officer or

Engineer‐in‐Charge of the department or their representatives.

14. Notwithstanding the above clauses from (1) to (13) there is nothing in these to exempt the

contractor from the operations of any other Act or Rule in force in the Republic of India.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 162

SECTION ‐ 9

ARAI MODEL RULES FOR PROTECTION OF HEALTH AND SANITARY

ARRANGE‐MENTS FOR WORKERS


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 163

SECTION ‐ 9

ARAI MODEL RULES FOR THE PROTECTION OF HEALTH AND SANITARY ARRANGEMENTS FOR

WORKERS EMPLOYED BY ARAI OR ITS CONTRACTORS.

1. APPLICATION

These rules shall apply to all buildings and Electrical works in charge of ARAI in which twenty or more

workers are ordinarily employed or are proposed to be employed in any day during the period during

which the contract work is in progress.

2. DEFINITION

Work place means a place where twenty or more workers are ordinarily employed in connection with

construction work on any day during the period during which the contract work is in progress.

3. FIRST‐AID FACILITIES

i. At every work place there shall be provided and maintained, so as to be easily accessible during

working hours, first aid boxes at the rate of not less than one box for 150 contract labour or

part there of ordinarily employed.

ii. The first‐aid box shall be distinctly marked with a red cross on white back ground and shall

contain the following equipment:

(a) For work places in which the number of contract labour employed does not exceed 50–

Each first‐aid box shall contain the following equipments:

1 6 small sterilized dressings.

2 3 medium size sterilized dressings.

3 3 large size sterilized dressings.

4 3 large sterilized burn dressings.

5 1 (30 ml). Bottle containing a two percent alcoholic solution of iodine.

6 1 (30ml.) bottle containing salvolatile having the dose and mode of administration

indicated on the label.

7 1 snakebite lancet.

8 1 (930 gms) bottle of potassium permanganate crystals.

9 1 pair scissors.

10 1 copy of the fist‐aid leaflet issued by the Director General. Factory Advice Service and

Labour Institutes, Government of India.

11 1 bottle containing 100 tablets (each of 5 gms) of aspirin.

12 Ointment for burns.

13 A bottle of suitable surgical antiseptic solution.

(b) For work places in which the number of contract labour exceed 50. Each first‐aid box shall

contain the following equipments.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 164

1 12 small sterilised dressings.

2 6 medium size sterilized dressings.

3 6 large size streilised dressings.

4 6 large size sterilised burn dressings.

5 6 (15 gms) packets sterilized cotton wool.

6 1 (60 ml.) bottle containing two per cent alcoholic solution iodine.

7 1 (60 ml.) bottle containing salvolatile having the dose and mode of ministration indicated on the

label.

8 1 roll of adhesive plaster.

9 1 snake bite lancet.

10 1 (30 ml.) bottle of potassium permanganate crystals.

11 1 pair scissors.

12 1 copy of the first‐aid leaflet issued by the Director General Factory Advice Service and Labour

Institutes/Government of India.

13 A bottle containing 100 tablets (each of 5 gms.) of aspirin.

14 Ointment for burns.

15 A bottle of suitable surgical antiseptic solution.

(iii) Adequate arrangements shall be made for immediate recoupment of the equipment when

necessary.

(iv) Nothing except the prescribed contents shall be kept in the First‐aid box.

(v) The first‐aid box shall be kept in charge of a responsible person who shall always be readily

available during the working hours of the work place.

(vi) A person in charge of the First‐aid box shall be a person trained in First‐aid treatment, in the

work places where the number of contract labour employed is 150 or more.

(vii) In work places where the number of contract labour employed is 500 or more and hospital

facilities are not available within easy distance from the works. First‐aid posts shall be

established and run by a trained compounder. The compounder shall be on duty and shall

be available at all hours when the workers are at work.

(viii) Where work places are situated in places which are not towns or cities, a suitable motor

transport shall be kept readily available to carry injured person or person suddenly taken ill

to the nearest hospital.

4. DRINKING WATER

(i) In every work place, there shall be provided and maintained at suitable places, easily

accessible to labour, a sufficient supply of cold water fit for drinking

(ii) Where drinking water is obtained from an intermittent public water supply, each work


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 165

place shall be provided with storage where such drinking water shall be stored.

(iii) Every water supply or storage shall be at a distance of not less than 50 feet from any latrine

drain or other source of pollution. Where water has to be drawn from an existing well

which is within such proximity of latrine, drain or any other source of pollution, the well

shall be properly chlorinated before water is drawn from it for drinking. All such wells shall

be entirely closed in and be provided with a provided with a trap door which shall be dust

and waterproof.

(iv) A reliable pump shall be fitted to each covered well, the trap door shall be kept locked and

opened only for cleaning or inspection which shall be done at least once a month.

5. WASHING FACILITIES

(i) In every work place adequate and suitable facilities for washing shall provided and

maintained for the use of contract labour employed therein.

(ii) Separate and adequate cleaning facilities shall be provided for the use of male and female

workers.

(iii) Such facilities shall be conveniently accessible and shall be kept in clean and hygienic

condition.

6. LATRINES AND URINALS

(i) Latrines shall be provided in every work place on the following scale namely:

(a) Where female are employed there shall be at least one latrine for every 25 females.

(b) Where males are employed, there shall be at least one latrine for every 25 males.

Provided that where the number of males or females exceeds 100, it shall be sufficient if

there is one latrine for 25 males or females as the case may be upto the first 100, and one

for every 50 thereafter.

(ii) Every latrine shall be under cover and so partitioned off as to secure privacy, and shall have

a proper door and fastenings.

(iii) Construction of latrines: The inside walls shall be constructed of masonry or some suitable

heat‐resisting non absorbent materials and shall be cement washed inside and outside at

least once a year. Latrines shall not be of a standard lower than borehole system.

(iv) (a) Where workers of both sexes are employed, there shall be displayed outside each block of

latrine and urinal a notice in the language understood by the majority of the works “for

men only” or “for women only” as the case may be.

(b) The notice shall also bear the figure of a man or of a woman, as the case may be.

(v) There shall be at least one urinal for male workers upto 50 and one for female workers

upto fifty employed at a time, provided that where the number of male or female


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 166

workmen, as the case may be exceeds 500, it shall be a sufficient if there is one urinal for

every 50 males or females up to the first 500 and one for every 100 or part thereafter.

(vi) (a) The latrines and urinals shall be adequately lighted and shall be maintained in a clean and

sanitary condition at all times.

(b) Latrines and urinals other than those connected with a flush sewage system shall comply

with the requirement of the Public Health Authorities.

(vii) Water shall be provided by means of tap or otherwise so as to be conveniently accessible in

or near the latrines and urinals.

(viii) Disposal of excreta: Unless otherwise arranged for by the local sanitary authority,

arrangements for proper disposal of excreta by incinerator at the work place shall be made

by means of a suitable incineration. Alternately excreta may be disposed of by putting a

layer of night soil at the bottom of a pucca tank prepared for the purpose and covering it

with a 15 cm layer of waste or refuse and then covering it with a layer of earth for a

fortnight (when it will manure).

(ix) The contractor shall at this own expense, carry out all instructions issued to him by

the Engineer‐in‐Charge to effect proper disposal of night soil and other conservancy work

in respect of the contractor’s workmen or employees on the site. The contractor shall be

responsible for payment of any charges which may be leveled by Municipal or Cantonment

Authority for execution of such on his behalf.

7. PROVISION OF SHELTER DURING REST

At every place there shall be provided, free of cost, four suitable sheds, two for meals and the other

two for rest separately for the use of men and women labour. The height of each shelter shall not be

less than 3 meters (10 ft.) from the floor level to the lowest part of the roof. These shall be kept clean

and the space provided shall be on the basis of 0.6 sq.m. (6 ft.) Per head.

Provided that the Engineer‐in‐Charge may permit subject to his satisfaction, a portion of the building

under construction or other alternative accommodation to be used for the purpose.

8. CRECHES

(i) At every work place, at which 20 or more woman workers are ordinarily employed, there shall

be provided two rooms of reasonable dimensions for the use of their children under the age of

six years. One room shall be used as a play room for the children and the other as their

bedroom.

(ii) The rooms shall be provided with suitable and sufficient openings for light and ventilation.

There shall be adequate provision of sweepers to keep the places clean.

(iii) The contractor shall supply adequate number of toys and games in the play room and sufficient


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 167

number of cots and beddings in the bed room.

(iv) The contractor shall provide one ayaa to look after the children in the crèche when the number

of women workers does not exceed 50 and 2 when the number of woman workers exceeds 50.

(v) The use of the rooms earmarked as creches shall be restricted to children, their attendants and

mothers of the children.

9. CANTEENS

(i) In every work place where the work regarding the employment of contract labour is likely to

continue for six months and where in contract labour numbering one hundred or more are

ordinarily employed an adequate canteen shall be provided by the contractor for the use of such

contract labour.

(ii) The canteen shall be maintained by the contractor in an efficient manner.

(iii) The canteen shall consist of at least a dining hall, kitchen storeroom, and pantry and washing places

separately for workers and utensils.

(iv) The canteen shall be sufficiently lighted at all times when any person has access to it.

(v) The floor shall be made of smooth and impervious materials and inside walls shall be lime‐washed

or colour washed at least once in each year.

Provided that the inside walls of the kitchen shall be lime‐washed every four months.

(vi) The premises of the canteen shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition.

(vii) Waste water shall be carried away in suitable covered drains and shall not be allowed to

accumulate so as to cause a nuisance.

(viii) Suitable arrangements shall be made for the collection and disposal for garbage.

(ix) The dining hall shall accommodate at a time 30 per cent of the contract labour working at a time.

(x) The floor area of the dining hall, excluding the area occupied by the service counter and any furniture

except tables and chairs shall not be less than one square meter (10 sft) per dinner to be

accommodated.

(xi) (a) A portion of the dining hall and service counter shall be partitioned off and reserved for women

workers in proportion to their number.

(b) Washing places for women shall be separate and screened to secure privacy.

(xii) Sufficient tables stools, chair or benches shall be available for the number of diners to be

accommodated.

(xiii) (a) 1. There shall be provided and maintained sufficient utensils crockery, furniture and any other

equipment necessary for the efficient running of the canteen.

2. The furniture utensils and other equipment shall be maintained in a clean and hygienic condition.

(b) 1. Suitable clean clothes for the employees serving in the canteen shall be provided and

maintained.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 168

2 A service counter, if provided, shall have top of smooth and impervious materials.

3 Suitable facilities including an adequate supply of hot water shall be provided for the cleaning of

utensils and equipments.

(xiv) The food stuffs and other items to be served in the canteen shall be in conformity with the normal

habits of the contract labour.

(xv) The charges for food stuffs, beverages and any other items served in the canteen shall be based on

‘No profit, No loss and shall be conspicuously displayed in the canteen.

(xvi) In arriving at the price of food stuffs, and other article served in the canteen, the following items

shall not be taken into consideration as expenditure namely:

(a) The rent of land and building.

(b) The depreciation and maintenance charges for the building and equipments provided for

the canteen.

(c) The cost of purchase, repairs and replacement of equipments including furniture, crockery,

cutlery and utensils.

(d) The water charges and other charges incurred for lighting and ventilation.

(e) The interest and amounts spent on the provision and maintenance of equipments provided

for the canteen.

(xvii) The accounts pertaining to the canteen shall be audited once every 12 months by registered

accountants and auditors.

10. ANTI MALARIAL PRECAUTIONS

The contractor shall at his own expense, conform to all anti‐malaria instructions given to him by the

Engineer‐in‐Charge including the filling up of any borrow pits which may have been dug by him.

11. The above rules shall be incorporated in the contracts and in notices inviting tenders and shall

form an integral part of the contracts.

12. AMENDMENTS

ARAI may, from time to time, add to or amend rules and issue directions, it may consider necessary

for the purpose of removing any difficulty which may arise in the administration thereof.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 169

SECTION ‐ 10

ARAI CONTRACTOR’S LABOUR REGULATIONS


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 170

SECTION ‐ 10

ARAI CONTRACTOR’S LABOUR REGULATIONS

1. SHORT TITLE

These regulations may be called ARAI Contractors Labour Regulations.

2. DEFINITIONS

(i) Workman means any person employed by ARAI or its contractor directly or indirectly through a sub

contractor with or without the knowledge of ARAI to do any skilled, semiskilled or unskilled manual

supervisory, technical or clerical work for hire or reward, whether the terms of employment are

expressed or implied but does not include any person :–

(a) Who is employed mainly in a managerial or administrative capacity; or

(b) Who, being employed in a supervisory capacity draws wages exceeding five hundred rupees per

mensem or exercises either by the nature of the duties attached to the office or by reason of

powers vested in him, functions mainly of managerial nature ; or

(c) Who is an out worker, that is to say, person to whom any article or materials are given out by or

on behalf of the principal ARAI to be made up cleaned, washed, altered, ornamental finished,

repaired adopted or otherwise processed for sale for the purpose of the trade or business of the

principal ARAI and the process is to be carried out either in the home of the out worker or in some

other premises, not being premises under the control and management of the principal ARAI.

No person below the age of 14 years shall be employed to act as a workman.

(ii) Fair Wages means whether for time or piece work fixed and notified under the provisions

of the Minimum Wages Act from time to time.

(iii) Contractors shall include every person who undertakes to produce a given result other

than a mere supply of goods or articles of manufacture through contract labour or who

supplies contract labour for any work and includes a subcontractor.

(iv) Wages shall have the same meaning as defined in the Payment of Wages Act.

3. (i) Normally working hours of an adult employee should not exceed 9 hours a day. The working day

shall be so arranged that inclusive of interval for rest, if any, it shall not spread over more than 12

hours on any day.

(ii) When an adult worker is made to work for more than 9 hours on any day or for more than 48

hours in any week he shall be paid over time for the extra hours put in by him at double the

ordinary rate of wages.

(iii) (a) Every worker shall be given a weekly holiday normally on a Sunday, in accordance with

the provisions of the Minimum Wages (Central) Rules 1960 as amended from time to time

irrespective of whether such worker is governed by the Minimum Wages Act or not.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 171

(b) Where the minimum wages prescribed by the Government under the Minimum Wages Act are

not inclusive of the wages for the weekly day of rest, the worker shall be entitled to rest day wages

at the rate applicable to the next preceding day, provided he has worked under the same

contractor for a continuous period of not less than 6 days.

(c) Where contractor is permitted by the Engineer‐in‐Charge to allow a worker to work on a normal

weekly holiday, he shall grant a substituted holiday to him for the whole day on one of the five days

immediately before or after the normal weekly holiday and pay wages to such workers for the work

performed on the normal weekly holiday at overtime rate.

4. DISPLAY OF NOTICE REGARDING WAGES ETC.

The contractor shall before he commences his work on contract, display and correctly maintain and

continue to display and correctly maintain in a clear and legible condition in conspicuous places on

the work, notice in English and in the local Indian languages spoken by the majority of the workers

giving the minimum rates of wages fixed under Minimum Wages Act, the actual wages being paid,

the hours of work for which such wage are earned, wages periods.

5. PAYMENT OF WAGES

i. The contractor shall fix wage periods in respect of which wages shall be payable.

ii. No wage period shall exceed one month.

iii. The wages of every person employed as contract labour in an establishment or by a contractor

where less than one thousand such persons are employed shall be paid before the expiry of

seventh day and in other cases before the expiry of tenth day after the last day of the wage

period in respect of which the wages are payable.

iv. Where the employment of any worker is terminated by or on behalf of the contractor the

wages earned by him shall be paid before the expiry of the second working day form the day

on which his employment is terminated.

v. All payment of wages shall be made on a working day at the work premises and during the

working time and on a date notified in advance and in case the work is completed before the

expiry of the wages period, final payment shall be made within 48 hours of the last working

day.

vi. Wages due to every worker shall be paid to him direct or to other Person authorized by him in

this behalf.

vii. All wages shall be paid in current coin or currency or in both.

viii. Wages shall be paid without any deductions of any kind except those specified by the Central

Government by general or special order in this behalf or permissible under the Payment of

Wages Act 1956.

ix. A notice showing the wages period and the place and time of disbursement of wages shall be


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 172

displayed at the place of work and a copy sent by the contractor to the Engineer‐in‐Charge

under acknowledgement.

x. It shall be the duty of the contractor to ensure the disbursement of wages in the presence of

the Junior Engineer or any other authorized representative of the Engineer‐in‐Charge who will

be required to be present at the place and time of disbursement of wages by the contractor to

workmen.

xi. The contractor shall obtain from the Junior Engineer or any other authorised representative of

the Engineer‐in‐Charge as the case may be a certificate under his signature at the end of the

entries in the “Register of Wages” or the “Wage‐cum‐Muster Roll” as the case be in the

following form:

“Certified that the amount shown in column No. ................................... has been paid to the

workman concerned in my presence on ................. at ................ .

6. FINES AND DEDUCTIONS WHICH MAY BE MADE FROM WAGES

(i) The wages of a worker shall be paid to him without any deduction of any kind except the

following:

(a) Fines.

(b) Deductions for absence from duty i.e. from the place or the places where by the terms of

his employment he is required to work. The amount of deduction shall be in proportion to

the period for which he was absent.

(c) Deduction for damage to or loss of goods expressly entrusted to the employed person for

custody, or for loss of money or any other deduction which he is required to account,

where such damage or loss is directly attributable to his neglect or default.

(d) Deduction for recovery of advances or for adjustment of overpayment of wages, advances

granted shall be entered in a register.

(e) Any other deduction which the Central Government may from time to time allow.

(ii) No fines should be imposed on any worker save in respect of such acts and omissions on

his part as have been approved of by the Chief Labour Commissioner.

Note: An approved list of Acts and Omissions for which fines can be imposed is as given

below,

(iii) No fines shall be imposed on a worker and no deduction for damage or loss shall be made

for his wages until the worker has been given an opportunity of showing cause against such

fines or deductions.

(iv) The total amount of fine which may be imposed in any one wage period on a worker shall

not exceed an amount equal to three praise in a rupee of the total wages, payable to him in

respect of that wage period.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 173

(v) No fine imposed on any worker shall be recovered from him by installment, or after the

expiry of sixty days from the date on which it was imposed.

(vi) Every fine shall be deemed to have been imposed on the day of the act or omission in

respect of which it was imposed.

7. LABOUR RECORDS

(i) The contractor shall maintain a Register of persons employed on work on contract in Form

XIII of CL(R&A) Central Rules 1971.

(ii) The contractor shall maintain in Muster Roll register in respect of all workmen employed by

him on the work under Contract in Form XVI of CL (R & A) Rules 1971

(iii) The contractor shall maintain a Wage Register in respect of all workmen employed by him

on the work under contract in Form XVII of the CL (R & A) Rules 1971

(iv) Register of accident – The contractor shall maintain a register of accidents in such form as

may be convenient at the work place but the same shall include the following particulars.

(a) Full particulars of the labour who met with accident

(b) Rate of wages

(c) Sex

(d) Age

(e) Nature of accident and cause of accident

(f) Time and date of accident

(g) Date and time when admitted in Hospital

(h) Date of discharges from the Hospital

(i) Period of treatment and result of treatment

(j) Percentage of loss of earning capacity and disability as assessed by Medical Officer

(k) Claim required to be paid under Workmen’s Compensation Act

(l) Date of payment of compensation

(m) Amount paid with details of the person to whom the same was paid

(n) Authority bay whom the compensation was assessed

(o) Remarks

(v) The contractor shall maintain a Register of fines in the Form XII of the CL (R & A)

A) Rule 1971

The contractor shall display in a good condition and in a conspicuous place of work the approved

list of acts and omissions for which fines can be imposed.

(vi) The contactor shall maintain a Register of deductions for damage or loss in Form XXIII of

the CL (R & A) Rules 1971.

(vii) The contactor shall maintain a Register of deductions for damages or loss in Form XX of the


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 174

CL (R & A) Rules 1971.

(viii) The contractor shall maintain a Register of Overtime in Form XXIII of the CL (R & A) Rules

1971.

8. ATTENDANCE CARD‐CUM WAGE SLIP

(i) The contractor shall issue an Attendance card‐cum‐wage slip to each workman employed

by him.

(ii) The card shall be valid for each wage period.

(iii) The contractor shall mark the attendance of each workman on the card twice each day,

once at the commencement of the day and again after the rest interval, before he

actually starts work.

(iv) The card shall remain in possession of the worker during the wages period under reference.

(v) The contractor shall complete the wage slip portion on the reverse of the card at least a

day prior to the disbursement of wages in respect of the wages period under reference.

(vi) The contractor shall obtain the signature or thumb impression of the worker on the wage

slip at the time of disbursement of wages and retain the card with himself.

9. EMPLOYMENT CARD

The contractor shall issue an Employment Card in Form XIV of the CL (R & A) Central Rules 1971 to

each worker within three days of the employment of the worker.

10. SERVICE CERTIFICATE

On termination of employment for any reason whatsoever the contractor shall issue to the

workman whose services have been terminated, a Service certificate in Form XV of the CL (R & A)

Central Rules 1971.

11. PRESERVATION OF LABOUR RECORDS

All records required to be maintained under Regulations Nos. 6 & 7 shall be preserved in original

for a period of three years from the date of last entries made in them and shall be made

available for inspection by the Engineer – in ‐ Charge or labour Officer or any other officers

authorized by the Central Government or the ARAI in this behalf.

12. POWER OF LABOUR OFFICER TO MAKE INVESTIGATIONS OR ENQUIRY

The labour officer or any person authorized by central Government on their behalf shall have

power to make requires with a view to ascertaining and enforcing due and proper observance of

Fair Wage Clause and the Provisions of their Regulations. He shall investigate into any complaint

regarding the default made by the contractor or subcontractor in regard to such provision.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 175

13. REPORT OF LABOUR OFFICER

The Labour officer or other persons authorized shall submit a report of result of his investigation

or enquiry to the Site Engineer concerned indicating the extent, if any, to which the default has

been committed with a note that necessary deductions from the contractor’s bill be made and the

wages and other dues be paid to the labourers concerned.

(i) The Site Engineer shall arrange payments to the labour concerned within 45 days from the

receipt of the report from the Labour Officer or the Engineer‐in‐Charge as the case may be.

14. APPEAL AGAINST THE DECISION OF LABOUR OFFICER

Any person aggrieved by the decision and recommendations of the Labour Officer or other person

so authorized may appeal against such decision to the Engineer‐in‐Charge concerned within 30

days from the date of decision, forwarding simultaneously a copy of his appeal to the Site Engineer

concerned but subject to such appeal, the decision of the officer shall be final and binding upon the

contractor.

15. PROHIBITION REGARDING REPRESENTATION THROUGH LAWYER

(i) A workman shall be entitled to be represented in any investigation or enquiry under these

regulations by:

(a) An officer of a registered trade union of which he is a member.

(b) An officer of a federation of trade unions to which the trade union

referred to in clause (a) is affiliated.

(c) Where the employee is not a member of any registered trade union, by an officer

of a registered trade union, connected with the industry in which the worker is

employed or by any other workman employed in the industry in which the worker

is employed.

(ii) An ARAI shall be entitled to be represented in any investigation or enquiry under these

regulations by:

(a) An officer of an association of ARAI of which he is a member

(b) An officer of a federation of associations of ARAI to which association referred to in clause

is affiliated.

(c) Where the ARAI is not a member of any association of ARAI, by an officer of association of

ARAI connected with the industry in which the ARAI is engaged or by any other ARAI, engaged in

the industry in which the ARAI is engaged.

(iii) No party shall be entitled to be represented by a legal practitioner in any

investigation or enquiry under these regulations.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 176

15. INSPECTION OF BOOKS AND SLIPS

The contractor shall allow inspection of all the prescribed labour records to any of his workers or

to his agent at a convenient time and place after due notice is received to the Labour Officer or any

other person, authorized by the Central Government on his behalf.

16. SUBMISSIONS OF RETURNS

The contractors shall submit periodical returns as may be specified from time to time.

17. AMENDMENTS

ARAI may from time to time add to or amend the regulations and on any question as to the

application/interpretation or effect of those regulations the decision of the Engineer‐in‐Charge

concerned shall be final.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 177

SECTION – 11

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 178

1 DG SETS 2000 KVA

1.1 PREAMBLE:

1.1.1 The scope of work includes supply, installation, testing & commissioning of 2000 KVA (1600 KW) 2000

KVA at 415 Volts, 3 phase, 50 Hz, 1500 R.P.M. at 0.8 PF complete DG system with provision of Auto

Synchronizing panel, for parallel mode of operation with Auto/ manual Test Selector Switch, Auto

load sharing & No Load synchronizing, Load dependant Start / Stop facility mounted inside acoustic

enclosure and associated works.

1.2 GENERAL

1.2.1 The scope of work under this contract comprises Supply, Installation. Testing & commissioning of

2000KVA DG Sets & Other Associated work, for M/s. THE AUTOMOTIVE RESEARCH ASSOCIATION OF

INDIA, PUNE, TESTING PLANT PROJECT at CHAKAN MIDC, DIST‐ PUNE. The work shall be carried out

and completed under this contract in every respect in conformity with the current rules and

regulations of the local electricity authority, the Indian Standard Institution, Relevant IS as modified

up to date. Where IS codes do not exist, the British Standards shall be followed. IE Rules 1956 as

amended up to date, CPWD Specifications for Electrical Works (Part – I) Internal, (Part –II) External

2005 and (Part – IV) 2007, with correction slips up to the date of Tendering and with the directions of

and to the satisfaction of the Architect/ Consultant/ ARAI/PMC

1.2.2 The work as indicated in the scope of work attached herewith includes any

modification/addition/alteration required.

1.2.3 The brief description of the scope of works under this contract shall include the design, engineering,

manufacture, assembly, testing, delivery, erection and commissioning of electrical system including

supply of all material, labour, Transport & Packing etc.

1.2.4 Obtaining applicable statutory approvals with necessary follow‐up, obtaining service connection and

energies the installation.

1.2.5 All the above work shall be complete in all respects up to the satisfaction of consultant, Client and

Engineer in charge as per the details mentioned in BOQ and drawings supplied time to time. Unless

and otherwise mentioned in the tender documents the following scope of works shall be done by the

contractor:

1.2.6 Furnishing of all labour, skilled and unskilled, supervisory and administrative personnel, erection tools

and tackles, testing equipment, implements, supplies, consumables like welding rods and gas, oil and

grease, cleaning fluids, insulating tape, anti corrosive paints, jute cotton waste etc., and hardware for

timely and efficient execution of the erection work.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 179

a. Transport vehicles necessary for efficient transportation of equipment from Owner's stores to

site of erection and excess materials back to owner's stores.

b. Complete assembly, erection and connection, testing and commissioning, putting into

successful and satisfactory commercial operations of above equipment.

c. The items of work to be performed on all equipment and materials shall include but not limited

to the following:

i. Receiving, unloading and transportation at site. (To Owner or Contractor's stores and

from their up to actual place of erection).

ii. Opening, inspecting and reporting all damages and short supply items.

iii. Re‐order all damaged and short supply items.

iv. Storing at site with suitable all weather protection.

v. Assemblies, erection and complete Installation.

vi. Necessary coordination between work done by other Contractors.

vii. Final check‐up, testing and commissioning in presence of Owner's representative.

viii. Obtaining Owner's written acceptance of satisfactory performance.

1.2.7 All equipments their installation, testing and commissioning shall conform latest CPWD/ IS

specifications in all respects. Indian Standard Code of Practice for Electrical Wiring Installation IS:732‐

1989. It shall also be in conformity with Indian electricity Rules and the Regulations, National Electric

Code, National Building Code, latest CPWD specifications amended up to date and requirements of

the Local Electric Supply Authority. In general, all materials equipment and workmanship shall

conform to the Indian Standards specifications and code. Mode of all measurement will be as per

latest CPWD norms/ specifications some of the applicable codes/standards are as under:

a) CPWD General specifications for electrical works : Part VII (DG Sets) 2006

b) CPWD Specification/norms for measurement Latest revision anything not covered by the above

shall be as per I.E. Rules and regulations.

1.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS

1.3.1 (4 sets of soft copies on CD and four sets of hard copies duly wound): As part of the handing over

documents after successful completion of the work, the Tenderer shall submit to the

Owner/Architect/Consultant/PMC AS BUILT drawings drawn at approved scale indicating the

complete system "As installed". These drawings shall be prepared in AutoCAD. These drawings shall

in particular, give the following information:

Location of all equipments.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 180

Cables, dummy pipes, earthing and all other services covered under this contract.

Complete Schematic Diagram of the installation of all services with cable sizes etc.

Earthing pits layout.

The consultant’s drawings are for guideline only to show how to work .The contractor must

be prepared his own drawings for execution.

1.3.2 No completion certificate will be issued until the completion drawings in the above mentioned

forms are submitted. The drawings will be prepared and submitted by the contractor without any

extra charge.

1.4 OTHER RELATED INFORMATION:

i. All Annexure of this tender document duly filled in and signed by the contractor.

ii. Transportation/shipping dimensions and weights, space required for handling parts for

maintenance.

iii. Type test certificates for all equipment on similar type of equipment.

iv. Cable schedule & interconnection chart.

v. Foundation details and plan, loading details for all equipment.

vi. Test certificates, Test Procedures at sites.

vii. Test reports of all tests carried out at site.

viii. Spare part lists.

1.5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

1.5.1 As part of the handing over documents, the Tenderer shall submit 4 draft copies + soft copies in

CD’s detailed installation, operation and maintenance manuals/schedule & log sheets for all systems

and equipment of manufacturers for all items of equipment included in this contract, together with

all relevant data sheet, spare parts catalogues, repairs, assembly and adjustment procedure etc to

the Engineer‐in‐Charge. The manuals shall contain basis of design, detailed technical data and

drawings for each equipment as installed, the erection, testing, operation and maintenance

procedures, spare parts manual and recommended spares for 3 year period of maintenance of each

equipment including tools & tackles.

1.5.2 The Contractor shall also submit the Preventive maintenance schedule for the equipment

supplied.

1.5.3 The Contractor shall submit four sets of the final Manuals (incorporating comments, if any,

of Engineer‐in‐Charge) complete in all respects.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 181

1.6 IMPORT LICENSE

1.6.1 For importing any item if any import license/L.C. is required, the Contractor shall make required

arrangements. Any delay on this account shall be to Contractors account.

1.7 TRAINING OF OWNER PERSONNEL

1.7.1 The Tenderer shall train Owner’s Personnel to operate the equipment installed, to carry out

routine maintenance work including lubrication, overhauling, adjustments, testing, minor repairs

and replacement. Nothing extra shall be payable.

1.7.2 Training shall be done before the expiry of the defects liability period. The period of training shall be

mutually agreed upon by Owner and Contractor.

1.7.3 Owner reserves the right to inspect any equipment/material to be supplied by the Tenderer as part of

his scope of work, at manufacturer’s works. The Tenderer shall provide and secure for the Owner’s

Authorized Representative every reasonable access and facility at the manufacturer works for

inspection and testing.

1.8 MAKE OF MATERIALS /MATERIAL SAMPLE

1.8.1 The Tenderer shall supply the material as per BOQ. Due to non‐availability of any material mentioned

in the specifications, substitute material shall be used only after detail of material accompanied by all

technical data, sizes, particulars of material and manufacturers name along with the credit due to

Owner, if any, shall be submitted to Owner for obtaining written approval from Owner / Consultant,

for such material.

1.9 SITE CONDITIONS:

Temperature : Maximum 45°. C

Minimum 0° C

Altitude : 690 meters above MSL

Relative humidity : up to 95% condensing.

Climatic condition : Dusty

1.10 ELECTRICAL SUPPLY SPECIFICATIONS:

Nominal voltage : 415V + 6%

No. of Phases : 3PH + Neutral (Four wire)

Frequency : 50 Hz + 3%

Neutral earthing : Solidly Grounded.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 182

Control supply : 12/24V, 2‐wires DC.

Power factor : Minimum 0.8

1.11 STANDARDS

SR.NO. STANDARDS DESCRIPTIONS

1 BS: 649 Diesel Engines for general purpose.

2 BS:2613 Rotating Electrical Machinery.

3 IS: 4722‐2001 Rotating electrical machines.

4 IS :4728‐1975 Terminal marking for rotating electrical machines.

5 IS :4729‐1968 Measurement of vibrations of rotating electrical machines.

6 IS: 4691‐1985 Degrees of protection provided by enclosure for rotating electrical machinery.

7 IS:12065‐1987 Permissible limit of noise for rotating electrical machines

8 IS:12802‐1989 Temperature rise measurement of rotating electrical machines

9 IS : 8623 ‐ 1993 Specification for low voltage switchgear and control gear assemblies

10 IS : 10118‐1982 Code of practices for selection, installation and maintenance of switchgear and control gear.

11 IS : 12063‐1987 Classification of degrees of protection provided by enclosures of electrical equipment.

12 IS : 2147 ‐ 1962 Degrees of Protection provided by enclosures for low voltage switchgear and control gear.

13 IS :13947‐1993 L.V. Switchgears and control gears

14 IS:13032‐1991 Miniature circuit breaker boards for voltage up to and including 1000 volts A.C.

15 IS:2705‐1992 Current Transformer

16 IS:3231:1986 Electrical relays for power system protection

17 IS:12943‐1990 Brass gland for PVC Cables

18 IS: 7098‐1988 Cross linked polyethylene insulated cables

19 IS : 694 ‐ 1990 PVC insulated Electric cable for working voltage up to and including 1100 volts.

20 IS : 732 ‐ 1989 Code of practice for electrical wiring and installation

21 IS : 1554 ‐ 1988 (Part ‐ I)

PVC insulated (Heavy Duty) electric cables for working voltages up to and including 1100 volts.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 183

22 IS : 1651 & 1652 – 1991

Stationary cell & batteries, lead acid type.

23 IS : 1885 – 1971 Glossary of items for electrical cables and conductors

24 IS : 2551‐1982 Danger notice plates.

25 IS : 3043 – 1987 Code of practice for earthing.

26 IS : 3480 ‐ 1966 Flexible steel conduits for electrical wiring.

27 IS : 5133 – 1969

(Part ‐I)

Boxes for the enclosure of electrical accessories.

28 IS : 5216 – 1982

(Part‐I)

Guide for safety procedures and practices in electrical work.

29 IS : 5424 ‐ 1969 Rubber mats for electrical purposes.

30 IS : 5578 & 1984 Guide for marking of insulated conductors

31 IS : 8130 ‐ 1984

Conductors for insulated electric cables and flexible cords

32 IS : 8623 –1993

(Part –I)

Factory built assemblies of switchgear and control gear for

voltages up to and including 1000 V AC and 1200 V D C.

33 IS : 8623 – 1993

(Part –II)

Bus Bar Trunking system

34 IS : 8828 – 1996 Miniature Circuit Breakers

35 IS : 9537 – 1981 Rigid Steel Conduits for electrical wiring (Second Revisions)

36 IS : 10810 – 1988 Methods of test for cables.

37 IS : 11353 – 1985 Guide for uniform system of marking and identification of

conductors and apparatus terminals.

38 IS : 12640 – 1988 Earth Leakage Circuit Breakers

39 IS : 13947‐1993

(Part‐II)

Air Circuit Breakers

40 IS : 13947‐1993 Moulded Case Circuit Breakers

41 IS : 2147 Degree of protection provided by enclosures for LV

switchgear and control gear.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 184

1.12 SCOPE OF WORK:

1.12.1 As specified in section‐1 Para 1.3.

1.13 PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS: DIESEL ENGINE & ACCESSORIES

1.14 ENGINE

1.14.1 The diesel engines shall be of approved make, direct injection, four stroke, multi cylinder, air, radiator

type, turbo charged, after cooled, operating at a nominal speed of 1500 R.P.M and capable of

developing requisite BHP.

1.14.2 The engine and the governing system shall be suitable for Prime power and shall conform to IS:

10000/BS:5514/ISO:3046 : Specification for reciprocating internal combustion engines. IS:4722/IEC‐

60034 BS‐5000 Rotating electrical machine. IS:3043 for Code of practice for Earthing.The unit shall be

suitable for operation on high speed diesel oil available in Indian Market.

1.14.3 The engine shall be electric start and shall be suitable for battery assisted manual starting by Battery

start by electric DC start motor. Auto and manual provision for stop the engine.

1.14.4 The governing system of the engine shall be electronic type and suitable to control frequency

variation within + 3% whenever a load of 1600 KW is switched in or thrown off.

1.14.5 The engine fitments shall include but not be limited to the following.

a. Flexible coupling / Close coupling and flywheel with guard.

b. Dry type air filter with clogged condition indicator.

c. Cooling radiator with fans.

d. Fuel pump.

e. Lube oil pump, oil cooler and filter.

f. Turbo charger.

g. Electronic governor with all wiring connections shall be made by quick connectors.

h. 12/24V DC separate battery charger.

i. Noise level: Shall conform to latest CPCB (central Pollution Control Board)

j. Fuel consumption: Shall be as per IS: 10000/BS: 5514 or Better.

k. Lifting: Eye bolt on frame.

1.14.6 Emission level: Low‐emission type. The emission levels conforming to the latest regulation of CPCB,

And also make ladder platform provision at 9M height for emission measurement.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 185

1.14.7 Over crank, Low lube oil pressure, high water temperature, engine over speed, Vibration, noise and

emission level shall conform to relevant Indian / international standards

1.14.8 Engine mounted microprocessor based DG control panel to display the following engine and electrical

parameters:

a. Lube oil pressure indicator and temperature gauge.

b. Tacho meter for speed indication with hour meter.

c. Battery charging Ammeter.

d. Starting switch with key.

e. Over speed stop switch with contacts.

f. Low lube oil pressure switch.

g. High water temperature alarm & trip.

h. Wiring harness using temperature resistant insulation and flexible copper conductor wires. The

wiring should be clamped at regular intervals and terminated using lugs and terminals.

i. Stainless steel flexible for engine exhaust.

j. Stop solenoid.

k. Operating system of dg set separate or parallel mode.

l. Control cables from Engine to AMF panel using 12 core 1.5 sqmm copper and 3 core 2.5

sq.mm Copper cables for communication.

m. The engine speed shall be regulated through an electronic governing system which shall also

provide the over speed protection. The governor shall ensure that the speed of the set is

regulated within 1% of the nominal speed under normal operating conditions.

n. The DG set shall be capable of handling block load up to 50% of the capacity without dropping

other loads due to voltage dips. Further the engine shall be capable of taking full load within 10

seconds of starting.

o. All moving parts of the engine and other associated equipment shall be provided with guards

to prevent accidental contact. The guard shall be designed to facilitate easy removal and

reinstallation.

p. The engine supplied with first filling of oil of required quantity as recommended by the

manufacturers.

1.15 ACCESSORIES

1.15.1 The following accessories shall be supplied with the DG set.

a. Common base frame for the engine and alternator.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 186

b. Anti vibration mounts of requisite capacity (Dunlop S CLASS)

c. Hospital grade Silencer.

d. Protective guards for all rotating parts.

e. Electric driven lube oil priming pump complete with hosepipes and couplers.

f. Diesel tank of 990 Ltrs. Capacity fabricated out of 6mm thick sheet steel including first

filling of diesel.

g. 18 SWG galvanized sheet steel trays beneath the engine and day tank to collect the leakage

oil.

1.16 BATTERIES

a. The batteries shall be of heavy duty, high performance lead acid type. Each battery shall be

rated 12V/24V. The number and AH capacity shall be selected to suit the engine

requirements.

b. Battery shall be suitable for six successive starting attempts each of 10 seconds duration

with a gap of 5 seconds between successive starts.

c. The battery shall be supplied complete with electrolyte and accessories. The accessories

shall include battery stand, battery leads with terminal ends acrylic top cover and inter

battery connectors.

1.17 BATTERY CHARGER :

1.17.1 The battery charger shall be suitable to charge required numbers of batteries at 12V/24 Volts

complete with, transformer, rectifier, charge rate selector switch, indicating ammeter & voltmeter

etc. Connections between the battery charger & batteries shall be provided with suitable copper

leads with lugs etc.

1.18 DG CONTROL PANEL:

Each set shall be supplied with an engine mounted Microprocessor based DG control panel. The DG

control panel shall display all the engine, alternator & battery parameters. It shall not only display

faults but also keep a record of faults. An emergency stop push button will be provided to stop the

DG during emergency. For Engine faults, the DG set will be stopped in emergency mode & for

electrical faults it shall be stopped with a time delay for cooling down. An audible alarm shall be

provided in the main panel to announce tripping of DG’s. The panel shall have output port

compatible with modbus RS 485 for BMS Connectivity.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 187

1.19 ALARMS

The following alarms shall be provided in the DG control Panel to indicate & protect against

abnormal operations.

Condition Status Function

Low Oil Pressure 2 stage Alarm Engine Stop

High Water Temperature 2 stage Alarm Engine Stop

Over Speed Alarm Engine Stop

Low Fuel Level. Day tank Alarm

High Fuel Level. Day tank Alarm

Earth fault on Alternator Alarm Engine Stop

Fail to start Alarm

Battery charger fault Alarm

1.20 ALTERNATOR

1500 RPM, 415V, 3‐Phase, 2000 KVA, star connected, 50 Hz, 0.8 P.F, Turbocharged, Single bearing,

self excited, self‐regulated, brushless with self exciter field Controlled by panel mounted solid state

voltage regulator Regulation +/‐ 1% of rated voltage from no load to full load, screen protected drip

proof, continuous duty alternator with class “H” insulation (Minimum) in IP‐23 enclosure

incorporating the following.

a. Continuous winding.

b. 6 Nos. RTDs and one anti condensation heaters wired to a separate terminal box.

c. Pilot exciter.

d. 3 Phase sensing AVR (Suitable for synchronize) with + 0.5% voltage regulation.

e. A neutral CT of adequate ratio and class for DG Protection.

f. Dynamically balanced Rotor winding

1.20.1 The alternator shall further meet the following specifications.

a. The alternator shall conform to IS 4722 / BS 2613.

b. The alternator shall be suitable for 20% over speed for two minutes.

c. The alternator shall be capable of carrying 50% overload for a duration of one minute.

d. The alternator shall be capable of carrying 10% overloading for one hour in any period of 12 hrs

running.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 188

e. The alternator terminal voltage for any load variation should be maintained within + 5%.

f. The prime mover response should be such that with 1600KW load throw OFF / ON for the

generator both transient and steady state frequency variation should be within + 3%. The

generator terminal voltage for this load variation should be maintained with + 5%.

g. The field coil terminals shall be wired to terminal box for external speed control.

h. Both ends of each phase winding shall be brought to the terminal box.

i. The alternator shall withstand a 3‐phase short circuit at the terminals for a period of 3 seconds.

j. The total harmonic distortion shall not exceed 3% and the design shall permit upto 30%

unbalance between phases while in operation.

k. Terminal Boxes: The terminal box shall be suitable to withstand the mechanical and thermal

Stresses developed due to any short circuit at the terminals.

l. Earthing : Electrode Type IS 3043

m. Cooling : Rotor mounted Fan Air Cooled.

n. Coupling : Flexible coupling / Close coupling.

o. Winding temp. Sens.: Two RTDs per phase with scanner to read the temp. of

Alternator and all Electrical / Electronic system should e provided with Humidity controlled

environment.

1.21 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

1.21.1 The 2000 KVA DG Set with battery start diesel engine and three phases four wire 415 Volts, 50 Hz

alternator. The DG sets shall have manual and auto start provision.

1.22 SYSTEM OPERATION

1.22.1 Under normal operating conditions (independently or in synchronized condition) , with other make

DG sets shall respond very quickly for any change in electrical load and shall share the load equally in

very short response time in synchronizing mode.

1.23 ENGINE RATING

1.23.1 The engine shall be of standard design of the original manufacturers. It should be 4 stroke cycles,

water cooled, turbo charged (as per manufacturer standard), diesel engine developing suitable BHP

for giving a power rating as per ISO 8528, in 2000 KVA at the load terminals of alternator at 1500 rpm

at Ambient conditions. The engine shall be capable for delivering specified Prime Power rating at

variable loads for PF of 0.8 lag with 10% overload available in excess of specified output for one hour

in every 12 hours. The engine shall conform to IS; 10000 / ISO 3046 / BS 5514 amended up to date.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 189

1.23.2 The engine shall be fitted with following accessories subject to the standard design of the

manufacturer.

(i) Dynamically balanced fly‐wheel.

(ii) Necessary Flexible coupling / Close coupling and guard for alternator and engine

(applicable only for Single bearing alternator)

(iii) Dry type Air cleaner as per manufacturer standard.

(iv) Dry exhaust : exhaust with suitable residential type silencer to reduce noise level

and stack height as per CPCB NORMS shall be provided one /two self supported

stack for each DG set to dispose exhaust above building height,

(v) Necessary gear driven oil pump for lubricating oil as per manufacturer’s

recommendations.

(vi) Turbo charger (as per manufacturer standard.)

(vii) Crank case heater/ Jacket water heater as per manufacturer recommendations.

(viii) DG control panel: fitted and having digital display for following:

(a) Start/stop switch/ Key switch.

(b) Lube oil pressure indication.

(c) Water temperature indication.

(d) RPM indication.

(e) Engine Hours indications.

(f) Low lube Oil pressure trip indication

(g) High water temperature trip indication.

(h) Over speed indication.

(ix) Radiator

(x) All moving parts of the engine shall be mechanically guarded in such a manner that a

Human finger cannot touch any moving part


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 190

1.24 GOVERNOR

1.24.1 Electronic governor of class A1, as per ISO 3046/BS 5514 with actuator shall be provided as per

standard design of manufacturer. Governor shall be a self‐contained unit capable of monitoring

speed.

1.25 FREQUENCY VARIATION

1.25.1 The engine speed shall be so maintained that frequency variation at constant load including no load

shall remain within a band of maximum 3% of rated frequency.

1.26 FUEL FILLING SYSTEM

1.26.1 It shall be fed through engine driven fuel pump. A replaceable element type fuel filter shall be suitably

located to permit easy servicing. Emergency stop shall be through fuel control.

1.27 LUBRICATING OIL SYSTEM

1.27.1 It shall be so designed that when the engine starts after a long shut down lubrication failure does not

occur. Necessary priming pump for the lub, oil circuit as per recommendation of manufacturer shall

be installed, to keep bearings primed. This pump shall be normally automatically operative on AC/DC

supply available with the set.

1.28 STARTING SYSTEM

1.28.1 This shall comprise of necessary set of heavy duty batteries 12V/24V DC (as per manufacturer

standard), and suitable starter motors and axial type gear to match with the toothed ring on the fly

wheel. A timer in the control panel to protect the starter motor from excessively long cranking runs

shall be suitably integrated with the protection system and is within the scope of the work. Battery

capacity shall be suitable for meeting the needs of starting system (as three attempt starting), as well

as the requirements of control panel, indications and auxiliaries such as priming pump as applicable

etc. The scope shall cover all cabling, terminals, including initial charging etc. The system shall be

capable of starting the DG set within 20‐30 seconds, even in winter condition with an ambient

temperature down to 0ºC.

1.29 COMMON BED/ BASE PLATE

1.29.1 Engine and alternator shall be coupled by means of flex plate/ Flexible coupling / Close coupling as

per manufacturer standard design and both units shall be mounted on a common bed plate together

with all auxiliaries to ensure perfect alignment of engine and alternator with minimum vibration. The

bed plate/base plate shall be suitable for installation on suitable anti‐vibration mounting system on

prepared concrete foundation.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 191

1.30 EXHAUST SYSTEM

1.30.1 Shall be provided by the vendor as per details given in the scope of work / special conditions of the

contract.

1.31 AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

1.31.1 Vacuum indicators shall be provided for engine to indicate chocked filter. Maximum air intake

restrictions with clean and chocked filters should be within prescribed limit as per OEM/manufacturer

recommendation for the particular model of the engine. Gen sets should be supplied with air

cleaners.

1.32 COOLING SYSTEM

1.32.1 System shall be closed type and designed for ambient temperature of 45 Deg. C. Coolant mixed with

additive (in suitable proportion) shall be as per recommendation of OEM/Manufacturer.

1.33 EARTHING

1.33.1 The non‐current carrying metal parts of electrical installation shall be earthed properly. All metallic

structure, enclosures, junction boxes, outlet boxes, cabinets, machine frame, portable equipments,

metal conduits, Trunking, cable armour, switchgear and all other parts made of metal in close

proximity with electrical circuits shall be bonded together and connected by means of specified

earthing conductors to an efficient earthing system. Every item of equipment served by the

electrical system shall be bonded to earthing system.

1.34 CODES AND STANDARDS AND APPLICABLE PUBLICATION

Indian Electricity Rules, 1956

IS: 3043 : Earthing

1.35 SUBMITTALS

1.35.1 Drawing Data

1.35.2 Earthing pits layout along with earthing tape routing etc.

1.35.3 Block Diagram for earthing showing all earthing pits and their connections.

1.36 TESTS & TEST REPORTS

1.36.1 Test results of all Earthing pit test carried out at site with multiple electrode testing procedure.

1.37 EARTHING

1.37.1 Earthing should be made of Eco Safe Maintenance Free Electrode of 25 mm diameter Low Carbon

Steel with 250 micron Molecular Copper Bonded Earthing Rod of 3 Mts Length along with Carbon


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 192

Based environment friendly back fill Ground Enhancing compound required to fill up the excavated

earth with required quantity.

1.37.2 The purpose of an Earthing System is to ensure the safety of personal, provide protection to site,

guarantee the performance and reliability of equipments, and ensure a safe path for the dissipation

of any fault or lightning current.

1.38 PROTECTION & SAFETY PROVISION FOR DG SET

(a) Short circuit.

(b) Overload.

(c) Over Voltage.

(d) Under Voltage.

(e) Emergency Stop.

(f) Low lube oil pressure.

(g) Over speed

(h) Cooling water high temperatures.

(i) Earth fault relay / ELCB

(j) Reverse power relay

(k) Under speed

1.39 INDICATIONS ON DG CONTROL PANEL:

(a) Generator Set running.

(b) Low lubricant oil pressure.

(c) Over speed

(d) High water temperature trip.

(e) Over voltage.

(f) Over current.

(g) Set on load.

(h) Indication for all three phases.

(i) Breaker close

(j) Breaker open

(k) Reverse power

(l) Reverse KVAR

(m) Under frequency

(n) Generator internal fault

(o) Diode failure

(p) Ground Fault Detector


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 193

(q) Under speed

1.40 PERFORMANCE:

1.40.1 With the integral acoustic enclosure, the sound pressure levels when measured at a distance of 1mtr

outside the DG enclosure louvers shall be not more than 75 dB (A) under free field conditions and as

per latest CPCB norms.

1.41 PAINTING:

1.41.1 The entire system shall be powder coated with approved paint.

1.41.2 The final paint colour shall be pre approved by the Consultant / Owner.

1.42 DIMENSIONS:

1.42.1 The overall dimensions of the enclosure shall be such as to provide free movement all round the DG

set inside the enclosure. Two open able doors of adequate size shall be provided on either side of the

DG set to facilitate easy inspection and carry out maintenance works.

1.43 PIPING & ACCESSORIES:

1.43.1 The piping shall be of Class “B” M.S ERW M.S ERW pipe.

1.43.2 All accessories such as strainer, isolating valves, non‐return valves etc. shall be supplied as required

based on approved piping layout drawings.

1.43.3 The piping schematic shall be submitted with the bid. Which should include supply, over flow return

from engine & drain pipes.

1.43.4 The piping shall be painted with one coat of primer and two coats of finishing paint of approved color.

1.43.5 One number manual gear pump for filling the day tank shall be supplied per DG.

1.44 SPARES LIST TO BE PROVIDED AS PER THE RECOMMENDATIONS FROM OEM.

1.45 INSTALLATION:

1.45.1 The bidder shall undertake the installation work at site. The general scope of installation work shall

include but not be limited to the following.

a. DIESEL GENERATOR SET :

i. The assembled Diesel Generator set shall be installed in the container on anti‐vibration

mounts. The unit shall be visually inspected for any transit damage.

ii. The contractor shall arrange for the inspection of the set by the diesel engine manufacturer’s

authorized representative and obtain his approval before running the set.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 194

iii. The batteries shall be fully charged, installed and connected.

iv. The battery charger shall be of continuous duty.

b. FUEL PIPING :

i. The fuel piping shall include supply and installation of Class “B” M.S ERW MS ERV pipes of

adequate size with necessary valves and accessories required for the supply & return lines from

day tank to the engines. The pipes shall be painted with primer over which 2 coats approved

colour paint shall be applied.

ii. The joints in the line shall be properly sealed to avoid any leakage of fuel.

c. EXHAUST PIPING

i. The exhaust piping shall be fabricated from 6mm thick MS pipes (30M height).

ii. The exhaust piping and the silencers shall be insulated using 50mm thick mineral wool inside

the container & up to the exhaust stack. The insulation shall be cladded with 24G aluminum

sheet.

iii. The exhaust pipe shall be supported using spring suspension supports from ceiling.

iv. The shipping sections of the stack shall be welded at site and erected over the MS frame work.

The entire length including the flanges bolts and washers shall be aluminized inside and outside

to inhibit corrosion. A weather cowl shall be provided on top.

v. All tools and tackles used for the erection shall have valid safety certification.

d. ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION :

a. The electrical power cabling from alternator to the panel will be carried out by DG vendor. However

the DG control cabling from the DG to the DG Panel will be carried out by the DG vendor.

b. The contractor shall appoint an experienced full time engineer throughout the installation period till

the set is handed over. One month maintenance from the date of commissioning shall be carried out

by the DG vender.

c. The contractor shall carry out the control cabling from the DG control panel to the breakers in the main

panel.

d. Connecting block with wiring diagram shall be provided in the DG Panel for integrating with the SEB

Panel.

1.46 TESTING:

The engine and the governing system shall be suitable for prime power and shall conform to IS:

10000/BS: 5514/ISO: 3046 Specification for reciprocating internal combustion engines. IS:

4722/IEC‐60034 BS‐5000 Rotating electrical machine. IS:3043 for Code of practice for Earthing.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 195

i. AT MANUFACTURER’S WORKS

The routine tests and full load test on Engine, Alternator shall be carried out at manufacturer’s

work in accordance with applicable Indian standards in the presence of client’s representative.

Engine & Alternator's Test certificates will be provided.

ii. TESTING AT WORKS AND AT SITE

a. Testing shall be carried out at factory for 1hour for 100% load and 1hour for 110% load.

b. Testing on site shall be carried out for 8hour for 100% load and 1hour for 110% load. The necessary

arrangements for testing at Manufactures factory and ARAI Chakan site including Fuel, Load Bank,

Consumables, Cables and cable terminations etc.

c. Full load running for 8 hours continuously. All the readings shall be logged to evaluate the fuel

consumption, lube oil pressure, water, oil temperature & electrical load.

d. The guaranteed specific fuel consumption shall not exceed specified limits with a tolerance of + 5

%. The same shall be proved during the load trial."

e. The temperature rise inside the enclosure shall be measured.

f. Any deviation from the guaranteed parameters shall be made good and these performance

parameters should be measured once again till the required results are achieved.

g. The DG set shall be deemed to be commissioned after satisfactory performance of all associated

equipment.

1.47 TAKING OVER

The clients will take over the DG set for operation on completion of the following.

a. DG set is installed, tested and commissioned as per the specifications.

b. Original test certificates are furnished for engine, alternator, acoustic enclosure, centrifuge

and all other bought out items.

c. Load trials are successfully conducted including the performance of acoustic enclosure and

ventilation fans.

d. Approvals are obtained from Pollution Control Board and Electrical Inspectorate.

e. 6 sets of AS BUILT documentation, spare parts list, maintenance chart and operation and

maintenance manual are to be submitted.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 196

f. The set shall be handed over with first fill of lube oil and day tanks full of diesel oil along

with spares mentioned.

1.48 GUARANTEE FOR DG SET

All consumable required to cover 2400 hrs or 24 months shall be included in offer except fuel. Any

defects noticed during this period shall be rectified free of cost.

The supplier shall indicate the type of records to be maintained so that the warranty claims if any

are honored by the manufacturer.

The design and installation of acoustic treatment shall ensure that the noise level at 1m from the

DG Room at any point shall not exceed 75dB (A) while operating the set at rated load.

During Warranty period the bidder shall carry out preventive maintenance as per his laid down

procedure/ check list & schedule. During warranty period all consumable item are to be considered

in the basic cost of DG set. Running hours of DG to be provided.

1.49 MAINTENANCE

During this period, the contractor shall make good any defects caused due to faulty design, bad

workmanship and poor quality of materials except fuel consumable.

The response time for any break down call shall not be more than 2 hours.

During the guarantee period, the bidder shall carry out regular servicing of the unit at regular

interval as recommended by the manufacturer. The consumables required for this will be made

available by the clients.

1.49.1 AMC (COMPREHENSIVE)

The bidder shall quote for: Next 3 years (3rd, 4th, 5th) after the expiry of warranty period of 2 years

with all consumables like oil, filters etc. The running hrs of 2400 hrs per year is to be considering for

calculation of AMC cost.

1.50 DOCUMENTATION

As a part of the equipment supply, following documentation shall be furnished.

a. General arrangement plan of DG set.

b. Internal piping schematic diagram

c. Chimney fabrication drawing.

d. Layout of fuel and exhaust piping.

e. Layout and constructional details of sound treatment.

f. Calculations for ventilation system design.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 197

g. Engine wiring diagram.

h. Test certificate for engine and alternator.

i. Installation, operation and maintenance instructions for diesel engine, alternator.

j. Spare parts list.

k. Approval from Pollution Control Board and CEIG.

1.51 SCHEDULE OF TECHNICAL PARTICULARS

All the installation shall fully conform to the requirement stipulated and the tests shall be carried

out as stipulated. Deviations if any shall be clearly brought out in the tender.

1.52 BATTERY CHARGER SHALL CONSIST OF:

1.52.1 SMPS based automatic battery charger with DC Voltmeter; DC Ammeter Selector switch for

trickle/off/boost, auto/manual switch for boost to float changeover.

1.53 AIR CIRCUIT BREAKERS: IN IP 55 OUTDOOR ENCLOSER (3200A 4P 65KA for 1sec)

1.53.1 The Air circuit breakers shall be sheet metal enclosed flush front, draw out type and shall be

provided with a trip free manual operating mechanism with mechanical "ON" ‐ "OFF" indications.

LSIG protection with under voltage, Shunt trip and closing coil suitable for 230 Volts A.C. shall be

provided. The Circuit breakers shall be for continuous rating, and shall be suitable as specified

on SLD fault level for one second at 415 volts. The moving parts of circuit breaker shall have

operating mechanism, primary and secondary isolating devices, auxiliary switches, mechanical

position indicators, all mounted on a rigid sturdy steel frame work. Primary and secondary

disconnecting devices shall be self aligning type of fully isolating. Microprocessor based with

Metering & communication Relay should be provided.

1.53.2 Circuit breaker shall be designed to close and trip without opening the circuit breaker compartment

door. The operating handle and the mechanical trip push button shall be at the front of the breaker

panel and integral with the breaker. The ACB's shall be withdrawal type. The ACB operating spring

shall be chargeable with charging motor as well as manually for electrically operated breaker. Spring

charging motor will operate on 230V. AC. Once the spring is charged it should be able to close the

breaker and also trip without requiring to be charged. Every Trip‐Close‐Trip operation with one

charge of spring shall be possible. The ACB's shall be operate able both from the cubicle as well as

from remote position. Antipumping devices shall be used both for electrical and mechanical to

prevent the breaker from restriping. Spring charge / discharge indication to be provided.

1.53.3 Local‐remote selector switch with key interlock and auxiliary contacts to operate locally and remote

position shall be provided. The breaker shall be provided with remote control switch as well as local


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 198

control switch for operating breakers. Suitable contacts for "Auto‐Trip" annunciation and indication

shall be provided.

1.53.4 BUS BAR

The equipment shall be designed to confirm to the requirements of:

a) IS 4237 ‐ General requirements for switchgear and control gears for voltages not exceeding

1100 volts.

b) IS 2147 ‐ Degree of protection provided by enclosures for low voltages switchgear and control

gear.

c) IS 375 ‐ Marking and arrangements of bus bars. Individual equipment housed in the power

control to the following IS specifications:

1.53.5 CONSTRUCTION OF DG SET ISOLATION PANEL

i. The panels shall be metal enclosed, outdoor, floor mounted free standing type. As per IEC

61439‐1.

a. It shall be made up of the requisite vertical section, which when coupled together shall

form continuous dead front switch boards. Provide dust and dump protection, the

degree of protection being for indoor IP42 and outdoor IP 55. Be readily extensible on

both sides by the addition of vertical sections after removal of the end covers.

b. Each vertical section shall comprise:

ii. A front framed structure rolled / folded sheet steel channel section of minimum 3mm thick,

rigidly bolted together. This structure shall house the components contributing to the major

height of the equipment, such as circuit breaker cassettes, fuse switch units, main horizontal

bus bars, vertical risers and other front mounted accessories.

iii. The structure shall be mounted on a rigid base frame of folded sheet steel of minimum 3mm

thick and 100mm height. The design shall ensure that the weight of the components is

adequately supported without deformation or loss of alignment during transit or during

operation.

iv. A cable chamber shall house the cable end connections of power/control cable termination.

The design shall be to ensure generous availability of space for easy installation and

maintenance of cabling, and adequate safety for making in one vertical section without coming

into accidental contact with live parts in and adjacent sections.

v. Front and rear doors shall be fitted with nuts/bolts including neoprene gaskets with fasteners

designed to ensure proper compression of the gaskets. When covers are provided in place of

doors, generous overlap shall be assured between sheet surfaces with closely space fasteners

to prevent the entry of dust. The height of the panel should not be more than 2400mm. The


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 199

maximum height of any operating mechanism shall not be more than 2100mm. The total depth

should be adequate to cater for proper cabling space.

vi. Doors and covers shall be of minimum 14 gauge sheet steel. All sheet steel work forming the

exteriors or switchboards shall be smoothly finished, leveled and free from flaws. The corners

should be rounded. The apparatus and circuits in the power control panels shall be so arranged

as to facilitate their operation and maintenance and at the same time to ensure the necessary

degree of safety.

vii. Apparatus forming part of the power control panels shall have the following minimum

clearances:

i) Between phases ‐ 25 mm

ii) Between phases and neutral ‐ 25 mm

iii) Between phases and earth ‐ 25 mm

iv) Between neutral and earth ‐ 25 mm

viii. All covers providing access to live power equipments / circuits shall be provided with tool

operated fasteners to prevent unauthorized access.

ix. Provision shall be made for permanently earthing the frames and other metal parts of the

switch gear by two independent connections.

1.53.6 METAL TREATMENT AND FINISH:

The panels shall be provided with 7 tank anticorrosive treatment. And then the powder coating

shall be done & oven dried.

1.53.7 GENERAL RQUIRMENTS FOR PANEL:

(a) Quietness of operation: The set shall have minimum vibration and noise under all conditions of

load. The set shall be statically and dynamically balanced.

(b) Earthing: Provision shall be made for earthing al non‐current carrying metal parts of the

equipment. Earth lugs of suitable size shall be provided wherever earth connections to the

apparatus are necessary. Earthing work shall be carried out as per I.E. Rules / IS specifications.

(c) Safety Provisions: All exposed moving parts like radiator fan, Flexible coupling / Close coupling etc.

shall be provided with suitable guards to avoid chances of accidents.

(d) Finish: All exposed metal parts shall be suitably painted to prohibit corrosion under climatic

conditions prevalent at site.

(e) Name plate marking an instruction manuals : A name plate showing Sl. No., Year of Manufacture,

Rating connection diagram shall be provided on engine, alternator etc. All the important and major


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 200

parts shall bear their catalogue number, name of the parts etc. Three sets of manual giving the

equipment, schematic and wiring diagram, instructions regarding installation and maintenance

shall be supplied.

1.54 ACOUSTIC ENCLOSURE (AS PER LATEST CPCB NORMS)

1.54.1 SCOPE OF SUPPLY:

Supply of containerized type ACOUSTIC ENCLOSURE suitable for 2000 KVA DG sets & driven by

radiator cooled diesel engine.

1.54.2 DESCRIPTION:

The acoustic enclosure shall be of free standing, floor mounting modular type with the DG set. The

enclosure shall be provided with rugged heavy‐duty structural steel base frame with chequered

plate flooring on which the DG set is to be mounted. The enclosure shall be prefabricated factory‐

built and modular in construction. The enclosure shall consist of acoustically treated panels housed

in rugged steel frames, which shall be bolted together to from the body of the enclosure. Openable

doors shall be provided, on either side, which shall also be acoustically treated, thereby providing

easy access to the DG set. The construction of the acoustic enclosure shall be such that with both

the acoustic doors open on the either side, full access is available to the engine and alternator. For

fresh air inlet into the system a parallel baffle air inlet silencer shall be provided. Additionally, to

increase the fresh air inlet requirements, a forced air ventilation duct with associated silencer shall

be provided above the alternator. For hot air discharge, an acoustic discharge plenum shall be

provided in front of the engine radiator, for discharge of hot air into the surroundings through a

parallel baffle air outlet silencer. The enclosure shall have suitable openings in the roof module for

exhaust piping.

1.54.3 ACOUSTIC ENCLOSURE CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES:

i. The construction and design of the Acoustic enclosure shall be very rugged, durable and shall

be virtually maintenance free.

ii. The acoustic panels shall be filled with a special grade high‐density mineral wool retained on

the inside by perforated GI sheets specially designed for optimum sound attenuation.

iii. The outer surface of the Acoustic Panels shall be fabricated of performed 16G corrugated CRCA

sheet steel. All sheet steel frames shall be of 16G CRCA sheets.

iv. All structural members such as angles / channels used in the construction of the enclosure

frame shall of Jindal / Asian or equivalent make confirming to IS 3589.

v. All materials used for Acoustic Enclosure shall be fire resistant / fire retardant grade.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 201

vi. The sheet steel treatment shall consist of degreasing, derusting and phosphating followed by

two coats of zinc chromate primer, followed by two coats of Zinpholite surface for superior

corrosion resistance and two coats of finish paint having UV Resistance.

vii. For effective Acoustic sealing, necessary gasketing material shall be provided.

viii. All hardware and fittings used shall be passivated with zinc.

ix. Insulation material as per IS 8183 code.

1.54.4 PERFORMANCE:

With the above Enclosure, the sound pressure levels when measured at a distance of 1 meter

outside the Acoustic Enclosure shall be around 70dB (A) under free field conditions.

Notes:

A. Above noise level is defined with all background ambient noise levels from any other source

being less than 75 dB (A) so as not to influence this noise level.

B. The section of the exhaust piping within the acoustic enclosure from the engine exhaust

manifold onwards upto and including the Residential silencer, must be adequately cladded with

thermal insulation to limit surface temperature as also to reduce noise level to less than 75 dB (A).

1.54.5 DIMENSIONS:

i. It shall be ensured that at least 1000mm (min.) clear space is available all around the Acoustic

Enclosure to ensure free air flow for the Gen set as required and to facilitate accessibility for

generator operation and routine maintenance.

ii. The enclosure shall be provided with suction fans to ensure that the adequate cooling and

combustion air is made available to the engine and the temperature within the enclosure is limited

to 50C above ambient. The fan shall be designed with sufficient pressure to draw the requisite

quality of air from the duct provided for this purpose. Calculations shall be furnished to prove the

adequacy of the ventilation system offered. The suction fans shall start automatically when the

temperature in the enclosure reaches 40 Degree C and shall continue to run for 5 to 10 minutes

after the load is disconnected. A temperature controller shall be provided for this purpose housed

in sheet steel enclosure.

iii. Two light points controlled by a switch complete with 36W fluorescent Luminaries and lamps shall

be provided. Provision shall also be made for fixing a heat detector inside the acoustic enclosure

which will be connected to the central fire alarm panel.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 202

iv. Necessary openings shall be made for the entry of power cable and control cables, fuel piping,

exhaust piping, air inlet pipe etc.

v. With the installation of the acoustic enclosure, there shall not be any de‐rating of the DG set. The

maximum temperature of oil and water shall not exceed the limits prescribed by the manufacturer

of the engine. The DG set shall give rated output continuously.

vi. The ventilation system shall be designed to provide an air volume as per manufacturer standards.

vii. The ventilation fan shall be of the axial flow type designed to handle the static pressure estimated

based on the inlet air duct size and length.

1.54.6 PACKING:

As per manufacturer’s standard practice ensuring safeguard of total package and components from

any possible damage in transit. The offered equipment along with their accessories shall be

transported to site packed in wooden crates. Unit shall be wrapped with polythene sheets, before

being placed in the crates to prevent damage to finish. Crates shall have skid bottom for handling.

Vendor shall specify long time storage procedure along with bid.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 203

1.55 TECHNICAL DATA SHEET TO BE FURNISHED BY THE BIDDER (FOR STANDARDS REFER – SECTION‐

11 PARA 1.11)

Ref. No. Description Specifications Bidder specifications

1 DG set

1.1 DG Set Rating 2000 KVA

1.2 DG Set Model Bidder to specify

1.3 Length x width x height in mm of complete

DG Set

Bidder to specify

1.4 Average Load factor of DG set Minimum 80% of

rated capacity

1.5 Life of DG Set Minimum 15 years

2 Environmental Conditions

2.1 Altitude of location from MSL 690 Meter above MSL

(Mean Sea Level)

2.2

Ambient temperature Ranges from to 45°C

during summer and

8°C during winter

2.3 Relative humidity Upt 95% condensing

3 General requirement

3.1 Mean time between failure (MTBF) Bidder to specify

3.2 Mean Time To Repair (MTTR) Bidder to specify

3.3 Painting details of DG Sets Bidder to specify

4 Diesel Engine

4.1 Manufacturer Name Bidder to specify

4.2 Country of origin Bidder to specify

4.3 Applicable standard Bidder to specify

4.4 Make of engine Bidder to specify

4.5 Model of engine Bidder to specify

4.6 Rating of engine in kw/hp AT 1500 RPM Bidder to specify


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 204

4.7 Direction or rotation Bidder to specify

4.8 No. of cylinder Bidder to specify

4.9 Cylinder bore & stroke in mm Bidder to specify

4.10 Droop in frequency / speed when engine

response to 100% load injection

Bidder to specify

4.11 Displacement in litters Bidder to specify

4.12 Mechanical & thermal efficiency in

percentage

Bidder to specify

4.13 Safety protection

4.13.1 Low lube oil pressure To be provided

4.13.2 High water temperature To be provided

4.13.3 Over speed To be provided

4.14 Physical dimensions

4.14.1 Length x width x height in mm Bidder to specify

4.14.2 Weight in Kg / ton Bidder to specify

4.14.3 Type of starter Battery start

4.14.4 Battery make / Voltage. Ampere hour Bidder to specify

4.14.5 Spaces of starter Bidder to specify

4.14.6 Vibration with stand 4.30 G @24‐1000 HZ

4.14.7 Noise level As per CPCB norms

4.14.8 Smoke level Bidder to specify

4.14.9 Characteristic curves of fuel consumption

Vs load

To be provided

4.14.10 Painting details of engine Bidder to specify

4.15 Engine Governor Electronic governor

4.15.1 Applicable standard Bidder to specify

4.15.2 Manufacturer name Bidder to specify

4.15.3 Droop range in % Bidder to specify


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 205

4.16 Turbocharger

4.16.1 Applicable standard IS or Equivalent


4.17 Radiator



4.17.3 Manufacturer model no Bidder to specify

4.17.4 Air flow of each fan Bidder to specify

4.17.5 No. of fans provided Bidder to specify

4.17.6 Fluid flow rate‐jacket water side Bidder to specify in

LPM

4.17.7 Fluid flow rate‐after cooler water side Bidder to specify in

LPM

4.17.8 Ambient capability Bidder to specify

4.17.9 radiator capacity of Jacket water and after

cooler both

Bidder to specify

4.18 Lubricating oil system


4.18.2 Oil pressure Bidder to specify

4.18.3 Oil temperature Bidder to specify

4.18.4 Grade of oil Bidder to specify

4.18.5 Sump capacity Bidder to specify

4.18.6 Guaranteed lube oil consumption in grams

per BHP‐hour

Bidder to specify

4.18.7 Recommended oil change Bidder to specify

4.19 Engine alarms


4.19.2 Low oil pressure setting Bidder to specify


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 206

4.19.3 Low water level setting as % of total

cooling water capacity

Bidder to specify

4.19.4 Over speed setting Bidder to specify

4.19.5 High water temperature setting Bidder to specify

4.19.6 High oil pressure setting Bidder to specify

4.20 Exhaust System


4.20.2 Silencer manufacturer’s name Bidder to specify

4.20.3 Type of silencer Hospital

4.21 Fuel System

4.21.1 Pump manufacturer’s name Bidder to specify

4.21.2 Fuel injector manufacturer’s name Bidder to specify

4.21.3 Pump pressure Bar Bidder to specify

4.21.4 Fuel consumption at Non‐thermal Plasma

(NTP) in ltrs. Per hour

Bidder to specify

4.21.4.1 100% loading Bidder to specify



4.21.5 No of units per litre of high speed diesel

(HSD) engine

Bidder to specify

4.22 Fuel day tank

4.22.1 Material MS of minimum 5 mm

thickness

4.22.2 Capacity Litre 990 Litres

4.22.3 Fitted with level gauge & accessories To be provided

4.23 Emission Standard

4.23.1 HC (Hydro Carbon) Bidder to specify

4.24 DG Control panel Microprocessor based,

Compatible with


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 207

modbus RS 485 for

BMS Connectivity

4.26 Alternator (2000KVA)

4.26.1 Manufacture’s name Bidder to specify

4.26.2 Applicable standards IS or equivalent

4.26.3 Country of Origin Bidder to specify

4.26.4 Connection Bidder to specify

4.26.5 Make Bidder to specify

4.26.6 Type of frame Bidder to specify

4.26.7 Rated KVA 2000 KVA

4.26.8 Power factor 0.8

4.26.9 Type of enclosure IP 23

4.26.10 Speed in RPM 1500

4.26.11 Frequency in Hz 50 Hz ± 3%

4.26.12 Rated voltage 415 Volts ± 6%

4.26.13 Rated current Bidder to specify

4.26.14 Number of phases Three phase four wires

4.26.15 Over load capacity Bidder to specify

4.26.16 Class of insulation rotor and stator H

4.26.17 Voltage regulation ± 1%

4.26.18 Direction of rotation Bidder to specify

4.26.19 Type and model of excitation unit Bidder to specify

4.26.20 Excitation at rated p,f, 0.8 (voltage /

current)

Bidder to specify

4.26.21 Type of bearing DE and NDE Bidder to specify

4.26.22 Length x Breadth x Height in mm Bidder to specify

4.26.23 Weight in Kg/Ton Bidder to specify


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 208

4.26.24 Painting details of alternator Bidder to specify

4.26.25 Reactance : Bidder to specify in %

age

4.26.25.1 1. On short circuit when running at

normal speed and voltage

4.26.25.2 a) Sub‐transient reactance

4.26.25.3 b) Transient reactance

4.26.25.4 c) Unsaturated synchronous reactance

4.26.26 Short circuit ratio Bidder to specify

4.26.27 Stator d.c. resistance per phase at 75°C Bidder to specify IN

OHMS

4.26.28 Method of protection against shaft

currents

Bidder to specify

4.26.29 Rotor inertia Bidder to specify in Kg

m

4.26.30 Weight of rotor In Kg.

4.26.31 Rotor winding resistance at 75°C Ohms

4.26.32

Generator response for 100% load change

at a low Power factor :

Bidder to specify in %

voltage and % age

current

4.26.32.1 1. Instantaneous values when at :‐

4.26.32.2 i. minimum excitation To be provided

4.26.32.3 ii. Maximum excitation To be provided

4.26.33 2. After 10 Hz when initially at :‐ To be provided

4.26.34 i. minimum excitation To be provided

4.26.35 ii. Maximum excitation To be provided

4.26.36

State whether thermostatically controlled

anti‐condensation heaters are fitted in the

generator

To be provided

4.26.37 Wattage of the heaters Bidder to specify in

watts


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 209

4.27 Generator Exciter

4.27.1 Applicable standards IS or Equivalent

4.27.2 Type of Excitation PMG

4.27.3 Manufacturer’s name Bidder to specify

4.27.4 Field winding insulation Class H

4.27.5 Field winding resistance at 75°C Bidder to specify

4.27.6 Exciter winding insulation class Class H

4.27.7 Exciter winding resistance per phase at

75°C

Bidder to specify in

ohms

4.28 Generator Automatic Voltage Regulator

4.28.1 Applicable standard IS or Eq


4.28.3 Type Bidder to specify

4.28.4 Range of manual voltage control Bidder to specify in

volts

4.29 3200 Amp. circuit Breaker – 4 Pole with

LSIG Protection

Bidder to specify




4.29.4 Country of origin Bidder to specify


4.29.6 Rated voltage Bidder to specify

4.29.7 Braking capacity Bidder to specify

4.29.8 Inherent protections provided To be provided

a) Short circuit

b) Over current

c) Range of adjustment of over current


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 210

4.30 Isoaltion panel


i. Applicable standards Bidder to specify

ii. Country of origin Bidder to specify

iii. Details of operation Bidder to specify

4.30.2 Capacity Bidder to specify

4.30.3 Fault level Bidder to specify

4.30.4 MS Sheet enclosure thickness and size 14 SWG

4.30.5 Details of Bus bars (s)

4.30.5.1 Material Al./Copper

4.30.5.2

Rating of three phase + neutral bus bar to

be used for DG set for termination of 300

sq.mm aluminium cables

1.2 times of the full

load rated current of

DG Set

4.30.5.3

Rating of Bus bar connecting the common

bus in DG panel



each DG Set

4.30.6 Make range of size of A.C. ammeters Bidder to specify

4.30.7 Make range of size of A.C. Voltmeter Bidder to specify

4.30.8 Make range of size of KW Meter Bidder to specify

4.30.9 Make range of size of KVAR Meters Bidder to specify

4.30.10 Make range of size of frequency meters Bidder to specify

4.30.11 Make range of size of KWH Meters Bidder to specify

4.30.12 Make range of size of D.C. Ammeters for

battery charger

Bidder to specify

4.30.13 Make range of size of D.C. Voltmeters for

battery charger

Bidder to specify

4.30.14 ELR make and rating Bidder to specify

4.30.15 Battery charger rating Bidder to specify

4.30.16 Indication, protection and safety provision To be provided


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 211

4.30.17 Audio alarm hooter make and rating Bidder to specify

4.30.18 Make and rating of EFR and ELCB/Over

current relay/Reverse Power Relay

Bidder to specify

4.30.19 Painting Bidder to specify

4.31 Battery

4.31.1 Manufacturer’s Name Bidder to specify


4.31.3 Electrolyte Bidder to specify

4.31.4 Voltage Bidder to specify

4.31.5 Capacity at 10 hour rate Ah Bidder to specify

4.31.6 Number of cells Bidder to specify

4.31.7 Voltage per cell Bidder to specify

4.31.8 Normal charging rate Bidder to specify

4.31.9 Maximum charging rate Bidder to specify

4.31.10 Ampere hour efficiency at 10 Hour rate Bidder to specify

4.31.11 Ampere hour efficiency at 1 hour rate Bidder to specify

4.31.12 Dimensions of cells Bidder to specify

4.31.13 Dimensions of battery complete Bidder to specify

4.31.14 Weight of cell complete with electrolyte Bidder to specify

4.31.15 Total weight of battery complete Bidder to specify

4.31.16 Internal resistance cell when fully charged Bidder to specify

4.31.17 Battery voltage at end of the duty cycle Bidder to specify

4.32 Battery Charger



4.32.3 AC input to charger Bidder to specify

4.32.4 DC output of charger Bidder to specify


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 212

4.32.5 Type of D.C. Voltage control Bidder to specify

4.32.6 Range of D.C. Voltage control Bidder to specify

4.32.7 Regulation Bidder to specify

4.32.8 Overall dimensions Bidder to specify

4.32.9 Total weight Bidder to specify

4.33 Power cable

4.33.1 Name of manufacturer Bidder to specify

4.33.2 Applicable standard IS or Eq.

4.33.3 Number of Cores Bidder to specify

4.33.4 Type of cable and voltage for which

suitable

Bidder to specify

4.33.5 Continuous current rating (for ground &

air)

Bidder to specify

4.33.6 Type & normal sheathed thickness Bidder to specify

4.33.7 Max. outer diameter Bidder to specify

4.33.8 Type & nominal thickness of insulation Bidder to specify

4.33.9 Insulation resistance Bidder to specify

4.33.10 Conductor material (alu. / cu) AL./Copper (Cu)

4.33.11 Maximum dc resistance at 20 deg. Cent Bidder to specify

4.33.12 AC resistance (at 90 deg. Cent) Bidder to specify

4.33.13 Short circuit duty (duration of short circuit

and short circuit current limits)

Bidder to specify

4.34 Acoustic enclosure design as per latest

CPCB Norms

D.B. Levels –Bidder to

specify

1.56 DETAILED SPECIFICATION OF D.G.SET & OTHER ALLIED WORKS

1.56.1 Fuel Day Tank:

As specified in section‐01 (1.3.7)

1.56.2 Fuel piping system of DG sets:


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 213

Contractor shall have to lay down diesel lines from diesel tank to DG sets to make the continuous

diesel supply to the 2000 KVA DG sets for their smooth operation. The pipe(s) should be of suitable

size (length and diameter) as per the site/system requirement and approved by the I/c electrical

A.R.A.I. or his representative. The pipe work shall be inclusive of all fittings and accessories

required such as bends, reducers, elbows, flanges, flexible connection, valves, unions necessary

hardware etc. The installation shall cover clamps, supports, hangers etc.

1.56.3 Exhaust System:

Contractor shall provide M.S. Pipes for all exhaust lines conforming to relevant IS. The runs forming

part of factory assembly on the engine flexible connections up to exhaust silencer shall be exclusive

of exhaust piping item. The work includes necessary cladding of exhaust pipe work using minimum

50mm thick glass wool /mineral wool/ rock wool, density not less than 46 kg/m² and aluminium

cladding (0.80mm thick) for the complete portion. The exhaust pipe work includes necessary

supports, foundation etc. to avoid any load & stress on turbo charger/exhaust piping. The exhaust

pipe support structure shall be got approved by engineer‐in‐charge, A.R.A.I. before execution.

(a) Exhaust system should create minimum back pressure.

(b) Number of bends should be kept minimum and smooth bends should be used to minimize back

pressure.

(c) Pipe sleeve of larger dia should be used while passing the pipe through concrete wall & gap

should be filled with ‘felt lining.

(d) Exhaust piping inside the DG Room should be lagged with asbestos rope along with

Aluminum sheet cladding to avoid heat input to the room.

(e) Exhaust flexible shall have its free length when it is installed. Additional bellows shall be used if

require.

(f) MS pipes and long bend/elbows of minimum 6 mm thickness shall be used.

(g) Exhaust piping should be supported in such manner that load of exhaust piping is not Exerted

to turbocharger.

1.56.4 Power and control cables for DG sets:

Contractor will provide 3 1/2 core (3.5 core) XLPE (CROSSLINKED POLY‐ETHYLENE) Insulated PVC

sheathed copper power cable(s) for working voltage up to and including 1100 volts sufficient current

carrying capacity of suitable rating conforming to the IS :7098 ( Part‐I) for the offered DG Sets of

2000 KVA capacity. b) Contractor will provide necessary control cables conforming to the relevant

codes and standards of IS/BIS.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 214

1.56.5 DG CONTROL PANEL:

DG control panel as per the following details

b. DG control panel should be totally enclosed, dust, damp and vermin proof free standing floor

mounted type of suitable fault level at 415 Volt, 50 Hz. three phase four wire AC supply.

c. The DG control panel with auto start / auto‐manual synchronizing and load sharing facilities to run

in parallel with DG sets of electronic regulators fitted with control panel having equiv. to DEIF AGC

242 or Woodward make EGCP2 or Cummins PC3.3. The DG panel should also be suitable for

manual synchronizing. Provision may also be provided to provide BMS compatibility at future stage

for which necessary hardware’s are to be provided.

1.56.6 PIPING SYSTEM AND OTHER ASSOCIATED WORK OF FUEL TANK:

a. The contractor will have to arrange all the materials of suitable size (length and diameter) approved

by In‐charge electrical A.R.A.I. or his representative and services , like fuel piping with class ‘C’ MS

pipes, bends , gaskets support ,clamps, flanges , fill pipe , suction pipe, bends, reducers, elbows,

flanges, flexible connection,. adapter, ball valves, foot valves with strainer, necessary hardware etc,

as per makes mentioned below, control cables of IS‐1554 part – I including laying, fixing/ fitting in

existing masonry trenches/ Hume pipes or laying, fixing/ fitting along with excavation of trenches,

sand cushioning, brick protective covering and refilling of trenches etc.

b. After execution of work, the site will be cleared off of any paint, polish, dust, waste material etc.

accumulated on site.

c. All the workers employed by the contractor, will display their identity cards during execution of

work.

d. Contractor will prepare and submit the complete scheme for subject work along with

drawings/layout and get them approved from In‐charge Electrical or his representative before

starting the work.

e. The contractor will get approved the general layout/drawing of generator control panel from in

charge Electrical or his representative before fabrication/manufacturing.

f. The contractor will submit the complete scheme, drawing and specification etc to prepare the

concrete foundation of their offered 2000 KVA DG sets, immediately after award of the

contract/LOI.

g. Contractor will arrange all the materials, tools, tackles, scaffoldings & manpower etc. required for

completing the subject work at their own risk and cost. All mechanical/fabrication jobs like cutting,

welding and fixing of materials required to complete the subject work will be carried out by

contractor.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 215

h. Any additional material/job/documents not covered in scope of works/specifications/special terms

and conditions of the contract/ technical check list mentioned in tender document, required to

complete the subject work will be arranged by contractor at their own cost & risk.

i. All the materials provided for the work shall be as per make and specifications given in scope of

works/specifications/special terms and conditions of the contract/ technical check list given in

tender.

j. Bidder will provide bill of material /quantity along with bid for subject work.

k. All the old material removed from the site to be shifted to the space provided/identified by

Engineer In‐ charge at no extra cost to A.R.A.I.

l. The contractor will have to arrange accommodation for their employees outside the ARAI campus

at their own cost.

1.56.7 QUALIFICATION OF TEAM:

a. The contractor shall ensure that the persons deployed have the requisite knowledge/ qualification/

experience and license required for carrying out the work /service contract, entrusted to him. The

contractor shall be responsible for the satisfactory and quality completion of the works and

services in the event of non performance by any member of the contractor’s team. The contractor

shall take necessary steps to replace such member of his team with suitable replacement

immediately.

1.56.8 TECHNICAL LITERATURE AND DOCUMENTATION:

As mentioned in specifications.

a. Open space will be given by ARAI, however, contractor shall have to make the close

space/temporary shed at their own risk and cost, if required, to keep the supplied materials and

also to keep the dismantled materials if by back option is accepted/considered by ARAI.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 216

2 DG SETS 380 KVA

2.1 PREAMBLE:

2.1.1 The scope of work includes supply, installation, testing & commissioning of 380 KVA at 415 Volts, 3

phase, 50 Hz, 1500 R.P.M. at 0.8 PF complete DG system with Auto Synchronizing panel, for parallel

mode of operation with Auto/ manual Test Selector Switch, Auto load sharing & No Load

synchronizing, Load dependant Start / Stop facility mounted inside acoustic enclosure and associated

works.

2.2 GENERAL

2.2.1 As specified in Para section ‐11 ‐ 1.2.

2.3 SCOPE OF WORK:

2.3.1 As specified in section‐1 Para 1.3.

2.4 PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS: DIESEL ENGINE & ACCESSORIES

2.5 ENGINE

2.5.1 The diesel engines shall be of approved make, direct injection, four stroke, multi cylinder, air, radiator

type, turbo charged, after cooled, operating at a nominal speed of 1500 R.P.M and capable of

developing requisite BHP.

2.5.2 The engine and the governing system shall be suitable for Prime power and shall conform to IS:


60034 BS‐5000 Rotating electrical machine. IS:3043 for Code of practice for Earthing. The unit shall be

suitable for operation on high speed diesel oil available in Indian Market.

2.5.3 The engine shall be electric start and shall be suitable for battery assisted manual starting by Battery

start by electric DC start motor. Auto and manual provision for stop the engine.

2.5.4 The governing system of the engine shall be electronic type and suitable to control frequency

variation within + 3% whenever a load of 380 KVA is switched in or thrown off.

2.5.5 The engine fitments shall include but not be limited to the following.

a. Flexible coupling / Close coupling and flywheel with guard.

b. Dry type air filter with clogged condition indicator.

c. Cooling radiator with fans.

d. Fuel pump.

e. Lube oil pump, oil cooler and filter.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 217

f. Turbo charger.

g. Electronic governor with all wiring connections shall be made by quick connectors.

h. 12/24V DC separate battery charger.

i. Noise level: Shall conform to latest CPCB (central Pollution Control Board)

j. Fuel consumption: Shall be as per IS: 10000 / BS: 5514 or Better.

k. Lifting: Eye bolt on frame.

2.5.6 Emission level: Low‐emission type. The emission levels conforming to the latest regulation of CPCB.

2.5.7 Over crank, Low lube oil pressure, high water temperature, engine over speed, Vibration, noise and

emission level shall conform to relevant Indian / international standards

2.5.8 Engine mounted microprocessor based DG control panel to display the following engine and electrical

parameters:

a. Lube oil pressure indicator and temperature gauge.

b. Tacho meter for speed indication with hour meter.

c. Battery charging Ammeter.

d. Starting switch with key.

e. Over speed stop switch with contacts.

2.5.9 Low lube oil pressure switch.

2.5.10 High water temperature alarm & trip.

2.5.11 Wiring harness using temperature resistant insulation and flexible copper conductor wires. The wiring

should be clamped at regular intervals and terminated using lugs and terminals.

2.5.12 Stainless steel flexible for engine exhaust.

2.5.13 Stop solenoid.

2.5.14 Operating system of dg set separate or parallel mode.

2.5.15 Control cables from Engine to AMF panel using 12 core 1.5 sq.mm copper and 3 core 2.5 sq.mm

Copper cables for communication.

2.5.16 The engine speed shall be regulated through an electronic governing system which shall also provide

the over speed protection. The governor shall ensure that the speed of the set is regulated within 1%

of the nominal speed under normal operating conditions.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 218

2.5.17 The DG set shall be capable of handling block load up to 50% of the capacity without dropping other

loads due to voltage dips. Further the engine shall be capable of taking full load within 10 seconds of

starting.

2.5.18 All moving parts of the engine and other associated equipment shall be provided with guards to

prevent accidental contact. The guard shall be designed to facilitate easy removal and reinstallation.

2.5.19 The engine supplied with first filling of oil of required quantity as recommended by the

manufacturers.

2.6 ACCESSORIES

2.6.1 The following accessories shall be supplied with the DG set.

a. Common base frame for the engine and alternator.

b. Anti vibration mounts of requisite capacity (Dunlop S CLASS)

c. Hospital grade Silencer.

d. Protective guards for all rotating parts.

e. Electric driven lube oil priming pump complete with hosepipes and couplers.

f. Diesel tank of 475 Ltrs. Capacity fabricated out of 2mm thick sheet steel including first filling of

diesel.

g. 18 SWG galvanized sheet steel trays beneath the engine and day tank to collect the leakage oil.

2.7 BATTERIES

a. The batteries shall be of heavy duty, high performance lead acid type. Each battery shall be rated

12V/24V. The number and AH capacity shall be selected to suit the engine requirements.

b. Battery shall be suitable for six successive starting attempts each of 10 seconds duration with a

gap of 5 seconds between successive starts.

c. The battery shall be supplied complete with electrolyte and accessories. The accessories shall

include battery stand, battery leads with terminal ends acrylic top cover and inter battery

connectors.

2.8 Battery charger

The battery charger shall be suitable to charge required numbers of batteries at 12V/24 Volts

complete with, transformer, rectifier, charge rate selector switch, indicating ammeter &

voltmeter etc. Connections between the battery charger & batteries shall be provided with

suitable copper leads with lugs etc.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 219

2.9 DG Control Panel:

Each set shall be supplied with an engine mounted Microprocessor based control panel. The

DG control panel shall display all the engine, alternator & battery parameters. It shall not only

display faults but also keep a record of faults. An emergency stop push button will be provided

to stop the DG during emergency. For Engine faults, the DG set will be stopped in emergency

mode & for electrical faults it shall be stopped with a time delay for cooling down. An audible

alarm shall be provided in the main panel to announce tripping of DG’s. The panel shall have

output port compatible with modbus RS 485 for BMS monitoring.

2.10 Alarms

The following alarms shall be provided in the DG control panel to indicate & protect against

abnormal operations.

Condition Status Function

Low Oil Pressure 2 stage Alarm Engine Stop

High Water Temperature 2 stage Alarm Engine Stop

Over Speed Alarm Engine Stop

Low Fuel Level. Day tank Alarm

High Fuel Level. Day tank Alarm

Earth fault on Alternator Alarm Engine Stop

Fail to start Alarm

Battery charger fault Alarm

2.11 ALTERNATOR

1500 RPM, 415V, 3‐Phase, 380 KVA, star connected, 50 Hz, 0.8 P.F, Turbocharged, Single bearing,

self excited, self‐regulated, brushless with self exciter field Controlled by panel mounted solid state

voltage regulator Regulation +/‐ 1% of rated voltage from no load to full load, screen protected drip

proof, continuous duty alternator with class “H” insulation (Minimum) in IP‐23 enclosure

incorporating the following.

a. Continuous winding.

b. 6 Nos. RTDs and one anti condensation heaters wired to a separate terminal box.

c. Pilot exciter.

d. 3 Phase sensing AVR (Suitable for synchronize) with + 0.5% voltage regulation.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 220

e. A neutral CT of adequate ratio and class for DG Protection..

f. Dynamically balanced Rotor winding

The alternator shall further meet the following specifications.

a. The alternator shall conform to IS 4722 / BS 2613.

b. The alternator shall be suitable for 20% over speed for two minutes.

c. The alternator shall be capable of carrying 50% overload for a duration of one minute.

d. The alternator shall be capable of carrying 10% overloading for one hour in any period of

12 hrs running.

e. The alternator terminal voltage for any load variation should be maintained within + 5%.

f. The prime mover response should be such that with 380 KVA load throw OFF / ON for the

generator both transient and steady state frequency variation should be within + 3%. The

generator terminal voltage for this load variation should be maintained with + 5%.

g. The field coil terminals shall be wired to terminal box for external speed control.

h. Both ends of each phase winding shall be brought to the terminal box.

i. The alternator shall withstand a 3‐phase short circuit at the terminals for a period of 3

seconds.

j. The total harmonic distortion shall not exceed 3% and the design shall permit up to 30%

unbalance between phases while in operation.

k. Terminal Boxes: The terminal box shall be suitable to withstand the mechanical and

thermal Stresses developed due to any short circuit at the terminals.

l. Earthing : Electrode Type IS 3043.

m. Cooling : Rotor mounted Fan Air Cooled.

n. Coupling : Flexible coupling / Close coupling.

o. Winding temp. Sens.: Two RTDs per phase with scanner to read the temp. of

Alternator and all Electrical / Electronic system should e provided with Humidity controlled

environment.

2.12 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

2.12.1 The 380 KVA DG Set with battery start diesel engine and three phases four wire 415 Volts, 50 Hz

alternator. The DG sets shall have manual and auto start provision.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 221

2.13 SYSTEM OPERATION

2.13.1 Under normal operating conditions (independently or in synchronized condition) , with other make

DG sets shall respond very quickly for any change in electrical load and shall share the load equally in

very short response time in synchronizing mode.

2.14 ENGINE RATING

a. The engine shall be of standard design of the original manufacturers. It should be 4 stroke cycles,

water cooled, turbo charged (as per manufacturer standard), diesel engine developing suitable

BHP for giving a power rating as per ISO 8528, in 380 KVA at the load terminals of alternator at

1500 rpm at Ambient conditions. The engine shall be capable for delivering specified Prime Power

rating at variable loads for PF of 0.8 lag with 10% overload available in excess of specified output

for one hour in every 12 hours. The engine shall conform to IS; 10000/ISO 3046/BS 5514 amended

up to date.

b. The engine shall be fitted with following accessories subject to the standard design of the

manufacturer.

(i) Dynamically balanced fly‐wheel.

(ii) Necessary Flexible coupling / Close coupling and guard for alternator and engine

(applicable only for single bearing alternator)

(iii) Dry type Air cleaner as per manufacturer standard.

(iv) Dry exhaust : exhaust with suitable residential type silencer to reduce noise level and

stack height as per CPCB NORMS shall be provided one/two self supported stack for each

DG set to dispose exhaust above building height,

(v) Necessary gear driven oil pump for lubricating oil as per manufacturer’s recommendations.

(vi) Turbo charger (as per manufacturer standard.)

(vii) Crank case heater/ Jacket water heater as per manufacturer recommendations.

(viii) DG control panel: fitted and having digital display for following:

(a) Start/stop switch

(b) Lube oil pressure indication.

(c) Water temperature indication.

(d) RPM indication.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 222

(e) Engine Hours indications.

(f) Low lube Oil pressure trip indication

(g) High water temperature trip indication.

(h) Over speed indication.

(i) High water temperature alarm & trip

(j) Battery voltage

(k) Fuel tank level in percentage.

(l) Inside temperature if canopy

(m) Radiator

(n) All moving parts of the engine shall be mechanically guarded in such a

manner that a Human finger cannot touch any moving part.

2.15 GOVERNOR

2.15.1 Electronic governor of class A1, as per ISO 3046/BS 5514 with actuator shall be provided as per

standard design of manufacturer. Governor shall be a self‐contained unit capable of monitoring

speed.

2.16 FREQUENCY VARIATION

2.16.1 The engine speed shall be so maintained that frequency variation at constant load including no load

shall remain within a band of maximum 3% of rated frequency.

2.17 FUEL FILLING SYSTEM

2.17.1 It shall be fed through engine driven fuel pump. A replaceable element type fuel filter shall be suitably

located to permit easy servicing. Emergency stop shall be through fuel control.

2.18 LUBRICATING OIL SYSTEM

2.18.1 It shall be so designed that when the engine starts after a long shut down lubrication failure does not

occur. Necessary priming pump for the lube, oil circuit as per recommendation of manufacturer shall

be installed, to keep bearings primed. This pump shall be normally automatically operative on AC/DC

supply available with the set.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 223

2.19 STARTING SYSTEM

2.19.1 This shall comprise of necessary set of heavy duty batteries 12V/24V DC (as per manufacturer

standard), and suitable starter motors and axial type gear to match with the toothed ring on the fly

wheel. A timer in the control panel to protect the starter motor from excessively long cranking runs

shall be suitably integrated with the protection system and is within the scope of the work. Battery

capacity shall be suitable for meeting the needs of starting system (as three attempt starting), as well

as the requirements of control panel, indications and auxiliaries such as priming pump as applicable

etc. The scope shall cover all cabling, terminals, including initial charging etc. The system shall be

capable of starting the DG set within 20‐30 seconds, even in winter condition with an ambient

temperature down to 0ºC.

2.20 COMMON BED/ BASE PLATE

2.20.1 Engine and alternator shall be coupled by means of flex plate / Flexible coupling / Close coupling as

per manufacturer standard design and both units shall be mounted on a common bed plate together

with all auxiliaries to ensure perfect alignment of engine and alternator with minimum vibration. The

bed plate/base plate shall be suitable for installation on suitable anti‐vibration mounting system on

prepared concrete foundation.

2.21 EXHAUST SYSTEM

2.21.1 Shall be provided by the vendor as per details given in the scope of work / special conditions of the

contract.

2.22 AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

2.22.1 Vacuum indicators shall be provided for engine to indicate chocked filter. Maximum air intake

restrictions with clean and chocked filters should be within prescribed limit as per OEM/manufacturer

recommendation for the particular model of the engine. Gen sets should be supplied with air

cleaners.

2.23 COOLING SYSTEM

2.23.1 System shall be closed type and designed for ambient temperature of 45 Deg. C. Coolant mixed with

additive (in suitable proportion) shall be as per recommendation of OEM / Manufacturer.

2.24 EARTHING

2.24.1 The non‐current carrying metal parts of electrical installation shall be earthed properly. All metallic

structure, enclosures, junction boxes, outlet boxes, cabinets, machine frame, portable equipments,

metal conduits, Trunking, cable armour, switchgear and all other parts made of metal in close

proximity with electrical circuits shall be bonded together and connected by means of specified


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 224

earthing conductors to an efficient earthing system. Every item of equipment served by the

electrical system shall be bonded to earthing system.

2.25 CODES AND STANDARDS AND APPLICABLE PUBLICATION

2.25.1 Indian Electricity Rules, 1956

2.25.2 IS : 3043 : Earthing

2.26 SUBMITTALS

Drawing Data

Earthing pits layout along with earthing tape routing etc.

Block Diagram for earthing showing all earthing pits and their connections.

2.27 TESTS & TEST REPORTS

2.27.1 Test results of all Earthing pit test carried out at site with multiple electrode testing procedure.

2.28 EARTHINGS

2.28.1 Earthings should be made of Eco Safe Maintenance Free Electrode of 25 mm diameter Low Carbon

Steel with 250 micron Molecular Copper Bonded Earthing Rod of 3 Mts Length along with Carbon

Based environment friendly back fill Ground Enhancing compound required to fill up the excavated

earth with required quantity.

2.28.2 The purpose of an Earthing System is to ensure the safety of personal, provide protection to site,

guarantee the performance and reliability of equipments, and ensure a safe path for the dissipation

of any fault or lightning current.

2.29 PROTECTION & SAFETY PROVISION FOR DG SET

(a) Short circuit.

(b) Overload.

(c) Over Voltage.

(d) Under Voltage.

(e) Emergency Stop.

(f) Low lube oil pressure.

(g) Over speed

(h) Cooling water high temperatures.

(i) Earth fault relay / ELCB

(j) Reverse power relay

(k) Under speed


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 225

2.30 INDICATIONS ON DG CONTROL PANEL :

(a) Generator Set running.

(b) Low lubricant oil pressure.

(c) Over speed

(d) High water temperature trip.

(e) Over voltage.

(f) Over current.

(g) Set on load.

(h) Indication for all three phases.

(i) Breaker close

(j) Breaker open

(k) Reverse power

(l) Reverse KVAR

(m) Under frequency

(n) Generator internal fault

(o) Diode failure

(p) Ground Fault Detector

(q) Under speed

2.31 PERFORMANCE:

2.31.1 With the modular acoustic enclosure, the sound pressure levels when measured at a distance of 1mtr

outside the DG enclosure louvers shall be not more than 75 dB (A) under free field conditions and as

per latest CPCB norms.

2.32 PAINTING:

2.32.1 The entire system shall be powder coated with approved paint.

2.32.2 The final paint colour shall be pre approved by the Consultant / Owner.

2.33 DIMENSIONS:

2.33.1 The overall dimensions of the enclosure shall be such as to provide free movement all round the DG

set inside the enclosure. Two open able doors of adequate size shall be provided on either side of the

DG set to facilitate easy inspection and carry out maintenance works.

2.34 PIPING & ACCESSORIES:

2.34.1 The piping shall be of Class “B” M.S ERW M.S ERW pipe.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 226

2.34.2 All accessories such as strainer, isolating valves, non‐return valves etc. shall be supplied as required

based on approved piping layout drawings.

2.34.3 The piping schematic shall be submitted with the bid. Which should include supply, over flow return

from engine & drain pipes.

2.34.4 The piping shall be painted with one coat of primer and two coats of finishing paint of approved color.

2.34.5 One number manual gear pump for filling the day tank shall be supplied per DG.

2.35 SPARES LIST TO BE PROVIDED AS PER THE RECOMMENDATIONS FROM OEM.

2.36 INSTALLATION:

The bidder shall undertake the installation work at site. The general scope of installation work shall

include but not be limited to the following.

2.37 DIESEL GENERATOR SET :

2.37.1 The assembled Diesel Generator set shall be installed in the container on anti‐vibration mounts. The

unit shall be visually inspected for any transit damage.

2.37.2 The contractor shall arrange for the inspection of the set by the diesel engine manufacturer’s

authorized representative and obtain his approval before running the set.

2.37.3 The batteries shall be fully charged, installed and connected.

2.37.4 The battery charger shall be of continuous duty.

2.38 FUEL PIPING :

2.38.1 The fuel piping shall include supply and installation of Class “B” M.S ERW MS pipes of adequate size

with necessary valves and accessories required for the supply & return lines from day tank to the

engines. The pipes shall be painted with primer over which 2 coats approved colour paint shall be

applied.

2.38.2 The joints in the line shall be properly sealed to avoid any leakage of fuel.

2.39 EXHAUST PIPING

2.39.1 The exhaust piping shall be fabricated from 6mm thick MS pipes (6M Above from building).

2.39.2 The exhaust piping and the silencers shall be insulated using 50mm thick mineral wool inside the

container & up to the exhaust stack. The insulation shall be cladded with 24G aluminum sheet.

2.39.3 The exhaust pipe shall be supported using spring suspension supports.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 227

2.39.4 The shipping sections of the stack shall be welded at site and erected over the MS frame work. The

entire length including the flanges bolts and washers shall be aluminised inside and outside to inhibit

corrosion. A weather cowl shall be provided on top.

2.39.5 All tools and tackles used for the erection shall have valid safety certification.

2.40 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION :

2.40.1 The electrical power cabling from alternator to the panel will be carried out in co ordination with

other agencies. However the DG control cabling from the DG to the DG Panel will be carried out by

the DG vendor.

2.40.2 The contractor shall appoint an experienced full time engineer throughout the installation period till

the set is handed over. One month maintenance from the date of commissioning shall be carried out

by the DG vender.

2.40.3 The contractor shall carry out the control cabling from the DG control panel to the breakers in the

main panel.

2.40.4 Connecting block with wiring diagram shall be provided in the DG Panel for integrating with the SEB

Panel.

2.41 TESTING :

2.41.1 The engine and the governing system shall be suitable for prime power and shall conform to IS:


60034 BS‐5000 Rotating electrical machine. IS:3043 for Code of practice for Earthing.

i. AT MANUFACTURER’S WORKS

The routine tests and full load test on Engine, Alternator shall be carried out at manufacturer’s

work in accordance with applicable Indian standards in the presence of client’s representative.

Engine & Alternator's Test certificates will be provided.

ii. TESTING AT WORKS AND AT SITE :‐

a. Testing shall be carried out at factory for 1hour for 100% load and 1hour for 110% load.

b. Testing on site shall be carried out for 8hour for 100% load and 1hour for 110% load. The necessary

arrangements for testing at Manufactures factory and ARAI Chakan site including Fuel, Load Bank,

Consumables, Cables and cable terminations etc.

c. Full load running for 8 hours continuously. All the readings shall be logged to evaluate the fuel

consumption, lube oil pressure, water, oil temperature & electrical load.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 228

d. The guaranteed specific fuel consumption shall not exceed specified limits with a tolerance of + 5

%. The same shall be proved during the load trial."

e. The temperature rise inside the enclosure shall be measured.

f. Any deviation from the guaranteed parameters shall be made good and these performance

parameters should be measured once again till the required results are achieved.

g. The DG set shall be deemed to be commissioned after satisfactory performance of all associated

equipment.

2.42 TAKING OVER

2.42.1 The clients will take over the DG set for operation on completion of the following.

2.42.2 DG set is installed, tested and commissioned as per the specifications.

2.42.3 Original test certificates are furnished for engine, alternator, acoustic enclosure, centrifuge and all

other bought out items.

2.42.4 Load trials are successfully conducted including the performance of acoustic enclosure and

ventilation fans.

2.42.5 Approvals are obtained from Pollution Control Board and Electrical Inspectorate.

2.42.6 Sets of AS BUILT documentation, spare parts list, maintenance chart and operation and maintenance

manual are to be submitted.

2.42.7 The set shall be handed over with first fill of lube oil and day tanks full of diesel oil along with spares

mentioned.

2.43 GUARANTEE

2.43.1 DG SET

a. All consumable required to cover 4800 hrs or 24 months shall be included in offer except fuel. Any

defects noticed during this period shall be rectified free of cost.

b. The supplier shall indicate the type of records to be maintained so that the warranty claims if any

are honoured by the manufacturer.

c. The design and installation of acoustic treatment shall ensure that the noise level at 1m from the

DG Room at any point shall not exceed 70dBA while operating the set at rated load.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 229

d. During Warranty period the bidder shall carry out preventive maintenance as per his laid down

procedure/ check list & schedule. During warranty period all consumable item are to be considered

in the basic cost of DG set. Running hours of DG to be provided.

2.44 MAINTENANCE

2.44.1 The bidder shall be required to maintain the installation at no extra cost to the owner for a period of

two year from the date of commissioning. During this period, the contractor shall make good any

defects caused due to faulty design, bad workmanship and poor quality of materials except fuel

consumable.

2.44.2 The response time for any break down call shall not be more than 2 hours.

2.44.3 During the guarantee period, the bidder shall carry out regular servicing of the unit at regular interval

as recommended by the manufacturer. The consumables required for this will be made available by

the clients.

2.44.4 AMC (Comprehensive): The bidder shall quote for : Next 3 years (3rd, 4th , 5th ) after the expiry of

warranty period of 2 years with all consumables like oil, filters etc. The running hrs of 2400 hrs per

year is to be consider for calculation of AMC cost.

2.45 DOCUMENTATION

As a part of the equipment supply, following documentation shall be furnished.

a. General arrangement plan of DG set.

b. Piping schematic diagram

c. Chimney fabrication drawing.

d. Layout of fuel and exhaust piping.

e. Layout and constructional details of sound treatment.

f. Calculations for ventilation system design.

g. Engine wiring diagram.

h. Test certificate for engine and alternator.

i. Installation, operation and maintenance instructions for diesel engine, alternator.

j. Spare parts list.

k. Approval from Pollution Control Board and CEIG.

2.46 SCHEDULE OF TECHNICAL PARTICULARS

All the installation shall fully conform to the requirement stipulated and the tests shall be carried

out as stipulated. Deviations if any shall be clearly brought out in the tender.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 230

2.47 BATTERY CHARGER SHALL CONSISTING OF:

2.47.1 SMPS based automatic battery charger with DC Voltmeter; DC Ammeter Selector switch for

trickle/off/boost, auto/manual switch for boost to float changeover.

2.48 MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS: IN IP42 OR BETTER ENCLOSER (800A 4P 65KA for 1sec)

2.48.1 Moulded case circuit breakers shall comply with the latest Indian Standards and IEC standards. They

shall have the voltage and current ratings, rated duty, rated short circuit service breaking capacity

and rated short‐time withstand current as indicated.

2.48.2 Microprocessor based (LSIG) with Metering.

2.48.3 MCCB's shall be of the independent manual closing air‐break type, rated for an uninterrupted duty,

unless otherwise indicated.

2.48.4 Each MCCB shall have a facility for padlocking in the "OFF" position.

2.48.5 MCCB shall have front operating extended door operating handle.

2.48.6 BUSBAR

a. The equipment shall be designed to confirm to the requirements of:

b. IS 4237 ‐ General requirements for switchgear and control gears for voltages not exceeding

1100 volts.

c. IS 2147 ‐ Degree of protection provided by enclosures for low voltages switchgear and

control gear.

d. IS 375 ‐ Marking and arrangements of bus bars. Individual equipment housed in the power

control to the following IS specifications:

2.48.7 CONSTRUCTION

a. The panels shall be:

b. Of the metal enclosed, indoor, floor mounted, free standing type.

c. It shall be made up of the requisite vertical section, which when coupled together shall form

continuous dead front switch boards.

d. provide dust and dump protection, the degree of protection being for indoor IP42 and for outdoor

IP55.

e. Be readily extensible on both sides by the addition of vertical sections after removal of the end

covers. Each vertical section shall comprise:

f. A front framed structure rolled / folded sheet steel channel section of minimum 3mm thick, rigidly

bolted together. This structure shall house the components contributing to the major height of the


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 231

equipment, such as circuit breaker cassettes, fuse switch units, main horizontal bus bars, vertical

risers and other front mounted accessories.

g. The structure shall be mounted on a rigid base frame of folded sheet steel of minimum 3mm thick

and 100mm height. The design shall ensure that the weight of the components is adequately

supported without deformation or loss of alignment during transit or during operation.

h. A cable chamber shall house the cable end connections of power/control cable termination. The

design shall be to ensure generous availability of space for easy installation and maintenance of

cabling, and adequate safety for making in one vertical section without coming into accidental

contact with live parts in and adjacent sections.

i. Front and rear doors shall be fitted with nuts/bolts including neoprene gaskets with fasteners

designed to ensure proper compression of the gaskets. When covers are provided in place of doors,

generous overlap shall be assured between sheet surfaces with closely space fasteners to preclude

the entry of dust. The height of the panel should not be more than 2400mm. The maximum height of

any operating mechanism shall not be more than 2100mm. The total depth should be adequate to

cater for proper cabling space.

j. Doors and covers shall be of minimum 14 gauge sheet steel. All sheet steel work forming the exteriors

or switchboards shall be smoothly finished, leveled and free from flaws. The corners should be

rounded. The apparatus and circuits in the power control panels shall be so arranged as to facilitate

their operation and maintenance and at the same time to ensure the necessary degree of safety.

k. Apparatus forming part of the power control panels shall have the following minimum clearances:

i) Between phases ‐ 25 mm

ii) Between phases and neutral ‐ 25 mm

iii) Between phases and earth ‐ 25 mm

iv) Between neutral and earth ‐ 25 mm

l. If for any reason, the above clearances are not available suitable insulation shall be provided.

Clearance shall be maintained during normal service conditions.

m. All covers providing access to live power equipments / circuits shall be provided with tool operated

fasteners to prevent unauthorized access.

n. Provision shall be made for permanently earthing the frames and other metal parts of the switch gear

by two independent connections.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 232

2.49 METAL TREATMENT AND FINISH:

The panels shall be provided with 7 tank anticorrosive treatment. And then the powder coating shall

be done & oven dried.

2.50 GENERAL

i. Quietness of operation: The set shall have minimum vibration and noise under all conditions of

load. The set shall be statically and dynamically balanced.

ii. Earthing: Provision shall be made for earthing al non‐current carrying metal parts of the

equipment. Earth lugs of suitable size shall be provided wherever earth connection to the

apparatus is necessary. Earthing work shall be carried out as per I.E. Rules / IS specifications.

iii. Safety Provisions: All exposed moving parts like radiator fan, Flexible coupling / close coupling etc.

shall be provided with suitable guards to avoid chances of accidents.

iv. Finish: All exposed metal parts shall be suitably painted to prohibit corrosion under climatic

conditions prevalent at site.

v. Name plate marking an instruction manuals : A name plate showing Sl. No., Year of Manufacture,

Rating connection diagram shall be provided on engine, alternator etc. All the important and major

parts shall bear their catalogue number, name of the parts etc. Three sets of manual giving the

equipment, schematic and wiring diagram, instructions regarding installation and maintenance

shall be supplied.

2.51 ACOUSTIC ENCLOSURE (AS PER LATEST CPCB NORMS)

2.51.1 SCOPE OF SUPPLY:

a. Supply of containerized type ACOUSTIC ENCLOSURE suitable for 380 KVA DG sets & driven by

radiator cooled diesel engine.

b. DESCRIPTION:

The acoustic enclosure shall be of free standing, floor mounting type integral with the DG set. The

enclosure shall be provided with rugged heavy‐duty structural steel base frame with chequered

plate flooring on which the DG set is to be mounted. The enclosure shall be prefabricated factory‐

built and modular in construction. The enclosure shall consist of acoustically treated panels housed

in rugged steel frames, which shall be bolted together to from the body of the enclosure. Openable

doors shall be provided, on either side, which shall also be acoustically treated, thereby providing

easy access to the DG set. The construction of the acoustic enclosure shall be such that with both

the acoustic doors open on the either side, full access is available to the engine and alternator. For


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 233

fresh air inlet into the system a parallel baffle air inlet silencer shall be provided. Additionally, to

augment the fresh air inlet requirements, a forced air ventilation duct with associated silencer shall

be provided above the alternator. For hot air discharge, an acoustic discharge plenum shall be

provided in front of the engine radiator, for discharge of hot air into the surroundings through a

parallel baffle air outlet silencer. The enclosure shall have suitable openings in the roof module for

exhaust piping.

2.52 CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES:

i. The construction and design of the Acoustic enclosure shall be very rugged, durable and shall be

virtually maintenance free.

ii. The acoustic panels shall be filled with a special grade high‐density mineral wool retained on the

inside by perforated GI sheets specially designed for optimum sound attenuation.

iii. The outer surface of the Acoustic Panels shall be fabricated of performed 16G corrugated CRCA

sheet steel. All sheet steel frames shall be of 16G CRCA sheets.

iv. All materials used for Acoustic Enclosure shall be fire resistant / fire retardant grade.

v. The sheet steel treatment shall consist of degreasing, derusting and phosphating followed by two

coats of zinc chromate primer, followed by two coats of Zinpholite surface for superior corrosion

resistance and two coats of finish paint having UV Resistance.

vi. For effective Acoustic sealing, necessary gasketing material shall be provided.

vii. All hardware and fittings used shall be passivated with zinc.

viii. Insulation material as per IS 8183 code.

2.53 PERFORMANCE:

With the above Enclosure, the sound pressure levels when measured at a distance of 1 meter

outside the Acoustic Enclosure shall be around 75 dB (A) under free field conditions.

2.54 Notes: The above noise level is defined with all background ambient noise levels from any other

source being less than 75 dB (A) so as not to influence this noise level.

2.54.1 The section of the exhaust piping within the acoustic enclosure from the engine exhaust manifold

onwards up to and including the Residential silencer, must be adequately cladded with thermal

insulation to limit surface temperature as also to reduce noise level to less than 75 dB (A).


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 234

2.55 DIMENSIONS:

i. It shall be ensured that at least 1000mm (min.) clear space is available all around the Acoustic

Enclosure to ensure free air flow for the Gen set as required and to facilitate accessibility for

generator operation and routine maintenance.

ii. The enclosure shall be provided with suction fans to ensure that the adequate cooling and

combustion air is made available to the engine and the temperature within the enclosure is limited

to 50C above ambient. The fan shall be designed with sufficient pressure to draw the requisite

quality of air from the duct provided for this purpose. Calculations shall be furnished to prove the

adequacy of the ventilation system offered. The suction fans shall start automatically when the

temperature in the enclosure reaches 40 Degree C and shall continue to run for 5 to 10 minutes

after the load is disconnected. A temperature controller shall be provided for this purpose housed

in sheet steel enclosure.

iii. Two light points controlled by a switch complete with 36W fluorescent Luminaries and lamps shall

be provided. Provision shall also be made for fixing a heat detector inside the acoustic enclosure

which will be connected to the central fire alarm panel.

iv. Necessary openings shall be made for the entry of power cable and control cables, fuel piping,

exhaust piping, air inlet pipe etc.

v. With the installation of the acoustic enclosure, there shall not be any de‐rating of the DG set. The

maximum temperature of oil and water shall not exceed the limits prescribed by the manufacturer

of the engine. The DG set shall give rated output continuously.

i. The ventilation system shall be designed to provide an air as per manufacturer standard.

vi. The ventilation fan shall be of the axial flow type designed to handle the static pressure estimated

based on the inlet air duct size and length.

2.56 PACKING:

As per manufacturer’s standard practice ensuring safeguard of total package and components from

any possible damage in transit. The offered equipment along with their accessories shall be

transported to site packed in wooden crates. Unit shall be wrapped with polythene sheets, before

being placed in the crates to prevent damage to finish. Crates shall have skid bottom for handling.

Vendor shall specify long time storage procedure along with bid.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 235

2.57 TECHNICAL DATA SHEET TO BE FURNISHED BY THE BIDDER (FOR STANDARDS REFER – SECTION‐

11 PARA 1.11)

Ref. No. Description Specifications Bidder specifications

1 DG set

1.1 DG Set Rating 380 KVA

1.2 DG Set Model Bidder to specify

1.3 Length x width x height in mm of complete

DG Set

Bidder to specify

1.4 Average Load factor of DG set Minimum 80% of

rated capacity

1.5 Life of DG Set Minimum 15 years

2 Environmental Conditions

2.1 Altitude of location from MSL 690 Meter above MSL

(Mean Sea Level)

2.2

Ambient temperature Ranges from to 45°C

during summer and

8°C during winter

2.3 Relative humidity Upt 95% condensing

3 General requirement

3.1 Mean time between failure (MTBF) Bidder to specify

3.2 Mean Time To Repair (MTTR) Bidder to specify

3.3 Painting details of DG Sets Bidder to specify

4 Diesel Engine

4.1 Manufacturer Name Bidder to specify

4.2 Country of origin Bidder to specify

4.3 Applicable standard IS or Equivalent

4.4 Make of engine Bidder to specify

4.5 Model of engine Bidder to specify

4.6 Rating of engine in kw/hp AT 1500 RPM Bidder to specify


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 236

4.7 Direction or rotation Bidder to specify

4.8 No. of cylinder Bidder to specify

4.9 Cylinder bore & stroke in mm Bidder to specify

4.10 Droop in frequency / speed when engine

response to 100% load injection

Bidder to specify

4.11 Displacement in litters Bidder to specify

4.12 Mechanical & thermal efficiency in

percentage

Bidder to specify

4.13 Safety protection

4.13.1 Low lub oil pressure To be provided

4.13.2 High water temperature To be provided

4.13.3 Over speed To be provided

4.14 Physical dimensions

4.14.1 Length x width x height in mm Bidder to specify

4.14.2 Weight in Kg / ton Bidder to specify

4.14.3 Type of starter Battery start

4.14.4 Battery make / Voltage. Ampere hour Bidder to specify

4.14.5 Spaces of starter Bidder to specify

4.14.6 Vibration with stand 4.30 G @24‐1000 HZ

4.14.7 Noise level As per CPCB norms

4.14.8 Smoke level Bidder to specify

4.14.9 Characteristic curves of fuel consumption

Vs load

To be provided

4.14.10 Painting details of engine Bidder to specify

4.15 Engine Governor Electronic governor



4.15.3 Droop range in % Bidder to specify


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 237

4.16 Turbocharger

4.16.1 Applicable standard (IEC 60034‐1:2004) Bidder to specify


4.17 Radiator

4.17.1 Applicable standard (IEC 801.3) Bidder to specify


4.17.3 Manufacturer model no Bidder to specify

4.17.4 Air flow of each fan Bidder to specify

4.17.5 No. of fans provided Bidder to specify

4.17.6 Fluid flow rate‐jacket water side Bidder to specify in

LPM

4.17.7 Fluid flow rate‐after cooler water side Bidder to specify in

LPM

4.17.8 Ambient capability Bidder to specify

4.17.9 radiator capacity of Jacket water and after

cooler both

Bidder to specify

4.18 Lubricating oil system


4.18.2 Oil pressure Bidder to specify

4.18.3 Oil temperature Bidder to specify

4.18.4 Grade of oil Bidder to specify

4.18.5 Sump capacity Bidder to specify

4.18.6 Guaranteed lub oil consumption in grams

per BHP‐hour

Bidder to specify

4.18.7 Recommended oil change Bidder to specify

4.19 Engine alarms


4.19.2 Low oil pressure setting Bidder to specify


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 238

4.19.3 Low water level setting as % of total

cooling water capacity

Bidder to specify

4.19.4 Over speed setting Bidder to specify

4.19.5 High water temperature setting Bidder to specify

4.19.6 High oil pressure setting Bidder to specify

4.20 Exhaust System


4.20.2 Silencer manufacturer’s name Bidder to specify

4.20.3 Type of silencer Hospital

4.21 Fuel System

4.21.1 Pump manufacturer’s name Bidder to specify

4.21.2 Fuel injector manufacturer’s name Bidder to specify

4.21.3 Pump pressure Bar Bidder to specify

4.21.4 Fuel consumption at Non‐thermal Plasma

(NTP) in ltrs. Per hour

Bidder to specify




4.21.5 No of units per litre of high speed diesel

(HSD) engine

Bidder to specify

4.22 Fuel day tank

4.22.1 Material MS of minimum 5 mm

thickness

4.22.2 Capacity Litre 475 Litres

4.22.3 Fitted with level gauge & accessories To be provided

4.23 Emission Standard

4.23.1 HC (Hydro Carbon) Bidder to specify

4.24 DG control panel Microprocessor based,

Compatible with


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 239

modbus for BMS

Connectivity

4.26 Alternator (380 KVA)

4.26.1 Manufacture’s name Bidder to specify

4.26.2 Applicable standards IS or equivalent

4.26.3 Country of Origin Bidder to specify

4.26.4 Connection Bidder to specify

4.26.5 Make Bidder to specify

4.26.6 Type of frame Bidder to specify

4.26.7 Rated KVA 380 KVA

4.26.8 Power factor 0.8

4.26.9 Type of enclosure IP 23

4.26.10 Speed in RPM 1500

4.26.11 Frequency in Hz 50 Hz ± 3%

4.26.12 Rated voltage 415 Volts ± 6%


4.26.14 Number of phases Three phase four wires

4.26.15 Over load capacity Bidder to specify

4.26.16 Class of insulation rotor and stator H

4.26.17 Voltage regulation ± 1%

4.26.18 Direction of rotation Bidder to specify

4.26.19 Type and model of excitation unit Bidder to specify

4.26.20 Excitation at rated p,f, 0.8 (voltage /

current)

Bidder to specify

4.26.21 Type of bearing DE and NDE Bidder to specify

4.26.22 Length x Breadth x Height in mm Bidder to specify

4.26.23 Weight in Kg/Ton Bidder to specify


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 240

4.26.24 Painting details of alternator Bidder to specify

4.26.25 Reactance : Bidder to specify in %

age

4.26.25.1 1. On short circuit when running at

normal speed and voltage

4.26.25.2 a) Sub‐transient reactance

4.26.25.3 b) Transient reactance

4.26.25.4 c) Unsaturated synchronous reactance

4.26.26 Short circuit ratio Bidder to specify

4.26.27 Stator d.c. resistance per phase at 75°C Bidder to specify IN

OHMS

4.26.28 Method of protection against shaft

currents

Bidder to specify

4.26.29 Rotor inertia Bidder to specify in Kg

m

4.26.30 Weight of rotor In Kg.

4.26.31 Rotor winding resistance at 75°C Ohms

4.26.32

Generator response for 100% load change

at a low Power factor :

Bidder to specify in %

voltage and % age

current

4.26.32.1 1. Instantaneous values when at :‐

4.26.32.2 i. minimum excitation To be provided

4.26.32.3 ii. Maximum excitation To be provided

4.26.33 2. After 10 Hz when initially at :‐ To be provided

4.26.34 iii. minimum excitation To be provided

4.26.35 iv. Maximum excitation To be provided

4.26.36

State whether thermostatically controlled

anti‐condensation heaters are fitted in the

generator

To be provided

4.26.37 Wattage of the heaters Bidder to specify in

watts


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 241

4.27 Generator Exciter

4.27.1 Applicable standards IS or Equivalent

4.27.2 Type of Excitation PMG


4.27.4 Field winding insulation Class H

4.27.5 Field winding resistance at 75°C Bidder to specify

4.27.6 Exciter winding insulation class Class H

4.27.7 Exciter winding resistance per phase at

75°C

Bidder to specify in

ohms

4.28 Generator Automatic Voltage Regulator




4.28.4 Range of manual voltage control Bidder to specify in

volts

4.29 4 Pole MCCB of 800 Amps with LSIG

protection.

Bidder to specify




4.29.4 Country of origin Bidder to specify


4.29.6 Rated voltage Bidder to specify

4.29.7 Braking capacity Bidder to specify

4.29.8 Inherent protections provided To be provided

a) Short circuit

b) Over current

c) Range of adjustment of over current


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 242

4.30 Isolation panel


iv. Applicable standards IS or Equivalent

v. Country of origin Bidder to specify

vi. Details of operation Bidder to specify

4.30.2 Capacity Bidder to specify

4.30.3 Fault level Bidder to specify

4.30.4 MS Sheet enclosure thickness and size 14 SWG

4.30.5 Details of Bus bars (s)

4.30.5.1 Material AL./Copper

4.30.5.2

Rating of three phase + neutral bus bar to

be used for DG set for termination of 240

sq.mm aluminum cables



DG Set

4.30.5.3

Rating of Bus bar connecting the common

bus in DG panel



each DG Set

4.30.6 Make range of size of A.C. ammeters Bidder to specify

4.30.7 Make range of size of A.C. Voltmeter Bidder to specify

4.30.8 Make range of size of KW Meter Bidder to specify

4.30.8 Make range of size of KVAR Meters Bidder to specify

4.30.10 Make range of size of frequency meters Bidder to specify

4.30.11 Make range of size of KWH Meters Bidder to specify

4.30.12 Make range of size of D.C. Ammeters for

battery charger

Bidder to specify

4.30.13 Make range of size of D.C. Voltmeters for

battery charger

Bidder to specify

4.30.14 ELR make and rating Bidder to specify

4.30.15 Battery charger rating Bidder to specify

4.30.16 Indication, protection and safety provision To be provided


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 243

4.30.17 Audio alarm hooter make and rating Bidder to specify

4.30.18 Make and rating of EFR and ELCB/Over

current relay/Reverse Power Relay

Bidder to specify

4.30.19 Painting Bidder to specify

4.31 Battery



4.31.3 Electrolyte Bidder to specify

4.31.4 Voltage Bidder to specify

4.31.5 Capacity at 10 hour rate Ah Bidder to specify

4.31.6 Number of cells Bidder to specify

4.31.7 Voltage per cell Bidder to specify

4.31.8 Normal charging rate Bidder to specify

4.31.9 Maximum charging rate Bidder to specify

4.31.10 Ampere hour efficiency at 10 Hour rate Bidder to specify

4.31.11 Ampere hour efficiency at 1 hour rate Bidder to specify

4.31.12 Dimensions of cells Bidder to specify

4.31.13 Dimensions of battery complete Bidder to specify

4.31.14 Weight of cell complete with electrolyte Bidder to specify

4.31.15 Total weight of battery complete Bidder to specify

4.31.16 Internal resistance cell when fully charged Bidder to specify

4.31.17 Battery voltage at end of the duty cycle Bidder to specify

4.32 Battery Charger



4.32.3 AC input to charger Bidder to specify

4.32.4 DC output of charger Bidder to specify


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 244

4.32.5 Type of D.C. Voltage control Bidder to specify

4.32.6 Range of D.C. Voltage control Bidder to specify

4.32.7 Regulation Bidder to specify

4.32.8 Overall dimensions Bidder to specify

4.32.9 Total weight Bidder to specify

4.33 Power cable

4.33.1 Name of manufacturer Bidder to specify

4.33.2 Applicable standard IS or Eq.

4.33.3 Number of Cores Bidder to specify

4.33.4 Type of cable and voltage for which

suitable

Bidder to specify

4.33.5 Continuous current rating (for ground &

air)

Bidder to specify

4.33.6 Type & normal sheathed thickness Bidder to specify

4.33.7 Max. outer diameter Bidder to specify

4.33.8 Type & nominal thickness of insulation Bidder to specify

4.33.9 Insulation resistance Bidder to specify

4.33.10 Conductor material (alu. / cu) AL./Copper (Cu)

4.33.11 Maximum dc resistance at 20 deg. Cent Bidder to specify

4.33.12 AC resistance (at 90 deg. Cent) Bidder to specify

4.33.13 Short circuit duty (duration of short circuit

and short circuit current limits)

Bidder to specify

4.34 Acoustic enclosure design as per latest

CPCB Norms

D.B. Levels –Bidder to

specify

2.58 DETAILED SPECIFICATION OF D.G.SET & OTHER ALLIED WORKS

2.58.1 Fuel Day Tank:

As specified in section ‐01 (1.3.7)

2.58.2 Fuel piping system of DG sets:


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 245

Contractor shall have to lay down diesel lines from diesel tank to DG sets to make the continuous

diesel supply to the 380 KVA DG sets for their smooth operation. The pipe(s) should be of suitable

size (length and diameter) as per the site/system requirement and approved by the I/c electrical

A.R.A.I. or his representative. The pipe work shall be inclusive of all fittings and accessories

required such as bends, reducers, elbows, flanges, flexible connection, valves, unions necessary

hardware etc. The installation shall cover clamps, supports, hangers etc.

2.58.3 Exhaust System:

Contractor shall provide M.S. Pipes for all exhaust lines conforming to relevant IS. The runs forming

part of factory assembly on the engine flexible connections up to exhaust silencer shall be exclusive

of exhaust piping item. The work includes necessary cladding of exhaust pipe work using minimum

50mm thick glass wool /mineral wool/ rock wool, density not less than 46 kg/m² and aluminium

cladding (0.80mm thick) for the complete portion. The exhaust pipe work includes necessary

supports, foundation etc. to avoid any load & stress on turbo charger/exhaust piping. The exhaust

pipe support structure shall be got approved by engineer‐in‐charge, A.R.A.I. before execution.

(a) Exhaust system should create minimum back pressure.

(b) Number of bends should be kept minimum and smooth bends should be used to

minimize back pressure.

(c) Pipe sleeve of larger dia should be used while passing the pipe through concrete wall

& gap should be filled with ‘felt lining.

(d) Exhaust piping inside the DG Room should be lagged with asbestos rope along with

Aluminum sheet cladding to avoid heat input to the room.

(e) Exhaust flexible shall have its free length when it is installed. Additional bellows shall

be used if require.

(f) MS pipes and long bend/elbows of minimum 6 mm thickness shall be used.

(g) Exhaust piping should be supported in such manner that load of exhaust piping is not

Exerted to turbocharger.

2.58.4 Power and control cables for DG sets:

Contractor will provide 3 1/2 core (3.5 core) XLPE (CROSSLINKED POLY‐ETHYLENE) Insulated PVC

sheathed copper power cable(s) for working voltage up to and including 1100 volts sufficient

current carrying capacity of suitable rating conforming to the IS :7098 ( Part‐I) for the offered DG

Sets of 380 KVA capacity. b) Contractor will provide necessary control cables conforming to the

relevant codes and standards of IS/BIS.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 246

2.58.5 DG control panel as per the following details

d. DG control panel should be totally enclosed, dust, damp and vermin proof free standing floor

mounted type of suitable fault level at 415 Volt, 50 Hz. three phase four wire AC supply.

e. The DG control panel with auto start / auto‐manual synchronizing and load sharing facilities to run

in parallel with DG sets of electronic regulators fitted with control panel having equiv. to DEIF AGC

242 or Woodward make EGCP2. The DG panel should also be suitable for manual synchronizing.

Provision may also be provided to provide BMS compatibility at future stage for which necessary

hardware’s are to be provided.

2.58.6 PIPING SYSTEM AND OTHER ASSOCIATED WORK OF FUEL TANK:

The contractor will have to arrange all the materials of suitable size (length and diameter) approved

by In‐charge electrical A.R.A.I. or his representative and services , like fuel piping with class ‘C’ MS

pipes, bends , gaskets support ,clamps, flanges , fill pipe , suction pipe, bends, reducers, elbows,

flanges, flexible connection,. adapter, ball valves, foot valves with strainer, necessary hardware etc, as

per makes mentioned below, control cables of IS‐1554 part – I including laying, fixing/ fitting in

existing masonry trenches/ Hume pipes or laying, fixing/ fitting along with excavation of trenches,

sand cushioning, brick protective covering and refilling of trenches etc.

2.58.7 After execution of work, the site will be cleared off of any paint, polish, dust, waste material etc.

accumulated on site.

2.58.8 All the workers employed by the contractor, will display their identity cards during execution of work.

2.58.9 Contractor will prepare and submit the complete scheme for subject work along with

drawings/layout and get them approved from In‐charge Electrical or his representative before

starting the work.

2.58.10 The contractor shall get approved the general layout/drawing of DG control panel from In charge

Electrical or his representative before fabrication/manufacturing.

2.58.11 The contractor will submit the complete scheme, drawing and specification etc to prepare the

concrete foundation of their offered 380 KVA DG sets, immediately after award of the contract/LOI.

2.58.12 Contractor will arrange all the materials, tools, tackles, scaffoldings & manpower etc. required for

completing the subject work at their own risk and cost. All mechanical/fabrication jobs like cutting,

welding and fixing of materials required to complete the subject work will be carried out by

contractor.

2.58.13 Any additional material/job/documents not covered in scope of works/specifications/special terms

and conditions of the contract/ technical check list mentioned in tender document, required to

complete the subject work will be arranged by contractor at their own cost & risk.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 247

2.58.14 All the materials provided for the work shall be as per make and specifications given in scope of

works/specifications/special terms and conditions of the contract/ technical check list given in tender.

2.58.15 Bidder will provide bill of material /quantity along with bid for subject work.

2.58.16 All the old material removed from the site to be shifted to the space provided/identified by Engineer

In‐charge at no extra cost to A.R.A.I.

2.58.17 The contractor will have to arrange accommodation for their employees outside the ARAI campus at

their own cost.

2.59 QUALIFICATION OF TEAM:

The contractor shall ensure that the persons deployed have the requisite knowledge/ qualification/

experience and license required for carrying out the work /service contract, entrusted to him. The

contractor shall be responsible for the satisfactory and quality completion of the works and services

in the event of non performance by any member of the contractor’s team. The contractor shall take

necessary steps to replace such member of his team with suitable replacement immediately.

2.60 TECHNICAL LITERATURE AND DOCUMENTATION:

As mentioned in specifications.

Open space will be given by ARAI, however, contractor shall have to make the close

space/temporary shed at their own risk and cost, if required, to keep the supplied materials and

also to keep the dismantled materials if by back option is accepted/considered by ARAI.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 248

3 ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATION FOR EARTHWORK EXCAVATION

3.1 Backfilling around foundations in pits, trenches, plinth and under floors:

1. All clods of earth shall be broken or removed. Material for backfilling shall generally be obtained

from the spoil of excavation. But, the Engineer shall have the option, in case of shortage of good

selected earth obtained from excavation, to direct the Contractor to get the filling materials from

approved borrow pits within the site. The Contractor shall make necessary access roads to borrow

area at his own expense and maintain the same, if such access roads do not exist.

2. After the concrete or masonry in the foundation has fully set, the spaces around the foundation

structure in pits and trenches shall be cleared of all debris, brick bats, mortar dropping etc. and filled

with earth in layers not exceeding 15 cm each layer being watered, rammed and properly

consolidated before the succeeding one is laid. Each layer shall be consolidated to the satisfaction of

the Engineer. Back filling shall be done in such a manner as not to cause undue thrust on any part of

the structures. The final surface shall be trimmed and leveled to proper profile as directed by the

Engineer. Decision of the Engineer concerning proper consolidation shall be final and binding.

3. The plinth and under floors shall be similarly filled with approved materials as described herein

before in layers not exceeding 15 cm watered and consolidated with mechanical machines to the

satisfaction of the Engineer. When the filling reaches finished level, the surface shall be flooded with

water for at least 24 hours, allowed to dry and then rammed and consolidated, in order to avoid any

settlement at a later stage. The finished level of the filling shall be trimmed to the level specified.

3.2 Site leveling

Earth for area filling and leveling shall be obtained from the cut areas of work and if necessary the

balance with approved good fill material from approved quarry or from any other source outside the

boundary including all lifts and leads, laying in layers of 250 mm and below breaking clods, dressing

to required lines, grades and levels, watering and compacting with power roller of 10 tones.

3.3 Clearing site

1) The ground over which the cutting is to be done and the ground over which filling is to be formed

shall be cleared of all trees, brushwood, loose stones, vegetation, bushes, stumps and all other

objectionable materials. The holes dug up for grubbing roots etc. shall be filled with suitable

excavated material and compacted. Materials obtained from clearing site shall be disposed off by

burning or disposal to areas outside the boundary of the project in such a way that there is no chance

of their getting mixed with materials for filling.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 249

For removal of vegetation etc. crawler mounted dozer of adequate capacity shall be used. The work

will be supplemented by using manual methods wherever required. The dozer shall have ripper

attachment for removal of stumps, roots, etc. All trees, stumps etc. falling within excavation and fill

area shall be cut to such depth below ground level that in no case these fall within 50 cm of the sub

grade bottom.

2) Setting out.

After clearing the site, the area shall be set out as shown on the plans or as directed in writing. The

contractor shall provide all labor, tools, tackles, instruments and materials required for setting out

and establishing bench marks and grid pillars. The contractor will be responsible for maintaining

bench marks, profiles, grid pillars as long as they are required. Levels and sections shall be taken by

the contractor in presence of the representative of the OWNER before the excavation/filling is

started. This joint record will serve as the basis of measurement.

3) Materials

The contractor shall utilize all useful and acceptable material obtained from the cutting from

anywhere within the site for filling of low areas anywhere within the site. The contractor shall obtain

additional good quality material from approved quarries or from any other source. The filling

material should be soil, Murum or a mixture of soil, sand, Murum, gravel, small boulders having

laboratory dry density of at least 1.44 gm/cc. Rejected material if brought to site will be ordered to

be removed at contractors cost. Any objectionable material found in the filling material shall be

handpicked and removed.

The contractor shall be responsible for payment of rents, compensation, fees, royalty etc. and these

are deemed to be included in the rates. The OWNER shall remain indemnified regarding any claims

that may be made by private owners.

4) Equipment

Pickaxes, crowbars, phawras and pans may be used for manual work. Scrapers, dozer, graders,

dumpers, shovels, trucks, trolleys etc. may be used for mechanized work. Three wheeled 10 tonne

power roller or sheep foot roller may be used for compaction. Mechanically driven tankers may be

used for watering.

5) Construction Methods

Before any material is laid on the ground, the same shall be cleared of all rubbish etc. When the filling

is to be laid on slopes, the existing slopes shall be ploughed deeply to give proper hold. The top layer


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 250

of the ploughed surface shall be scarified and watered and compacted before any filling material is

laid.

Whenever fill is to be deposited against the face of a natural slope, or sloping earthworks face

including embankments, cuttings, other fills and excavations steeper than 1 vertical on 4 horizontal,

such faces shall be benched as mentioned below immediately before placing the subsequent fill.

Continuous horizontal benches, each at least 300 mm wide, shall be cut into the old slope for

ensuring adequate bond with the fresh filling material to be added.

However, when the existing slope against which the fresh material is to be placed in flatter than 1

vertical on 4 horizontal, the slope surface may only be ploughed or scarified instead of resorting to

benching.

All permanent faces of side slopes of cut and fill formed areas shall, subsequent to any trimming

operations, be reworked and sealed to the satisfaction of the Engineer by tracking a tracked vehicle

considered suitable by the Engineer, on slope or any other method approved by the Engineer.

The finished side slopes of cut and fill formed areas shall be 2 to 1 (ie. 2 horizontal to 1 vertical) slope

or the slope required by the Engineer.

When the fill level is higher than the adjacent area outside the boundary of the project then the

layers shall be laid in a suitable slope up to the ground level at the boundary line.

6) Laying the filling material

Filling material shall be placed in successive horizontal layers of 250 mm consolidated thickness or in

thickness less than 250 mm if required by the Engineer extending to the complete area of filling. The

extra loose stuff at the edges shall be trimmed after completion of earth work without extra cost.

When boulders, broken stones and hand materials are mixed up with the filling materials, care shall

be taken to see that they are distributed evenly and uniformly into the earth and no hollows are left

near them. No stone or hard material shall project above the top of any layer. Each layer of filling

shall be leveled, watered, compacted and tested before the succeeding layer is placed. The surface of

the filling at all times shall shed water and prevent ponding.

All clods, lumps, boulders, etc shall be broken to have a maximum size of 75 mm before filling and

compaction.

7) Protection

The contractor shall take the necessary measures and precautions for the protection of the earth

work. Any damage to the earth work shall be made good at the contractor's cost.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 251

The contractor will have to make his own arrangements so that water is adequately and effectively

drained and this arrangement may left after completion of earthworks if so desired.

8) Rolling

The layers shall be compacted with Power driven rollers of 8 to 10 Tones capacity OR Vibro roller,

The roller shall pass at least twice over the same area once in forward move and the second time in

backward move.

9) Finishing

The filling shall be finished and dressed smooth and even in conformity with the alignment, levels,

cross‐sections and dimensions shown on the drawings with due allowance for shrinkage. All damages

caused by rain, movement of vehicles or any other reason shall be made good in the finishing

operations.

The contractor shall not excavate beyond the specified levels / dimensions on the drawings.

The finished cut and fill formation shall satisfy the permitted surface tolerances of +20 mm or ‐25

mm.

Where the finished surfaces fall outside the above specified tolerances, the contractor shall be liable

to rectify these in the manner described below and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

Where the surface is high, it shall be trimmed and suitably compacted. Where the same is low, the

deficiency shall be corrected by scarifying the lower layer and adding fresh material and recomposing

to the required density.

10) Maintenance

The contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the earth work satisfactorily at his cost till finally

accepted including making good any damages.

11) Excess excavation

Any excess depth excavated below the specified levels shall be made good by dozing, grading and

refilling with suitable material of similar characteristics to that removed and watered and compacted

to achieve specified density.

12) Compaction

Only the compaction equipment approved by the Engineer shall be employed to compact the

different material types encountered during execution. Smooth wheeled, vibratory, pneumatic tyred,

sheep foot or pad foot rollers etc. of suitable size and capacity as approved by the Engineer shall be

used for the different types and grades of materials required to be compacted either individually or in

suitable combinations.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 252

The compaction shall be done with the help of vibratory roller of 8 to 10 tonne static weight with

plain or pad foot drum or heavy pneumatic tyred roller of adequate capacity capable of achieving

required compaction.

The contractor shall demonstrate the efficiency of the equipment he intends to use by carrying out

compaction trials. The procedure to be adopted for these site trials shall first be submitted to the

Engineer for approval.

Rollers of adequate capacity shall be used to achieve the required compaction by artificial watering

and rolling. Subsequent layer shall be placed after each finished layer is approved. The level of

compaction required is 90% of Standard Proctor Density for all areas except where Roads and

Building works are to be provided.

The top layer of filling shall be brought to the specified line, levels and grade as shown in the drawings

or as directed.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 253

4 ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL WORK

General: The contractor shall furnish & erect all structural steel work as called for. He shall provide all

materials, items, articles, labour, plant, equipments, fixing devices & every thing required & necessary for

completion & erection of all steel work. All steel work shall be free from cracks, surface flaws, lamination,

rough & imperfect edges &other defects impairing strength, durability or appearance & shall be well &

clearly rolled to the dimensions, sections & weights required.

The Contractor shall prepare all the shop drawings and as built drawings for all the Works handled by him

and shall submit two hard copies and two soft copies of all the final drawings.

Indian Standard Codes:

Materials and workmanship or the work shall conform to the latest editions of the following standards or

their approved equivalents.

Indian Code of Practice for General Construction in steel, Indian Standard Institute IS: 800 Indian.

Code of Practice Use of Metal Arc Welding for General Construction in Mild Steel, Indian Standard Institute

IS 816.

Specification for Structural Steel IS: 226 and when specified IS 2062.

Specification for Black Hexagonal Bolts and Nuts IS 1363.

Specification for Precision and Semi‐precision Hexagonal Bolts and Nuts IS 1364.

Specification for covered Electrodes for Metal and Welding of Mild Steel IS : 8114.

Highlighted points for workmanship,

Grinding :‐

All the edges cut by flames shall be grounded before these are welded. Ends of all bearing stiffeners shall

be ground to fit tightly at both top and bottom. In case of gantry girders, the bottom of the knife‐edge

support shall be accurately ground to provide effective bearing on the column bracket with a clearance

not exceeding 0.1 mm locally at any place. The top surface of column bracket, struts and compression

members shall be accurately ground and closely butted over the whole section with tolerance not

exceeding 0.1 mm locally at any place. Notwithstanding the above full loads shall be transferred through

welds. Column ends resting on bases shall be ground smooth and true to ensure minimum 85 % contact

area with local gap not exceeding 0.1 mm.

The base plate shall be similarly ground over the bearing surfaces and shall have effective contact with the

end of the shaft. The bearing face which is to be grouted direct to a foundation need not be ground if such

face is true and parallel to the upper face. To facilitate grouting and escape or air holes shall be provided

wherever necessary in column bases.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 254

Bending :‐

The bending of plates and sections to specially required shapes shall be done either on appropriate

machine or by angles smithy and black smithy process.

Rolling and framing :‐

Plates for chutes, hoppers etc shall be accurately laid off and rolled or formed to required profile shape as

called for on the drawings. Adjacent sections shall be matched for facilitating accurate assembly , welding

and erection in the field.

Drilling and Punching:‐

Holes through more than one thickness of material for members such as compound stanchion and girders

flanges shall, where possible, be drilled after the members are assembled and tightly clamped or bolted

together

Sub punching may be permitted, by assembly provided the holes are punched 3 mm less in diameter than

the required size and reamed after assembly to the full size . Punching shall not be adopted where the

thickness of the materials to be punched together exceeds 16 mm. Matching holes for black bolts shall

register with each other so that a gauge of 1.0 mm lesser in diameter than the diameter of the hole will

pass freely through the assembled members in a direction right angle to such members. Finished holes

shall not be more than 1.5 mm or 2.0 mm ( as the case may be depending upon the diameter of the bolt is

less than or more than 25mm) larger in diameter than the diameter on the black bolt passing through

them. Unless otherwise specified by the Engineer‐in‐charge. Holes for bolts shall not be formed by gas

cutting process. Where reamed members are taken apart for shipping or handling the respective pieces

reamed together shall also be marked that they may be re‐assembled in the final setting up. No

interchange of reamed parts will be permitted. Poor matching, over drilling and ovality in holes shall be a

cause for rejection. Burrs shall be removed after drilling holes, there ever horizontal member is likely to

collect water, suitable holes for drainage shall be provided.

Notches :‐

The ends of all joints, beams and girders shall be cut truly square unless required otherwise and joint

flanges shall be neatly cut away or notched away wherever necessary, the notches being kept as small as

possible. corners of such notches in flanges shall be shaped to a radius of 50 mm.

Assembly :‐

The component parts shall assembled in such a manner that they are neither twisted nor otherwise

damaged and shall be so prepared that the specified chamfer, if any is provided. In order to minimize

distortion in a member, the component parts shall be positioned by clamps, jigs and other suitable means

and fasteners. If the individual components are to be bolted, parallels and tapered drifts shall be used to

align the parts so that the bolts can be accurately positioned. Items like roof trusses etc. shall be

assembled keeping in view the actual site conditions, prior to dispatch to site of erection, so that they can

conveniently pre‐assembled during erection. Necessary match marks shall be made on these components

before disassembling in the shop and dispatching.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 255

Connections :‐

The contractor shall plan out the work right from the preparation of fabrication drawings stage to have

shop connections as well as field connections effected either by welding, or by black bolts as shown on the

design / fabrication drawings or as specified.

Bolted Connections :‐

Bolts, nuts and washers and other fastening material shall be stored in racks off the ground with coating of

suitable protective oil.

Bolts shall be inserted in such a way that they may remain in position under gravity even before fixing the

nut.

The length of the bolt shall be such that at least one thread of the bolt projects beyond nut. Bolted parts

shall fit solidly together when assembled and shall not be separated by gaskets or any other interposed

compressible materials. When assembled, all joint surface including those adjacent to the washers, shall be

free of scales except tight mill scales. They shall be free of dirt, loose scales, burrs and other defects that

would prevent solid seating of the parts. Contact surface shall be free of oil, paint, lacquer or galvanizing.

Wherever necessary tapered washers or flat washers or spring washers shall be used under the nut so that

no part of the treaded portion of the bolt is within the thickness of the parts bolted together.

Flat washers shall be circular of a diameter two and a half (2‐1/2) times that of bolt and of suitable

thickness. Where bolts head / nuts bear upon the beveled surfaces they shall be provided with square

tapered washers of suitable thickness to afford a seating square with the axis of the belt. Flat washers shall

be circular. All the bolts and nuts shall be of steel with well‐formed hexagonal heads unless specified

otherwise, forged from the solid and shall be dipped in hot linseed oil as soon as they are made.

Not withstanding anything to the contrary contained in IS : 1363, IS : 1364, and IS : 1367, the unthreaded

length of the bolt shall be equal to total thickness of metal being bolted together plus 2 mm. The threaded

length shall be equal to at least the diameter of the bolt plus 6mm.

Not more than one shop splice shall be provided to make up the full length of member. This splice shall be

within full strength butt weld.

Welded Connections :‐

Manual arc welding shall be used, except in case of continuous welds, use of automatic welding machine

shall be necessary for ensuring satisfactory qualify of fabrication. Welding must be done by experienced

and tested welders in proper sequence using necessary jigs and fixtures.

Welding shall be done by experts in the field who have been qualified by tests as specified in this

specification. Surfaces to be welded shall be free from loose scales, slag, rust, grease, paint and any other

foreign materials.

The members to be joined by fillet welding shall be brought and held as close together as possible and in no

event shall be separated by more than 3mm. If the separation is 1.5 mm or greater, the fillet weld size shall

be increased by the amount of separation. This shall only apply if the surfaces are completely sealed by

welds.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 256

Before commencing fabrication of members in which welding is likely to result in distortion or locked up

stresses a complete program of fabrication, assembly and welding shall be made and submitted to the

Engineer for approval.

Web to flags connections shall be welded by continuous double fillet welds by automatic or semi‐automatic

electric are welding process. All welds shall be free from defects like blow‐holes, lack of penetration, slag

and inclusions etc. All fillet welds shall be inspected for flaws.

Butt welding in flange plates or web plates shall be complete before the flanges and webs are welded

together.

All main butt welds shall have complete penetration unless noted otherwise.

The contractor shall give timely notice to the engineer‐in‐charge before welding is taken up at the site .

Approval of engineer‐in‐charge shall be undertaken in written before welding field connections.

Electrodes :‐

The electrodes used for welding shall be of suitable type and size depending upon the specifications of the

parent material, the method of welding , the position of the welding and the quality of welds, desired e.g.

normal penetration welds or deep penetration welds and shall conform to IS : 814, IS : 1395 or IS: 1442 (

latest edition ) as per requirements.

Only those electrode which give radiographic quality welds shall be used. Suitable electrodes of Advani

Oerlikon, Indian Oxygen or Philips or any approved make shall be used for the work. Specific approval of

the engineer‐in‐charge shall be taken by the contractor for the various electrodes proposed to be used on

the work before any welding is started.

Were bare electrodes are used these shall correspond in specification to the parent material. The flux used

for submerged are welding should be specifically manufactured for the purposes and should have such a

composition which does not evolve any appreciable quantity of gases. The electrodes shall be stored in an

oven strictly in accordance with the manufacturer’s requirements as stipulated.

Welding :‐

No welding shall be done when the surface of the member is wet nor during high winds unless the welding

operator and the work are properly protected.

All welds shall be free from defects like blow holes slag inclusion, lack of penetration, under cutting, cracks

etc. All welds shall be cleaned of slag or flux and show uniform sections, smoothness of weld metal,

feather edges without overlap, freedom from porosity. The ends of the welds shall have full throat

thickness. This shall be obtained on all main welds by the use of extension pieces adequately secured on

either side of the main plates. Additional metal remaining after the removal of extension pieces shall be

removed by matching or by other approved means and the ends and surface of the welds shall be smoothly

finished.

The sequence of welding shall be carefully chosen to ensure that the components assembled by welding

are free from distortion and large residual stresses are not developed. The distortion should be effectively

controlled either by a counter effect or by counter distortion. The direction of welding should be away

from the point of restraint and towards the point of maximum freedom. Each case shall be carefully studied


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 257

before finally following a particular sequence of the welding. Butt welds in flange plates and or web plates

shall be completed before the flange and webs are welded together.

The beams and columns stiffeners shall preferably be welded to the webs before the webs and flanges are

assembled, unless the web and flanges of the beam or column are assembled by automatic welding

process.

Approval of welding sequence and the procedure shall not relieve the contractor of the responsibility for

the correct welding and for minimizing the distortion in the finished structure which in no case shall exceed

that laid down in Indian Standard.

All the welds shall be furnished full and made with correct number of runs, the welds being kept free from

slag and other inclusion, all adhering slag being removed from exposed faces immediately after such run

welding procedure, current voltage etc. shall be as per electrodes manufacturer’s instructions.

All main butt welds shall have complete penetration and except where it is impracticable they shall be

welded from both side. Back surface of the weld should be gauged and cleaned before first run of the weld

is given from back to back.

Butt welds shall be terminated at the end of joint in a manner that will ensure soundness. Where abutting

parts 20mm or more in thickness run on and run off plates with similar edge preparation and having a

width not less than the thickness of the thicker part jointed shall be used. These extension pieces shall be

removed upon completion of the weld and the ends of the welds made smooth and flush with the abutting

parts by machining or by other approved means. Where the abutting parts are thinner than 20mm the

extension pieces may be omitted but the ends of the butt welds shall then be chipped or gouged out to

sound metal and side welded to fill up the ends to the required reinforcement.

Inspection and Testing:

The contractor provides at his cost all testing and inspection services and facilities to the engineer‐in‐

charge. The cost of these tests shall be borne by the contractor. The contractor shall also give sufficient

advance notice to the engineer‐in‐charge for inspection of materials or workmanship. The material

rejected on inspection shall be promptly removed and replaced by materials approved by the engineer‐in‐

charge.

The acceptance of test certificates or shop inspection by engineer does not relieve the contractor from the

responsibility of providing materials conforming to specification requirements nor does it invalidate final

rejection at the site by the engineer‐in‐charge unless otherwise stated. At all stages of fabrication and

assembly, the structural steel members shall be inspected to check whether the dimensions, tolerances,

alignment, painting and surface finish are within areas specified. The same standard of supervision and

quality control as for shop work shall be maintained for field fabrication work inspection and tests on

structural steel members shall be carried out as follows :‐

Inspection of Welds:‐

The contractor shall in routine check execution of established technological processes or general

technological instructions. All welds shall be visually examined and measured for external dimensions by

appropriate gauges. Profile of the weld shall be inform. In case of butt and corner welds the profile shall

be convex and in case of submerge are fillet weld it shall be slightly concave. He shall also conduct

selective examination of welds by ultrasonic and radiographic method.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 258

The number of these tests are specified in Clause 6.03. However, welded joints in doubt examined by

ultrasonic method would be re‐examined by x‐ray although this may be beyond the number of such tests

specified. The contractor shall arrange for examination by ultrasonic, radiographic for welded joints for

high quality control and in areas of doubtful welding as directed by engineer‐in‐charge.

Quantum of Tests:‐

Visual examination Hundred percent (100 % ) of welded joints.

Dye penetration test as and when directed by the

Ultrasonic Hundred percent for butt welds.

Rectification of Defective Welding Work:‐

Whenever defects like improper penetration, presence of blow holes, under cuts, cracking, slag inclusion

are noticed, the welds in such location shall be removed by gauging process. The joints shall be prepared

again by cleaning the burrs and residual matters with the wire brushes and grinding, if necessary and re

weld. The grouting shall be done using gouging electrodes. All defects shall be rectified, at no extra cost as

per direction of the engineer‐in‐charge and tests shall be conducted again for such cases.

Acceptance of Welded Structures:‐

The acceptance of the welded work shall depend upon correct dimensions and alignment, absence of

distortion in structure, satisfactory results from the examination and testing of the joints and the test

specimens as per IS soundness of weld and upon general workmanship being good. Decision of engineer‐

in‐charge shall be final and binding.

Tolerance :‐

The dimensional and weight tolerance for rolled shapes supplied by the contractor shall be in accordance

with IS : 1852 and / or ASTM A6.

No rolled or fabricated members shall deviate from straightness by more than 1 / 1000 of the axial length

or 10mm whichever is smaller. The length of members with both ends finished for contact shall have a

tolerance of (+) or 9‐0 mm.

Members without ends finished for contact bearing shall have a tolerance of (+) or (‐) 1.5 mm for members

length and a tolerance of (+) or (‐) 3mm for members over 10 meters in length.

Lateral deviation between center line of web plate and center line of flange plate at contact surface in the

case of built up sections shall not exceed 3mm. The combined warpage and tilt of flanges in welded built

up section shall not exceed 1/200 th of the flange width or 3mm whichever is smaller.

The deviation from flatness of welded plate girder web in the length between stiffeners or a length equal

to the depth of the girder shall not exceed 1 1/50th of such length.

Deviations from the specified depth of welded girders measured at the center line of the web shall not

exceed (+) or (‐) 3mm upto a depth of 1000mm, (+) or (‐) 5mm for depths above 1000mm and upto 2000

mm and (+) 18 mm and (‐) 5mm for depths over 2000 mm.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 259

Shop Matching :‐

Some steel work , particularly columns, along with the tie beams / bracings, roof trusses etc. may have to

be shop assembled to ensure satisfactory fabrication, obtaining of adequate bearing, areas etc., if so

desired by the engineer at no extra cost to the purchaser.

Marking of Members :‐

Before any steel work leaves the contractor’s fabrication it shall be suitably marked in accordance with

the approved drawings.

The erection marks assigned to various components of the structural steel work excepting cross‐beams

shall also contain an erection sequence number indicating the sequence in which the various components

are to be erected.

Erection marks shall be clearly painted on the work, each piece being marked in at least two places . Each

piece shall also have its weight marked thereon.

The center line of all column bases and girder hearings and important levels shall be marked on the

sections with the utmost care to ensure proper alignment and assembly of the pieces at the site.

A separate column code should be adopted for parts ( if any ) fabricated out steel supplied by the

contractor . Weight of these parts shall also be marked.

Drilling holes for other works:‐

Holes in members (included in this scope) required for installing equipment or structures fabricated by

other contractor shall be drilled by the contractor. Effort shall be made to supply information for these

holes by consultants / engineer‐in‐charge before fabrication. However these may be required to be drilled

even after erection.

Shop painting:‐

After all inspections and tests have been conducted to the satisfaction of the engineer‐in‐charge, the steel

surface to be painted or otherwise treated, shall be dried and thoroughly cleaned as per IS : 1477 part I.

All steel work shall be given one (1) coat of approved metal protection except where encased in concrete.

The metal protection of approved shade and of ICI or British paints or Jenson Nicholson or Shalimar Paints

shall be used for the work.

Surfaces not in contact but in accessible after shop assembly shall receive two (2) different coats of shop

paint. Surfaces to be welded shall not be painted or metal coated, within 50mm of the edge where welding

is to be done since this may impair the quality of weld. Machined edges and contact surfaces shall be

cleaned effectively nut not painted. Machine finished edges shall be protected against corrosion by a

suitable coating.

Red oxide shall be used for shop painting with primer applied by brushing. The instructions of the

manufacturers shall be followed in applying the paint.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 260

Erection :‐

The contractor shall complete all preliminary works at site like transporting fabricated materials, derricks,

unloading gantry etc. so as to start erection work as per schedule. The contractor shall furnish at its’ own

cost necessary inflammable staging and hoisting materials or equipment for erection work. The contractor

shall also provide necessary passage ways, fences, safety belts, helmets, lights and other fittings to the

engineer’s satisfaction.

All assembling shall be carried out on a level platform. No dragging of steel shall be permitted.

The contractor shall ascertain the correctness of the foundations and carry in cleaning of foundation at his

own cost. Welding shall be done in accordance with IS : 816. Code of practice for use of metal are welding

for general construction on mild steel and IS : 823 code of procedure for manual arc welding of mild steel.

The contractor shall work in co‐ordination with the other agencies at site. The engineer shall have free

access to inspect any part of the work, during erection and all erection shall be subject to his approval. In

case of faulty erection all such dismantling and re‐erection required will be at contractor’s cost. No paint

shall be applied to field welds or bolts until these have been approved by the engineer‐in‐charge.

No welding or final bolting shall be done until the structures has been properly aligned and has the

approval of the engineer‐in‐charge.

The contractor shall examine the site conditions and transportation clearances before deciding whether the

building columns are to be fabricated in one piece or more than one piece. Maximum number of erection

joints permitted in column shall be two i.e., no column shall be fabricated and erected in more than 3

Pieces. Proper splice material shall be provided at the erection joints and as indicated in fabrication

drawings. When erection joints are provided in column, their location shall invariably be above floor level

and will be as per approval of the engineer‐in‐charge.

Nothing extra shall be payable for fabrication / erecting columns in one piece or more than one piece. The

splice material shall however, be detailed in the fabrication drawings and shall be part of supply, fabrication

and erection of structural steel.

Tolerance for erection:‐

The tolerance limits during erection shall be as follows:‐

The shift of column base from the marked axis shall not exceed 5mm.

All column tiers shall be plumb within a tolerance of 1 in 500 and the structure as a whole plumb within a

tolerance or 1 in 1000.

The displacement from plumb of column tiers shall not exceed 10mm and the total displacement of the

structure as a whole should not exceed 25 mm for structures upto 50m an additional displacement of 1 mm

for every 2.5 m additional height shall be permitted subject to maximum displacement of 50mm.

The actual levels of supports of trusses roller beams, roofing beams, purlins etc. shall not vary by more than

20mm from their marked levels.

The sweep of trusses, beams etc. in the horizontal plane shall not exceed

1 / 1500 of their span subject to a maximum of 10 mm.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 261

The deviation of the upper chord of trusses from vertical plane through centers of supports shall be within

1 / 250th of the truss height. Deviation in spacing of purlins shall be within 5 mm.

Stability:‐

The contractor shall be responsible for the stability at all stages of its erection at site and shall take all,

necessary measures by the additions of temporary bracings and guying to ensure adequate resistance to

wind and also to loads due to erection equipment and their operation. Guying and bracing shall be done in

such a way that it does not interfere with the movement of working of other agencies working in the area.

For the purpose of guying the contractor shall not use the structures which are likely to be damaged by the

guy. Any damage caused by the contractor shall be rectified by him entirely at his own cost to the

satisfaction of the purchaser / engineer‐in‐charge.

The lumpsum supply, fabrication and erection of structural steel work shall include provision of such

temporary bracings and their removal. Such temporary bracings used shall be the property or the

contractor and may be removed by him at the end of the job from the site of work.

If work has to be carried out adjacent to switchyards or electrical installations which are live. Contractor

must ensure suitable safety precautions in consultations with the engineer‐in‐charge.

If a portion of the work or project area cannot be made available to contractor for his activities due to

operations being carried out by other contractors, he shall suitably modify his sequence of operations as to

continue work without interruption.

Defective work:‐

Any error in work which prevents proper assembling and fitting of parts in the field by moderate use of

drift pins or moderate amount of remaining shall be classified by engineer‐in‐charge as defective work. No

gas cutting or punching of holes shall be permitted for erection.

All defective work shall be replaced / rectified as the case may be by the contractor at his own cost. Any

charges incurred by purchaser either directly or indirectly because of defective workmanship will be

deducted from the amount due to contractor before payment is made.

Grouting:‐

Fresh A.C.C. shrinkomp or equivalent make shall be used for grouting of column bases and foundation bolts

in pockets and block outs provided in foundation by other contractor. Contractor shall be responsible for

bringing the top of concrete foundation to the desired level by chipping. In case the foundation is cast at

lower than the desired level, the contractor make up the difference by providing additional height without

extra payment for any such work or material. Top surface of foundation shall be chipped with a chisel to

ensure proper bound between grout and the foundation concrete and shall be thoroughly cleaned.

Painting :‐

After all inspection and tests have been conducted to the satisfaction of the engineer‐in‐charge, the steel

surface to be painted or otherwise treated, shall be dried and thoroughly cleaned as per IS : 1477 part ‐ 1.

All steel work shall be given one protective coat of red oxide except where encased in concrete. The metal


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 262

protection of approved shed and of ICI or British Paints or Jenson Nicholson or Shalimar paints shall be used

for the work. The instructions of the manufacturers shall be followed in applying the paint.

ST


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 263

4.1 SYNCHRONIZING PANEL

This specification covers performance, design, material, construction, manufacture, inspection, testing,

packing forwarding, delivery at site, testing and installation in the required configuration of synchronizing

panels for 415 Volts, 3 phase 4 wire , 50 HZ system with all accessories complete in all respects as

described in this specification and single line diagrams & schedule of quantities and as specified.

The entire operation of the captive power generation system will be controlled automatically through a

Advanced Controller. This Advanced Controller will be state of the art LT Panels using latest technology and

of most rugged and reliable design. Since they shall be operating in the harsh & unfriendly environment of

DG room, they will be suitable to operate trouble free operation in those conditions. The chosen LT Panel

should be able to withstand high temperature, humidity & voltage fluctuations, thus making it suitable for

the operating conditions described above. The Advanced controller should have facility of SD card for

lifetime logging of alarms. Each diesel generator unit is able to handle two heavy consumers (HC). When a

heavy consumer is requested, the function for conditional connection of heavy consumers reserves the

programmed HC requested value on the bus bar and blocks for engagement of the heavy consumer until

sufficient predicted available power is present at the bus bar. this facility should be available in the

Synchronizing controller.

DG set synchronizing panel (2000KVA x 2Nos. & 380 KVA x 1 Nos.) containing of 2 no’s of 3200A & 1no’s

800A TP ACB with Neutral contactors for incomer, 1 NO.S of 6300A FP ACB as outgoing with PLC based

controller & Auto/ Manual Synchronizers for above DG Sets with necessary all protections indicating,

meters. It should also auto load sharing, Panel should be future expandable for (2000kVA x 2No & 380 KVA

x 1No) DG set. Auto mains failure provision as per SLD.

Note: Distance between dg set to synchronizing panel will be approximate 50 mtrs.

SYNCHRONIZING RELAY FUNCTIONS / FEATURES OF SYSTEM

a) In general terms the following will be the functions of Advanced Controller.

b) The system will directly accept CT & PT signals without need of any transmitters or other

hardware for Electrical parameter monitoring and control.

c) Depending upon the load requirement starting and stopping of DG sets.

d) Key for selection of No. of DG sets to start and synchronize at load for sudden load

requirement.

e) Automatic synchronizing of DG sets in Auto mode

f) Active and Reactive power sharing of each DG set.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 264

g) Automatic selection of next DG as master after stopping /tripping of master DG to close

NGR circuit breaker.

h) Monitoring of electrical parameter per DG, Voltage, Frequency, Reactive load, active load,

Energy produced, voltage error (%), Frequency error and phase angle error etc.

i) Status and Control of outgoing breakers

j) Back up protection electrical / mechanical by time delayed tripping of DG sets.

k) Reverse power, reverse KVAR , under voltage , Over voltage, under frequency, over

frequency, over current, low lube oil pressure, high cooling water pump, over speed etc.

l) Data acquisition system will be incorporated with the system for the purpose of recording &

display of all important & critical parameters of the engine, alternator & system as such in

totality .Operation of the system will also be through operator interface with Graphic screen

into PC Pentium computer. Advanced gen set controller should have TCP/IP port for data

acquisition.

m) The synchronizing relay should have E/F facility.

n) The synchronizing relay should have communication facility TCP / IP & Modbus RS 485.

MATE 50 MTRS.


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 265

SECTION‐12

LIST OF DRAWINGS


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 266

SECTION‐12

A) LIST OF DRAWINGS

LIST OF DRAWINGS

SR.NO. DESCRIPTION REV.NO. DRAWING NO. NO. OF PAGES

1 DG SET LOCATION & EARTHING DETAILS

0 SMA‐2437‐EXT.‐292‐DG ST‐01 1

2 POWER STATION BUILDING SECTION DETAILS

0 SMA‐2437‐PS‐292‐SD‐01 1

3 SLD OF SYNCHRONIZATION PANEL 0 SMA‐2437‐SYCN. PANEL‐01 1


Date: 25.05.13 Rev.‐01 267

B) APPROVED MAKE LIST

SR.NO. ITEM MAKE

1 Engine Cummins / MTU / CaterPillar / Mistubishi / Volvo

2 Alternator Stamford(Cummins) / KEC / Leroysomer

3 DG Control Relays Cummins / DEIF / Woodward

4 Switchgear Schneider Electric / Siemens / ABB

5 Meters L&T / Siemens / Schneider / Socomake

6 Selector Switch Kaycee / Siemens / Salzer

7 Timer Siemens / L&T

8 Indication lamps (Cluster LED with Diffuser)

Siemens / L&T / Teknic

9 Battery Chargers DEIF / Sab Nife Power System Ltd / Chhabbi

10 Battery bank Amar Raja / Excide / Cummins / Pluslite

11 Anti vibration mounting Dunlop or equivalent

12 Annunciator Minilec

13 Push Buttons Schneider Electric / Siemens/ Tecknic

14 DG Panel Microprocessor based engine mounted as per DG Set Manufacturer standards.

15 Pipes TATA / Zenith / Jindal.

16 Structural steel TATA / Jindal / SAIL / VAIZAG

17 Cable trays OBO or Equivalent.

18 Aviation lamp Altos or equivalent

19 Power & Control cables Finolex / RR Kable /Lapp /Havells/KEI / Polycab

20 LT Cable Terminals Bracco/Comet/Dowells

Note: For item not specified in the above list type & make to be approved from consultant at time of

drawing approval.

TEND

ER

DR

AWIN

G

DR

G. TITLE :

DRG

. NO.

DA

TE

29.05.13

SCA

LEC

HK

.BY

AS

DR

N.BY

SATISH

DES.BY

SATISH

- - -

CLIEN

T :

PR

OJEC

TR

EVISION

NO

TES :

NO

.D

ATE

DESC

RIPTIO

N

PR

INC

IPA

L CO

NSU

LTAN

T

CO

NSU

LTING

ENG

INEERS

TEL/FAX.- 091-020-25447185.

KAR

VE R

OA

D, PUN

E- 411 004.(INDIA)

S.W. M

ON

E & A

SSOC

IATES

3,SW

ARO

OP

CO

MPLEX,

2ND

FLOO

R,

E-m

ail : moneoffice@

gmail.com

THE A

UTO

MO

TIVE RESEARCH A

SSOC

IATIO

N O

F INDIA

TECH

NIC

AL SPEC

IFICATION-3

BLD

G :

0029.05.13

FOR

TENDER

unique CO

NSU

LTAN

TS & SERVICES

F-6, PRA

NO

UTI, N

EAR

JAL BHAVAN, MIRAJ

RO

AD

, SAN

GLI-416 416.

Tel: +91 233 2376170, Fax: +91 233 6613565,E-m

ail: ucsmiraj@

gmail.com

ELE

CTR

ICA

L CO

NS

ULTA

NT

PRO

POSED

INDUSTRY

ON PLO

T NO

- E-1/1 ,M

IDC

-CH

AK

AN

INDUSTRIAL A

REA ,(PHASE-III)

VIL. NIG

HO

JE MAHALUNG

E,K

HA

RA

BW

AD

I, TAL:KHED,PUNE.

SMA

-2437-TS-03

SR NO

.EQ

UIPM

ENT

MA

NU

FACTU

RER

1.00A

ir circuit breakers

Schneider electric ( Masterpac N

WS )

Siemens ( 3W

L )A

BB ( E max )

L & T ( U

Power O

mega )

2.00M

olded case circuit breakers

Schneider electric ( NS Com

pact )Siem

ens ( 3VL )A

BB ( T max )

Legrand - DPX

L & T ( D

Sine )

3.00M

iniature circuit breakers /

Schneider electric ( Multi 9 )

Siemens ( 55X4 )

Legrand LexicA

BB ( S270 )H

ager

eartheakage circuit breakers

4.00Pow

er & auxiliary contactors

Schneider electric ( Tesys )Siem

ens ( Sinext 3TR )A

BB ( A, A

L, AE, AF )

5.00M

anual change over switches

HPL

6.00A

uto Transfer Switches

ASCO

7.00Battery chargers

Am

ar rajaSabnifeCaldyneA

utomatic electric

8.00Battery banks

Am

coA

mar raja

ExideSabnife

10.00

Power capacitors LT

Mahan

Schneider electric

Ducati

Epcos11.00

Protective / Control relayA

BBSiem

ens

GE m

ultilineEnglish electric

12.00

UPS

EtaonEm

merson

Merlin gerin

13.00Term

inals

14.00Surge arrestors

OBO

Schneider

Conzerv, H

PL

17.00

Conduits and accessoriesLapp kabel Polycab

Beluk

Wago -Spring loaded screw

less terminals O

R Equivalent

(LV and data/com

munication)

15.00D

igital meters

9.00Instrum

ent transformers

RecoA

utomatic electric

Kappa

18.00

Cable lugsD

owells /Braco/H

ex19.00

Cable glandsBaliga,

SMI

Comet

20.00

3 Pin and 5 Pin IP H

ensel

Legrand Bals

65 Industrial Sockets21.00

Indicating Lamps

(Cluster tpye LED)

22.00

Push Buttons /Schneider

with Indicators

23.00

CT/PTs (RESIN CAST TYPE)

Kappa / Reco /A

E / New

teck

Legrand

Siemens

Schneider

Cumm

ins

Cumm

ins

ABB

Energy managem

ent system

meters

For Panel Incomers

(V, I, H

z,Kwh, KVA, Kvar,PF

THD

FOR V

&I ) W

ith RS485Port (M

OD

BUS) 2D

I+2DO

s.

Schneider PM 210 SERIES O

R Equivalent

L&T

Precise

Siemens/

TecknikSchneider

For Panel Outgoings

(V, I, ,Kw

h) With RS485 Port

(MO

DBU

S)

16.00

Accessories &

Comm

unication M

odules for meters

Suitable for selected meters

24.00

Siemens/

Tecknik

Siemens

ICS=100%ICU

ICS=100%ICU

SOCO

MEC

Legrand - DM

X3

DEIF

TEND

ER

DR

AWIN

G

DR

G. TITLE :

DRG

. NO.

DA

TE

29.05.13

SCA

LEC

HK

.BY

AS

DR

N.BY

SATISH

DES.BY

SATISH

- - -

CLIEN

T :

PR

OJEC

TR

EVISION

NO

TES :

NO

.D

ATE

DESC

RIPTIO

N

PR

INC

IPA

L CO

NSU

LTAN

T

CO

NSU

LTING

ENG

INEERS

TEL/FAX.- 091-020-25447185.

KAR

VE R

OA

D, PUN

E- 411 004.(INDIA)

S.W. M

ON

E & A

SSOC

IATES

3,SW

ARO

OP

CO

MPLEX,

2ND

FLOO

R,

E-m

ail : moneoffice@

gmail.com

THE A

UTO

MO

TIVE RESEARCH A

SSOC

IATIO

N O

F INDIA

TECH

NIC

AL SPEC

IFICATION-2

BLD

G :

0029.05.13

FOR

TENDER

unique CO

NSU

LTAN

TS & SERVICES

F-6, PRA

NO

UTI, N

EAR

JAL BHAVAN, MIRAJ

RO

AD

, SAN

GLI-416 416.

Tel: +91 233 2376170, Fax: +91 233 6613565,E-m

ail: ucsmiraj@

gmail.com

ELE

CTR

ICA

L CO

NS

ULTA

NT

PRO

POSED

INDUSTRY

ON PLO

T NO

- E-1/1 ,M

IDC

-CH

AK

AN

INDUSTRIAL A

REA ,(PHASE-III)

VIL. NIG

HO

JE MAHALUNG

E,K

HA

RA

BW

AD

I, TAL:KHED,PUNE.

SMA

-2437-TS-02

SR NO

.D

ISCRIPTION

PERTICULA

RS

7.00EA

RTHIN

G

Continuous AL. strips having cross section of 50 x 6 m

m provided

8.00PA

INTIN

G

8.01Pretreatm

entA

ll metailic surfaces of the panel w

ill be processed by minim

um

along the entire length, Suitable terninals provided at both ends

: Coution boards will be provided at Busbar cham

bers &cable cham

bers.

12.00TERM

INA

LS

Control Terminals.

: For CT circuits isolating link type terminals provided w

ith 12.01

shorting facility.

14.00G

ENERA

L

7.02H

inged door D

evice mounted hinged doors connected to cubicles body by

means of 2.5sq m

m. green copper flexible w

ire.

All Earthing point w

ill be terminate at one point only

Earthing

7.03Earthing term

ination

7.01Earth Bus

7 tank for degreasing derusting and Phosphating.

8.02Exterior &

Epoxy based pow

der coated (Structrue finish ) (Thickness of 60 M

icrons minim

um)

Interior

9.00CLEA

RAN

CES

Minim

um clearances in air betw

een live ports will be as under.

1) Phase to Pahase : 25.4mm

2) Phase to Neutral : 19m

m

10.00SH

ROU

ND

/BA

RRIERS

Protection shrouds provided on incoming w

hen cubicle door is opened Seperation by FRP sheets shall be provided.

FRP barriers provided between incom

ing & outgoing of A

CB's.

11.00LA

BELS

11.01M

aterials:A

L. Anodised

11.02Letters.

:White letters of suitable size against black background.

11.03M

ain Nam

e: A

s Mentioned on G

.A. D

rawings.

Plate: Labels provided on front side for. Feeder designation / num

ber. Com

partment designation.

Panel designation.

Coution Boards11.04

: For potential circuits clip-on type terminals w

ill be provided.

Power Circuit.

: Busbar strip/Clip on type terminals w

ill be provided for 12.02

power circuits

13.00W

ORKIN

G: Front side : 1000m

m.

CLEARA

NCES

: Back side : 1000mm

.

Draw

ings are not to scale

Horizontal bus bars (H

BB) will be provided w

ith boted covers.

Cable alley and back doors are hinged type.

Danger labels for busbar cham

ber will be provided w

ith

with w

hite letter on red back ground.

Cable alley terminal live labels w

ill be provided.

For companants PVC stickers w

ill be provided.

Operating height - 300 to 1800m

m.

15.00TESTS REQ

UIRED

AT

INSPECTIO

N.

: DIM

ENSIO

N CH

ECK, COM

PON

ENT CH

ECKING

.

: MEG

GER.

: HIG

H VO

LTAG

E.

: FUN

CTION

NA

L TEST FOR CO

NTRO

L CIRCUIT.

: CHECK CLEA

RAN

CES.

GRA

Y RAL-7032 O

R RAL-7035

Insulated Busbars to be used for short linking MCCB's / M

CB's.

MCCB's are supplies w

ith spreader links and phase barriers.

: 20% Spare term

inals shall be provided.

(Final paint colour shall be pre approved by the Consultant/O

wner.)

TEND

ER

DR

AWIN

G

DR

G. TITLE :

DRG

. NO.

DA

TE

29.05.13

SCA

LEC

HK

.BY

AS

DR

N.BY

SATISH

DES.BY

SATISH

- - -

CLIEN

T :

PR

OJEC

TR

EVISION

NO

TES :

NO

.D

ATE

DESC

RIPTIO

N

PR

INC

IPA

L CO

NSU

LTAN

T

CO

NSU

LTING

ENG

INEERS

TEL/FAX.- 091-020-25447185.

KAR

VE R

OA

D, PUN

E- 411 004.(INDIA)

S.W. M

ON

E & A

SSOC

IATES

3,SW

ARO

OP

CO

MPLEX,

2ND

FLOO

R,

E-m

ail : moneoffice@

gmail.com

THE A

UTO

MO

TIVE RESEARCH A

SSOC

IATIO

N O

F INDIA

SMA

-2437-TS-01

TECH

NIC

AL SPEC

IFICATION-1

BLD

G :

0029.05.13

FOR

TENDER

unique CO

NSU

LTAN

TS & SERVICES

F-6, PRA

NO

UTI, N

EAR

JAL BHAVAN, MIRAJ

RO

AD

, SAN

GLI-416 416.

Tel: +91 233 2376170, Fax: +91 233 6613565,E-m

ail: ucsmiraj@

gmail.com

ELE

CTR

ICA

L CO

NS

ULTA

NT

PRO

POSED

INDUSTRY

ON PLO

T NO

- E-1/1 ,M

IDC

-CH

AK

AN

INDUSTRIAL A

REA ,(PHASE-III)

VIL. NIG

HO

JE MAHALUNG

E,K

HA

RA

BW

AD

I, TAL:KHED,PUNE.

SR NO

.D

ISCRIPTION

PERTICULARS

1.0FO

RM O

F PANEL

Floor Mounting, Free Standing, Fixed Type, IN

DO

OR

2.01

2.03Supply

2.04

3.00CO

NSTRU

TION

3.01Fram

e Work

: 2mm

C.R.C.A.

Compartm

entalized, Modular, Single/D

ouble Front operatable or as specified on SLD

.

3PH,4W

IRE,415V/50H

z (EFFECTIVELY EARTHED

)

65kA for 1 Second or as specified on SLD

.2.02

Fault Lavel

Variation.

Voltage : 415 V +/- 10%

Frequency : 50 H

z +/- 3%

Am

bient Temp.

5°c to 50°c

2.05Control Supply

2.0

Door

: 2mm

C.R.C.A.Covers

: 1.6mm

C.R.C.A.Partition Plate

: 1.6mm

C.R.C.A.

Gland plate

: 3mm

C.R.C.A.

3.02

: FOR IN

DO

OR IP - 42 A

ND

FOR O

UTD

OO

R IP55

3.03

GEN

ERAL FEATU

RES

: ACB IN

COM

ER Single Tire & ACB O

utgoing Feeder in Single or Tw

o Tire Arrangement

: MCCB Incom

mer and/or M

CCB Outgoing

Feeders in Multi Tire Arrangem

ent

Single Compartm

ent above 75 KW D

rives. M

ultiple Drives in Single Com

partment

with Panel A

ir Conditioners on back side with

proper supply and return air ducts if required.

4.05Sectional Cubicles should be seen as Single Panel after Bolted together

Cubicles should be made D

ust and Verm

in proof by means

of suitable Gaskets surround all doors,

covers and removable plates.

5.00BU

S BARS.: Electrolytic grade AL. or Copper

Material

Electrolytic Grade A

luminium

Rounded corners5.01

Main Busbar Ratings

Horizontal Busbar Rating as per indicated in SLD

5.02

Ratingload of the feeders in the respective Cubicle.

5.03

Busbar SupportsSM

C Supports should be provided at proper spacing.5.04

Color CodingRED

, YELLOW

, BLUE A

ND

BLACK for respective phases and nuetrals

5.05

6.00W

IRING

PVC Insulated 1100 V

grade, Multistrand

Copper Conductor Flexible Type

2.5 sqmm

6.03

Size of Wiring

6.01Type of W

ires

4.0 sqmm

3.04

3.05IP Protetion

3.06

ACB A

rrangement

MCCB A

rrangement

Motor Control

DO

L and ASD

Starter Feeders

Motor Control

Drive Feeders

Line chokes should be prefarablly on Top sideFans m

ounted on Top / Back Side with

Proper size Fresh Air Inlet Filtered

Louvers arrangement on Front Side.

Cubicle Bolting A

rrangement

Gaskets

Feeder Com

partments

Metalic Partitions should be provided betw

een adjecent cubicles, betw

een feeder compartm

ents, between bus bar cham

bers and other com

partments.

Operating D

evices / M

etersA

ll operating Devices, M

ulti function Energy Meters,

Power A

nalysers, Selector Switches, Auto / M

anual Switches

etc should be mounted on their respective com

prtment front side.

Vertical Busbar

Vertical Busbars should be provided as per connected

Bus Bar InsulationA

ll Bus bars should be Sleved by Heat Shrinkable PVC Colored Sleves

5.06

4.01

4.02

4.03

4.04

4.06

4.07

4.08

for CTs

Size of Wiring for

Voltage sensing

-Metering

6.02

6.041.5 sqm

mSize of W

iring of A

ll Push buttons, Indicating Lam

ps

Color CodingFor CTs - Black

For AC Control Circuit - G

rey

For 24 V D

C - Orange and W

hite

All Control W

ires should be provided with Cable M

arker Tags A

ll Wires should be provided w

ith appropriate size Crim

ping Type Lugs

Cable IDs /

Ferrules / Lugs

6.05

6.06

4.00

SUPPLY D

ETAILS

: Multi Tire A

rrangement

For Voltage Sensing - Red, Yellow

, Blue, Black

For ACB Interlocking - W

hite

230V/AC

LT System Voltage

Form 3b type 2 as per IEC 61439-1 &

2.

TEN

DE

R D

RA

WIN

G

DR

G. TITLE :

DR

G. N

O.

DA

TE

29.05.13

SC

ALE

CH

K.B

Y

AS

DR

N.B

Y

SA

TISH

DES.B

Y

SA

TISH- - -

CLIEN

T :

PR

OJEC

TR

EVISION

NO

TES :

NO

.D

ATE

DES

CR

IPTIO

N

PR

INC

IPA

L CO

NSU

LTAN

T

CO

NSU

LTING

ENG

INEERS

TEL/FAX.- 091-020-25447185.K

ARVE R

OA

D, PUNE- 411 004.(IN

DIA)

S.W. M

ON

E & A

SSOC

IATES

3,SWA

ROO

P CO

MPLEX,

2ND

FLOO

R,

E-mail : m

oneoffice@gm

ail.comTH

E A

UTO

MO

TIVE R

ESEAR

CH

A

SSO

CIA

TION

OF IN

DIA

SM

A-2437-S

YCN

. PA

NE

L-01

SLD

FOR

SYN

CH

RO

NIZIN

G PA

NEL

BLD

G :

0029.05.13

FOR

TEND

ER

unique C

ON

SULTAN

TS & SER

VICES

F-6, PRA

NO

UTI, N

EA

R JA

L BH

AVA

N, M

IRA

JR

OA

D, S

AN

GLI-416 416.

Tel: +91 233 2376170, Fax: +91 233 6613565,E

-mail: ucsm

iraj@gm

ail.com

ELE

CTR

ICA

L CO

NS

ULTA

NT

PR

OPO

SED IN

DU

STRY

ON

PLOT N

O- E

-1/1 ,M

IDC

-CH

AK

AN

IND

USTR

IAL

AR

EA

,(PHA

SE-III)

VIL. N

IGH

OJE M

AH

ALU

NG

E,K

HA

RA

BW

AD

I, TAL:K

HE

D,PU

NE.

NO

TE :-

CA

BLE /B

USD

UC

T ENTR

Y FOR

M TO

P

DISTA

NC

E BETW

EEN D

G SET TO

SYN

CH

RO

NIZIN

G PA

NEL W

ILL BE

APPR

OXIM

ATE 50 M

TRS.

SYNC

H C

ON

TRO

LLER W

ITH A

MF+SYN

+LDSS

PRO

TECTIO

N:- 'O

/U V, O

/UF, R

PR, O

/C, ID

MT,

RK

VAR

,O/S,LO

AD

UN

BA

LAN

CE,

IN A

UTO

MO

DE - A

T MA

INS FA

ILUR

E ALL 3

DG

SETS WILL SW

ITCH

ÒN

’ - SYNC

HR

ON

IZE- LO

AD

TRA

NSFER

– LOA

D D

EPEND

ENT

STAR

T STOP A

S PER R

EQU

IREM

ENT. IN

MA

NU

AL M

OD

E- MA

NU

AL O

N/O

FF FAC

ILITY.

DG

SET-12000KVA

, 415V

3200A, TP, ED

O 65KA

SYNCH

RON

IZING

PANEL-1

3200A, TP, ED

O 65KA

800A, TP, EDO

65KAA

CB, LSIG / U

VM

P BASED

RELEASE

6300A, FP, ED

OA

CB, WITH

S/C,O

/C, EF, UV,

MP BA

SED RELEASE

DG

SET-22000KVA

, 415VD

G SET-3

380KVA, 415V

PLC FOR PRIO

RITY SELECTIO

N

10RUN

S X 300 SQM

MX 3.5C A2XW

Y CABLE

10RUN

S X 300 SQM

MX 3.5C A2XW

Y CABLE

3RUN

S X240 SQM

M X

3.5C A2XWY CA

BLE

6300A, FP, ED

OA

CB, WITH

S/C,O

/C, EF, UV,

MP BA

SED RELEASE

FOR FU

TURE

TOM

AIN

PCC PAN

EL-1

20RUN

S X 300 SQM

MX 3.5C A2XW

Y CABLE

3200A, FP, ED

O 65KA

ACB, W

ITH S/C,

O/C, EF, U

V,M

P BASED

RELEASE

3200A, FP, ED

O 65KA

ACB, W

ITH S/C,

O/C, EF, U

V,M

P BASED

RELEASE

ISOLA

TION

PANEL-1

ISOLA

TION

PANEL-2

ISOLA

TION

PANEL-3

800A FP MCCB

65KA

FUTU

RE EXPAN

DA

BLE

WITH

NEU

TRAL CO

NTACTO

R

RY

B

LM

2A SP M

CB

3

EQV

. TO D

EIFA

GC 242

2A SP M

CB

SYNCH

RO

NIZIN

G RELA

Y

EQV

. TO D

EIFA

GC 242

2A SP M

CB

SYNCH

RO

NIZIN

G RELA

Y

EQV

. TO D

EIFA

GC 242

2A SP M

CB

SYNCH

RO

NIZIN

G RELA

Y

LM

2A SP M

CB

3LM

2A SP M

CB

3

ACB, LSIG

/ UV

MP BA

SED RELEASE

WITH

NEU

TRAL CO

NTACTO

R

ACB, LSIG

/ UV

MP BA

SED RELEASE

WITH

NEU

TRAL CO

NTACTO

R

2A,SP,

MCB,3 N

OSRPR

RY

B

2A,SP,

MCB,3 N

OSRPR

RY

B

2A,SP,

MCB,3 N

OSRPR

ON

OFF

TRIPSC

TCHSER.TEST

TNC

A/M

E.STOP

RTCO

NO

FFTRIP

SCTCHSER.

TESTTN

CA

/ME.STO

P

RTCO

NO

FFTRIP

SCTCHSER.

TESTTN

CA

/ME.STO

P

RTC

ON

OFF

TRIPSC

TCHSER.TEST

TNC

A/M

E.STOP

RTC

RY

BR

YB

RY

B

3PH,4W

IRE,415V/50Hz,6300A

, AL. BUSBAR 65kA FO

R 1 SEC.

TERR

ACE

1.20

SE

CTIO

N AT C

-C

G.L.

22.64

2

22.4

1.2

2.4

1.2

2.95

SPACE FOR FUTURE

DG

SY

NC

HR

ON

ISIN

G P

AN

EL

1&

2

SPACE FORPCC-2

FUTURE

PCC-1

5.5

60

00

AB

US

DU

CT

SIL

EN

CE

R

EM

ER

GE

NC

Y S

TO

P

FU

EL

INL

ET

BA

SE

FR

AM

E &

FU

EL

TA

NK

HT

VC

B P

AN

EL

-02

50

MM

PV

C P

IPE

FO

R O

IL S

OC

K P

IT

BU

SD

UC

T

2R

UN

S X

10

00

MM

WID

E L

AD

DE

R T

YP

E C

AB

LE

TR

AY

38

0K

VA

DG

SE

T

15

0S

Q.M

M. 2

2K

V H

T C

AB

LE

40

00

KV

A T

RA

NS

FO

RM

ER

EX

HA

US

T P

IPE

TH

RO

UG

H 2

00

MM

HU

ME

PIP

E

OU

TG

OIN

G

INC

OM

ING

RC

C S

LA

B

10

0M

M M

S C

HA

NN

EL

1.2

1.51.2

1.5

TR

EN

CH

1

TEND

ER

DR

AWIN

G

DRG

. TITLE :

DR

G. NO

.

DATE

25.03.13

SCALEC

HK

.BY

AS

DR

N.BY

SATISH

DES.BY

SATISH- - -

CLIEN

T :

PRO

JECT

REVISIO

NN

OTES :

NO

.D

ATE

DESC

RIPTIO

N

PRIN

CIPA

L CO

NSU

LTAN

T

CO

NSU

LTING

ENG

INEER

S

TEL/FAX.- 091-020-25447185.K

ARVE R

OA

D, PUNE- 411 004.(INDIA)

S.W. M

ON

E & A

SSOC

IATES

3,SWA

ROO

P CO

MPLEX,

2ND

FLOO

R,

E-mail : m

oneoffice@gm

ail.comTH

E AU

TOM

OTIVE R

ESEAR

CH

A

SSOC

IATIO

N O

F IND

IA

SMA

-2437-PS-292-SD-01

POW

ER STA

TION

BLD

G :

POW

ER STA

TION

0028.12.12

FOR

TEND

ER

unique CO

NSU

LTAN

TS & SER

VICES

F-6, PRA

NO

UTI, N

EAR

JAL B

HA

VAN

, MIR

AJ

RO

AD

, SAN

GLI-416 416.

Tel: +91 233 2376170, Fax: +91 233 6613565,E-m

ail: ucsmiraj@

gmail.com

ELECTR

ICA

L CO

NSU

LTAN

TPR

OPO

SED IN

DU

STRY

ON

PLOT N

O- E-1/1 ,

MID

C -C

HA

KA

N IN

DU

STRIA

L A

REA

,(PHA

SE-III) VIL. N

IGH

OJE M

AH

ALU

NG

E,K

HA

RA

BW

AD

I, TAL:K

HED

,PUN

E.

BU

ILDIN

G SEC

TION

DETA

ILS

A2

DRG. TITLE :

DRG. NO.

DATE

28.09.12

SCALE CHK.BY

AS

DRN.BY

SATISH

DES.BY

SATISH- - -

CLIENT :

PROJECTREVISION NOTES :

NO. DATE DESCRIPTION

PRINCIPAL CONSULTANT

CONSULTING ENGINEERS

TEL/FAX.- 091-020-25447185.KARVE ROAD, PUNE- 411 004.(INDIA)

S.W. MONE & ASSOCIATES

3,SWAROOP COMPLEX,2ND FLOOR,

E-mail : [email protected] AUTOMOTIVE RESEARCH ASSOCIATION OF INDIA

SMA-2437-EXT.-292-DG ST-01

DG SET LOCATION & EARTHING

BLDG : EXTERNAL

00 28.09.12 FOR TENDER

unique CONSULTANTS & SERVICES

F-6, PRANOUTI, NEAR JAL BHAVAN, MIRAJROAD, SANGLI-416 416.Tel: +91 233 2376170, Fax: +91 233 6613565,E-mail: [email protected]

ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTPROPOSED INDUSTRYON PLOT NO- E-1/1 ,MIDC -CHAKAN INDUSTRIAL AREA ,(PHASE-III) VIL. NIGHOJE MAHALUNGE,KHARABWADI, TAL:KHED,PUNE.

DG-ELECTRODE EARTHING

DETAILS

TEND

ER

DR

AWIN

G

DR

G. TITLE :

DRG

. NO.

DA

TE

29.05.13

SCA

LEC

HK

.BY

AS

DR

N.BY

SATISH

DES.BY

SATISH

- - -

CLIEN

T :

PR

OJEC

TR

EVISION

NO

TES :

NO

.D

ATE

DESC

RIPTIO

N

PR

INC

IPA

L CO

NSU

LTAN

T

CO

NSU

LTING

ENG

INEERS

TEL/FAX.- 091-020-25447185.

KAR

VE R

OA

D, PUN

E- 411 004.(INDIA)

S.W. M

ON

E & A

SSOC

IATES

3,SW

ARO

OP

CO

MPLEX,

2ND

FLOO

R,

E-m

ail : moneoffice@

gmail.com

THE A

UTO

MO

TIVE RESEARCH A

SSOC

IATIO

N O

F INDIA

TECH

NIC

AL SPEC

IFICATION-4

BLD

G :

0029.05.13

FOR

TENDER

unique CO

NSU

LTAN

TS & SERVICES

F-6, PRA

NO

UTI, N

EAR

JAL BHAVAN, MIRAJ

RO

AD

, SAN

GLI-416 416.

Tel: +91 233 2376170, Fax: +91 233 6613565,E-m

ail: ucsmiraj@

gmail.com

ELE

CTR

ICA

L CO

NS

ULTA

NT

PRO

POSED

INDUSTRY

ON PLO

T NO

- E-1/1 ,M

IDC

-CH

AK

AN

INDUSTRIAL A

REA ,(PHASE-III)

VIL. NIG

HO

JE MAHALUNG

E,K

HA

RA

BW

AD

I, TAL:KHED,PUNE.

SMA

-2437-TS-04

SR NO

.LEG

END

DISCRIPTIO

N

1.0022 KV

HT M

ETERING

CUBICLE

22 KV LBS

3PH + N

+ E5 PIN

SOCKET

1PH + N

+ E3 PIN

SOCKET

MIN

IATU

RE CIRCUIT

BREAKER

SERIES REACTOR

CIRCUIT TRA

NSFO

RMER

VO

LT METER (0-500V)

VO

LT METER SELECTO

R SWITCH

AM

ETER (0-1200A)

AM

ETER SELECTOR SW

ITCH

R,Y,B, LED IN

DICA

TORS.

THYRISTO

R MO

DU

LE

RESIDU

AL CU

RRENT

CIRCUIT BREAKER (RCCB)

ELECTRIC DRA

WO

UT TYPE ACB

FIXED TYPE ACB

SR NO

.LEG

END

DISCRIPTIO

N

13.00

AU

TO TRA

NSFER SW

ITCH ( ATS)

MCCB W

ITH O

/C, S/C, E/F AND

ROTA

RY HAN

DLE

MCCB W

ITH O

/C, S/C, E/F

MCCB W

ITH O

/C, S/C AND

ROTA

RY HAN

DLE

MCCB W

ITH O

/C, S/C

3Ø SERV

O STABILIZER

WITH

MA

NU

AL COS

22 KV VCB

DELTA

STAR TRAN

SFORM

ER

DG

SET

CHA

NG

E OV

ER SWITCH

(COS)

SR NO

.LEG

END

DISCRIPTIO

N

21.00

LOA

D M

AN

AG

ER

WITH

HEAT SIN

K

SERIES CAPA

CITOR

POW

ER MO

NITO

R

2.00

3.00

4.00

5.00

7.00

6.00

8.00

10.00

9.00

11.00

14.00

15.00

16.00

20.00

22.00

23.00

24.00

26.00

25.00

27.00

29.00

28.00

30.00

19.00

18.00

17.00

CABLE TERMIN

AL BLOCK

31.00

12

8 WIN

DO

W AN

NU

NCIA

TOR W

ITH H

OO

TER32.00



Consulting Engineers

S W Mone & Associates3, Swaroop complex, 2nd Floor,Karve road, Pune 411 004Tel : 020- 25447185, 25464197Email : [email protected], [email protected]

BILL OF QUANTITIES FOR DIESEL GENERATING SET & ALLIED WORKS

PART - 2

S W Mone Associates Consulting Engineers

PART-II FINACIAL BID FOR DG SETS

ARAI- CHAKAN PROJECT


SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING &COMMISSIONING OF GENSETS AND ALLIED WORKS.


Sr.

NoDescription

Amount In Figures

(Rs)

Amount In Words

(Rs)

1 Total Supply amount (Total of Annexure ‐ A)

2Total cost of Installation & Commissioning (Total of

Annexure ‐ B)

3 Total AMC Cost (Total of Annexure ‐ C)

GRAND TOTAL (SR.NO. 1,2 & 3)

Signature of Contactor With Seal & Date

SUMMARY

GRAND TOTAL (In words) Rs.‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐only )

1

S W Mone Associates Consulting Engineers ANNEXURE - "A"

ARAI - CHAKAN PROJECT




RATE IN FIGURES/

UNIT (Rs.)

RATE IN WORDS

(Rs.)AMOUNT (Rs.)

A B C D E F=D X E

1.00 DG SETS (FOR DETAILS REFER TECHNICAL

1.01

Supply of 2000 KVA Prime power , "CRDI”

fuel injection system OR Low / High

pressure Injection Full Authority Electronic

Fuel System and Electronic Governor with

Digital Voltage Regulation DG Set complete

with all standard accessories and 990 Lts.

Fuel tank.

Technical specifications:

Rating : 2000 KVA,

Rated voltage : 415 V,

Rated Current : 2782.4 A

Rated Frequency : 50 Hz,

Output : 3 phase and Neutral,

Stator connection : Star

PF : 0.8 Lagging,

Generator Control Panel with Modbus RS

485 communicable type, All Engine and

Nos. 2

SUPPLY

SR.NO DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY.

2



RATE IN FIGURES/

UNIT (Rs.)

RATE IN WORDS

(Rs.)AMOUNT (Rs.)

A B C D E F=D X E

SUPPLY


1.02

Supply, Installation,Testing &

Commissioning of 380 KVA Prime power ,

"CRDI” fuel injection system OR Low / High

pressure Injection Digitally controlled fuel

system DG Set and CPCB Approved Acoustic

enclosure complete with all standard

accessories and 475 Lts. factory fitted Fuel

tank.


Rating : 380 KVA,


Rated Current : 528 A




PF : 0.8 Lagging,

Generator Control Panel with Modbus RS

485 communicable type, All Engine and

Nos. 1

2.00Supply of Acoustic Enclosure for following as

per CPCB Norms and guidelines.

2.01 2000 KVA Nos. 2

Sub Total X1 (SR.NO. 1 AND 2)

3.00 Total Excise Duty Amount If applicable, (%

4.00 Total Sales tax /LBT/ VAT Amount as

5.00 Total Service Tax Amount

3



RATE IN FIGURES/

UNIT (Rs.)

RATE IN WORDS

(Rs.)AMOUNT (Rs.)

A B C D E F=D X E

SUPPLY


6.00 Total packing forwarding, Transit Insurance

7.00 Any other charges (if applicable) Pl specify

Sub Total X2 ( SR. NO. 3 TO 7 )


TOTAL AMOUNT (In words) Rs. ________________________________________________________________________________

only )

TOTAL DG SETS SUPPLY COST (X1 + X2)

(as per Annexure 'A' )

4

S W Mone Associates Consulting Engineers ANNEXURE - "B"



SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING &COMMISSIONING OF

GENSETS AND ALLIED WORKS.


PL REMARKS

A B C D E F=D X E

ASSOCIATED ELECTRICAL & MECHANICAL WORKS FOR

INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING OF DG SETS. FOR DETAILS

REFER TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS. ALL RATES SHOULD BE

INCLUSIVE OF ALL TAXES, DUTIES, FRIGHTS, LEVIES, INSURANCE

STATUATORY CHARGES ETC.

1.01 Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 2000 KVA Prime power ,

"CRDI'' fuel injection system with low and / or high pressure fuel

pump OR “FULL AUTHORITY ELECTRONIC ENGINE GOVERNING

SYSTEM” DG Set complete with all standard accessories and 990

Lts. Fuel tank.


Rating : 2000 KVA,


Rated Current : 2782.4 A




PF : 0.8 Lagging,

This also includes all required consumables & first oil fill. The Rate

shall be inclusive of Fuel and load bank for Factory and Site

Testing, Loading, Unloading, keeping at designated locations,

necessary on site assembly, fixing, fitting and complete in all

respect up to successful commissioning and handing over.

Nos. 2

SR.NO RATE IN

WORDS (Rs.)

AMOUNT

(Rs.)

RATE IN

FIGURES/

QTY.UNITDESCRIPTION

5



PL REMARKS

A B C D E F=D X E

SR.NO RATE IN

WORDS (Rs.)

AMOUNT

(Rs.)

RATE IN

FIGURES/

QTY.UNITDESCRIPTION

1.02 Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 380 KVA Prime power ,

"CRDI'' fuel injection system with low and / or high pressure fuel

pump OR “Digitally controlled system DG Set and CPCB Approved

Acoustic enclosure complete with all standard accessories and 475

Lts. factory fitted Fuel tank.


Rating : 380 KVA,


Rated Current : 528 A




PF : 0.8 Lagging,

This also includes all required consumables & first oil fill. The Rate

shall be inclusive of Fuel and load bank for Factory and Site

Testing, Loading, Unloading, keeping at designated locations,

necessary on site assembly, fixing, fitting and complete in all

respect up to successful commissioning and handing over.

Nos. 1

3.00 Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Acoustic Enclosure for

following as per CPCB Norms and guidelines.

3.01 2000 KVA Nos. 2

6



PL REMARKS

A B C D E F=D X E

SR.NO RATE IN

WORDS (Rs.)

AMOUNT

(Rs.)

RATE IN

FIGURES/

QTY.UNITDESCRIPTION

4.00 LT PANEL : Design, fabrication, assembling, wiring, supply, Installation,

testing and commissioning of LT panels suitable for 415 V, 3 Phase ,

4Wire , 50 Hz AC supply fabricated in compartmentalized, comprising of

ACB, MCCB, MCB, Voltage Surge Protector, horizontal and vertical

Aluminium / Copper bus bars as specified on SLD, earth bus bar, flush

type hinged door with neoprene gaskets complete as per specifications

and single line diagram, design from CRCA sheet steel of 2 mm thick for

frame work, Doors and covers, 3 mm thick for gland plates free standing

floor/ wall mounted, dust and vermin proof with reinforcement of

suitable size angle iron, channel, 'T' sections and / or flats wherever

necessary. i/c. cleaning & finishing complete with 7 tank process for

powder coating in approved shade, fabrication shall be done in

transportable sections, entire panel shall have a common earth bar at

the rear with 2 nos. earth stud, solid connections from main bus bar to

switch gears with required size of Al/CU. Bus bars and control wiring with

1.5 sq.mm. Lifting hooks shall also be provided for all sections of panels.

Approval shall be taken for each panel ‐GA drawings, control wiring

diagram , make of material used, colour shades etc. for Details please

ref. SLDs & Detailed technical specifications.

4.01 Isolation panel with 3200 A, 4P, EDO type ACB having inbuilt

Microprosser based LSIG Protection release in IP55 Encloser

outdoor with suitable size and number of runs Incoming and

Outgoing cable termination arrangements.

(Ref. SLD No.‐ SMA‐2437‐SYCN. PANEL‐01 AND SMA‐2437‐TS‐01

TO 04)

Nos. 2

7



PL REMARKS

A B C D E F=D X E

SR.NO RATE IN

WORDS (Rs.)

AMOUNT

(Rs.)

RATE IN

FIGURES/

QTY.UNITDESCRIPTION

4.02 Isolation panel with 800 A, 4P, fixed type MCCB having inbuilt

Microprosser based LSIG Protection release in IP42 Encloser

indoor with suitable size and number of runs Incoming and

Outgoing cable termination arrangements.


TO 04)

Nos. 1

4.03 Synchronizing Panel‐1


TO 04)

Nos. 1

5.00 Supply, Installation & Commissioning of suitable size exhaust pipe

of MS ERW 'B' class with necessary bends‐Jindal / Asian or

equivalent Make confirming to IS 3589.

a 14'' Class B pipe or (equivalent suitable dia) Mtr 50

b 20'' Class B pipe or (equivalent suitable dia) Mtr 100

c 20'' SS exhaust bellow or (equivalent suitable size) Nos 4

d 5"(125 mm B CLASS EXHAUST PIPE) Mtrs. 40

e 5"(125 mm) 50 mm thk cladding with 48 Kg/cum density rock

wool, covered 26 SWG Al sheet

Mtrs. 40

f 5'' SS exhaust bellow or (equivalent suitable size) Nos 3

6.00 Insulation and 26 gauge aluminium cladding for exhaust pipe 48

Kg/cu.m ‐ 50 mm thick

a 14'' Class B pipe or (equivalent suitable dia) Mtrs. 50

b 20'' Class B pipe or (equivalent suitable dia) Mtrs. 100

7.00 Insulation and 26 gauge aluminium cladding for silencer 48

Kg/cu.m

Nos 4

8.00 Supply & Installation of Support structure steel‐ with silver paint

(Asian) AND MS support for exhaust silencers, exhaust stack and

Cable Tray ,

Emission ladder height up to 9M and necessary arrangements for

exhaust air monitoring etc.

Kg 18000

9.00 Supply, Installation & Commissioning of Fuel piping from Tank to

D.G.Set.

8



PL REMARKS

A B C D E F=D X E

SR.NO RATE IN

WORDS (Rs.)

AMOUNT

(Rs.)

RATE IN

FIGURES/

QTY.UNITDESCRIPTION

a 1 1/2" M.S. `C' class pipe with necessary flanges, bends and

hardware‐Jindal/Asian or equivalent make confirming to IS 3589.

Mtrs. 80

b 1" M.S. `C' class pipe with necessary flanges, bends and hardware‐

Jindal/Asian or equivalent make confirming to IS 3589

Mtrs. 30

10.00 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of following Power

cables with proper cable support systems and allied accessories as

per standard good engineering practices

9



PL REMARKS

A B C D E F=D X E

SR.NO RATE IN

WORDS (Rs.)

AMOUNT

(Rs.)

RATE IN

FIGURES/

QTY.UNITDESCRIPTION

a 3.5c x 300 Sq. mm. Al. Armoured AYFY (XLPE) CABLE. Mtrs. 1400 (Each Run of

20 mtrs

considered)‐

12 Runs.

b 3.5c x 240 Sq. mm. Al. Armoured AYFY (XLPE) CABLE. Mtrs. 80

11.00 Low voltage cable end TerminationsSupply and providing LV cable end termination for below listed cable

with copper/AL lugs, brass cable glands (Double compression type),

tapping, crimping, etc. complete. End termination of LT cables including

making holes in gland plates and fixing the same, installation of cable

glands, minor modification of terminals, identifying the cable, cutting,

stripping of insulation, separation of cable cores, removing of armour,

earthing of armour, crimping of lugs on the conductor, supply and

numbering of cores with ferrules, dressing/ tieing with ties of the cores

inside the panel, connections of cable etc., complete with testing and

commissioning with all labours, tools and tackles, consumables (like

insulation tape, crimping paste etc..) as per the drawings/ specifications

and the direction of Engineer‐in‐charge. Returning of unused cables to

store/scrap yard are to be done by contractor.

a 3 1/2 C 300 sqmm (Al) Nos 80

b 3 1/2 C 240 sqmm (Al) Nos 8

12.00 Supply, and Installation of Cable Adaptor Box Suitable for size and

number of runs of Cables, end terminations, gland plate, fixing

arrangement, including suitable size copper bus bars and

connection to alternator terminals. It includes all necessary

support arrangement for fixing inside the acoustic enclosure.

a 2000KVA Nos 2

10



PL REMARKS

A B C D E F=D X E

SR.NO RATE IN

WORDS (Rs.)

AMOUNT

(Rs.)

RATE IN

FIGURES/

QTY.UNITDESCRIPTION

13.00 Supply and fixing of Cable Ladder with horizontal & vertical

connectors, reducers, add on Tee's,Cross over member and other

accessories as required and supporting system for suspension from

ceiling & fixing at walls/column with Hot Dip Galvanized etc as required

confirming to IEC‐61537.The Cable Ladder shall be made of 2mm thick

sheet steel hot dip galvanized (Confirming to ISO 1461).The cable

ladder should be tested for safe working load of 300 Kg/ Mtr with a

span distance of 2 Mtr the deflection should be within the limits as per

standard. The cable ladder shall be supplied in standard length of

3000/6000 mm. The rung size shall be of 30x15mm size suitable for

fixing the cable clamps the space between the rungs shall be 300mm.

(Rate shall be inclusive of cost for primary & secondary supporting

arrangement as per standard & site condition) Equiv. to OBO Make.

a 1000 mm Width x 110 mm Height with Connectors Mtrs. 65

b 600 mm Width x 110 mm Height with Connectors Mtrs. 40

14.00 EARTHING SYSTEMS

a Supply, Installation, Testing and connection of OBO / Indelec / Erico / Jef

or equivalent make Eco Safe Maintenance Free Electrode of 25 mm

diameter Low Carbon Steel with 250 micron Molecular Copper Bonded

Earthing Rod of 3 Mts Length along with Carbon Based environment

friendly back fill Ground Enhancing compound required to fill up the

excavated earth with required quantity. It also includes necessary

accessories like nuts and bolts, test link, insulators etc. This item includes

100 mm dia drill in ground, average 8 meter depth in back filled earth

and 4 meter depth in vergin earth (Total average 12 Meter depth Drill). It

also includes suitable casing for the drill at the backfilled area,

Installation of earth electrode, connection of earth strip from electrode

to test link, testing and connection complete as per code of practice

IS:3043 complete. (Electrode type)

Nos 15 Considered

Ashlok make

Electrodes

11



PL REMARKS

A B C D E F=D X E

SR.NO RATE IN

WORDS (Rs.)

AMOUNT

(Rs.)

RATE IN

FIGURES/

QTY.UNITDESCRIPTION

b Supply, Installation & Commissioning of following Earth strips from

Earthing pit to D.G.Sets. It includes suitable size width and minimum 600

mm depth earth excavation in all kinds of strata, backfilling, laying of

strips, supports, protection casing if any required etc complete to

connection.

b.1 Copper Strip 75 x 6 mm Mtrs. 140

b.2 Copper Strip 50 x 6 mm Mtrs. 140

12



PL REMARKS

A B C D E F=D X E

SR.NO RATE IN

WORDS (Rs.)

AMOUNT

(Rs.)

RATE IN

FIGURES/

QTY.UNITDESCRIPTION

15.00 Supply, Installation & Commissioning of Spike type Lightining arrestor

with supports or any required to complete.Nos 1

16.00 Copper Strip 20x6 mm (down conductor Lightining arrestor) Mtrs. 40

17.00 Supply, Installation & Commissioning of Aviation lamp with supports ,

necessary cabling or any required to complete.Nos 1

18.00 Supply, laying, termination and Commissioning of suitable size

Control and communication cables with End Termination required

for Generator Control Panels and Synchronizing Panel for all 3 DG

sets with necessary supports and protection complete etc.

(Control cables should be minimum size is 1.5sq.mm. with

required cores)

Job 1

19.00 Preparation of all Statutory approval drawings, documents,

Reports submission for approval and get approved from

respective offices. Electrical Inspector, etc.

Conducting Inspection of Statutory Officers for inspection of

Installed Work and get permission for charging and operation of

all DG sets in all respect.

Job 1

Sub Total Y1 ( SR. NO. 1 TO 19 )

Signature of

Contactor

With Seal &

Date

TOTAL AMOUNT (In words) Rs. ________________________________________________________________________ only )

13

S W Mone Associates Consulting Engineers ANNEXURE - "C"





SR.NO DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY. RATE IN FIGURES/ UNIT (Rs.) RATE IN WORDS (Rs.)

A B C D E

1

AMC

Comprehensive Annual Maintenance Contract for

2400 Hrs/Annum with all necessary required

consumables without fuel inclusive of all Taxes,

Duties, Visits etc for following years

1.01 2000 KVA DG Sets ( 2 Nos )

a 3rd Year Job 1

b 4th Year Job 1

c 5th Year Job 1

Sub Total 1.01

1.02 380 KVA DG Sets ( 1 No )

a 3rd Year Job 1

b 4th Year Job 1

c 5th Year Job 1

Sub Total 1.02

Signature of Contactor With

Seal & Date

TOTAL AMC COST FOR 5 YEARS (SUB TOTAL 1.01 + 1.02)

Note : Order for AMC for 3rd,4th,5th year shall be issued at the beginning of every year i‐e starting of 3rd,4th,5th year, at the rates quoted above.

10

S W Mone Associates Consulting Engineers ANNEXURE - "D"





SR.NO DESCRIPTION UNIT DATA / VALUES

A B C D

1Fuel Consumption of 2000 KVA DG set at 75% Load including

cooling, ventilation systems. (Declared by OEM).Ltrs / Hr

2Fuel Consumption of 380 KVA DG set at 75% Load including

cooling, ventilation systems. (Declared by OEM).Ltrs / Hr
